The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutEDA Packet 12.19.17AGENDA CITY OF HUGO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY TUESDAY, DECEMBER 19, 2017 5:00 PM 5:00 pm 1. Call to Order 5:01 pm 2. Roll Call (Denaway, Gallivan, Houle, Klein, Petty, Puleo, Weidt) 5:02 pm 3. Approval of Minutes • EDA Meeting of October 17, 2017 5:03 pm 4. Schwieters Concept Plan 5:45 pm 5. Draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan • Economic Development Chapter 6:30 pm 6. Update on Downtown Redevelopment 6:45 pm 7. Adjournment BACKGROUND MEMO FOR THE EDA MEETING OF TUESDAY, DECEMBER 19, 2017 3. APPROVAL OF MINUTES Staff recommends approval of the minutes from the October 17, 2017, EDA meeting as presented. 4. SCHWIETERS CONCEPT PLAN Schwieters Properties, LLP. has submitted a concept plan to receive informal comments from the various Commissions and City Council prior to moving forward with the formal development approval process. Staff will present to the EDA the concept plan and requests the EDA review and comment. 5. DRAFT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN The City has been working on the development of the 2040 Comprehensive Plan. One of the chapters includes economic development. Staff will present to the EDA the draft economic development section of the plan. Staff requests the EDA review and comment on the draft economic development section. 6. UPDATE ON DOWNTOWN REDEVELOPMENT Staff will provide an update on downtown redevelopment at the meeting. MINUTES FOR THE EDA MEETING OF OCTOBER 17, 2017 Weidt called the meeting to order at 5:08 pm. PRESENT: Gallivan, Klein, Houle, Denaway ABSENT: Petty, Puleo, Weidt. STAFF: Bryan Bear, City Administrator Rachel Juba, Planner Rachel Leitz, Community Development Assistant Sarah Rumppe, Community Development Intern APPROVAL OF MINUTES FOR THE EDA MEETING OF SEPTEMBER 19, 2017 Denaway made a motion, Gallivan seconded, to approve minutes for the EDA meeting of September 19, 2017. All Ayes. Motion carried. DISCUSSION ON 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN Juba introduced the first draft of the Economic Development Chapter in the 2040 Comprehensive Plan. She noted the "Identifying a Target Market" section has been difficult to nail down, and asked the EDA for their thoughts. The EDA generally agreed the City's main goal is to attract a diverse range of businesses rather than a target market. Houle noted this section of the chapter should communicate the City's intention to attract businesses that benefit to the community through criteria such as quality or number of jobs. Juba also asked the EDA their thoughts on the chapter's "Implementation" section. The EDA discussed how the chapter addresses both implementation strategies and guiding principles, and suggested splitting up the material. Juba stated that staff would work on incorporating the EDA's comments into the next draft to be reviewed at a later date. UPDATE ON DOWNTOWN REDEVELOPMENT Staff provided an update to the EDA on downtown redevelopment. ADJOURNMENT Houle made a motion, seconded by Denaway, to adjourn at 6:13 pm. All ayes. Motion carried. Agenda Number: 5 CITY OF HUGO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PLANNING AND ZONING APPLICATION STAFF REPORT TO: Bryan Bear, City Administrator FROM: Rachel Juba, Planner SUBJECT: Schwieters Properties, LLP — Sketch Plan DATE: December 14, 2017 for the EDA Meeting of December 19, 2017 ZONING: Business Park (BP) 60 -DAY REVIEW DEADLINE: January 28, 2018 1. DESCRIPTION OF REQUEST: The applicant is seeking comments on a sketch plan for an industrial development including a 108,000 square foot manufacturing building, with associated outdoor storage, a 45,000 square foot warehouse building, a 17,000 square foot office building, and a 13,000 square foot office building. The property totals approximately 30 acres with 11 acres of wetland throughout the site. The property is zoned Business Park (BP) and is guided as Business Park (BP) in 2030 Comprehensive Plan. The applicant would like to get feedback from the EDA on the project in regards to the site layout and exterior storage. 2. CONTEXT: A. Surrounding Land Use and Zoning The properties to the north are zoned Planned Unit Development (PUD) and is occupied by the Fenway Place townhome development. The property to the east is zoned General Industrial (I-3) and is occupied by the existing Schweiters Properties, LLP, manufacturing business. The properties to the south are zoned Business Park (BP) and consists of a vacant parcel (owned by Xcel Energy) and the Xcel Energy Training Center. The property to the east is zoned Large Lot Single Family Residential (R-1) and is the City's Clearwater Creek Preserve park. Schwieters Properties LLP, Sketch Plan Page 2 B. Existing Site Characteristics The property is currently being farmed. There are two wetland areas within the farmed land. The western portion of the property is wooded with wetlands throughout the wooded areas, making it very hard to develop. 3. ANALYSIS: A. Level of City Discretion in Decision -Making The City's comments on a sketch plan are advisory only and non-binding. B. Sketch Plan General Layout The applicant would like to expand their existing business on the property. The plan shows the property being developed in a campus form and the applicant has stated that it would be developed in phases. The zoning allows for office, manufacturing, warehousing, and exterior storage. A conditional use permit (CUP) would need to be approved for the exterior storage. The sketch plan shows 108,000 square foot manufacturing building, with associated outdoor storage, a 45,000 square foot warehouse building, a 17,000 square foot two-story office building, and a 13,000 square foot two-story office building. The two office building are in front and along Fenway Boulevard. The main manufacturing building is internal to the site. The warehousing/cold storage building is on the northern portion of the property. The building and impervious surface coverage percentages meet the requirements of the zoning district. The applicant is proposing to manufacture floor panels and roof trusses to complement their existing business in the Bald Eagle Industrial Park. The manufacturing of these products includes exterior storage of raw materials (wood) and the finished product. The raw materials would be stored in a combination of outdoors and within a warehouse/cold storage building on the north side of the manufacturing building. The products would be built within the manufacturing building and then stored outdoors on the south side of the building until processed for shipment and sent out on trucks and by rail. Both the raw materials and finished products would be delivered and shipped by trunks and rail. Exterior storage is allowed is the Business Park (BP) zoning district with a conditional use permit (CUP). However, the allowance for exterior storage excludes raw materials. In this case, the unfished wood product is considered raw material. It's in staff opinion that there is little distinction between the raw material and the finished product for this sketch plan. Staff believes that the intent of the code was to exclude exterior storage of materials that would have environmental impacts, such as, piles of asphalt and oil containers. A zoning code amendment would need to be made in order to have the raw material stored outside. Staff is comfortable with Schwieters Properties LLP, Sketch Plan Page 3 the request, and if acceptable by the Planning Commission, staff will continue to work with the applicant on the appropriate zoning code amendment. Another item to note is, with a CUP the City can place conditions on the exterior storage such as, location, height, amount, and screening. All of the exterior storage shall be adequately screened from view from streets and residential property and shall be located on a paved surface. The screening can include and intervening buildings, opaque fencing, landscape plantings, or berms. The applicant is proposing to screen the exterior storage with a combination of buildings and landscape plantings/berms. The exterior storage is located approximately 300 feet from the residential properties to the north. The applicant has done a good job of providing screening and significant buffer from the residential properties. Staff will continue to work with the applicant has the project moves forward on specifics of the screening and how to reduce any noise produced by the business. The two office buildings along Fenway Boulevard help reduce the visual impact of the exterior storage and create a nice appearance for the entrance into the industrial park. It's in staff opinion that the shape of warehouse/cold storage building could be revised to further screen the exterior storage from the residential properties. The applicant is showing a black fence around the exterior storage. It is unclear in the sketch plan if the property would be subdivided into separate lots or have all buildings on one lot. Both circumstances are allowed by City Code. If the properties are subdivided a site plan, preliminary plat, and final plat would need to be approved. If the buildings will be on one lot, a conditional use permit (CUP) would need to be approved for the campus development. The term "campus development" means two or more principal buildings on any lot or parcel. All campus developments shall be constructed under a master plan prepared by the applicant. Although not shown on the plan the applicant has indicated that the development would be developed in phases. The applicant will need to continue to work with staff on the phasing to ensure all zoning requirements are met. Wetlands The site contains three wetlands, two of which are centrally located and challenging to avoid with development of this parcel. The applicant has completed a wetland delineation that has been approved by the Technical Evaluation Panel (TEP). The applicant is proposing to impact the two wetlands that are centrally located with the development. The TEP will be having a meeting to discuss the concept and proposed wetland impacts on December 18, 2017. The applicant will need to continue to work with the TEP and the City Water Resources Engineer and Environmental Scientist as the project moves forward to obtain the necessary permit(s) related to the wetland delineation and impacts. The findings of the TEP in regards to the applicant meeting the requirements to impact the wetlands, could change the site plan. Schwieters Properties LLP, Sketch Plan Page 4 Street and Access The sketch plan shows four proposed access points onto Fenway Boulevard in generally good locations. The plan is also showing an access point to the unimproved 140th Street right-of-way. 140th Street would need to be constructed (with trunk watermain) to allow for this connection to be made. Cost sharing for the proposed roadway would need to be further evaluated. Parking The sketch plan is showing parking for the two office building that meet the City code requirements. The parking lot areas are in a good locations. The plan shows 138 parking spaces for the manufacturing building, where 216 parking spaces are required (1 parking space per 500 square feet). The applicant is not showing any parking for the warehouse/cold storage building, where 30 spaces are required by ordinance. There seems to be plenty of area on the site to accommodate additional parking. The code also allows for deferred parking to be built when deemed necessary by the City. Staff will continue to work with the applicant on the number of parking spaces. Landscaping The zoning code provides landscaping requirements for industrial development. The sketch plan includes a general plan of tree location for the buffer to the residential properties and around the parking lots. The ordinance provides two ways of calculating the required amount of trees and shrubs. One based on the square footage of the building and one based on the perimeter of the site, whichever is greater. In this case staff used the square footage of the building. In order to meet the landscape requirements, 92 overstory deciduous trees, 92 coniferous trees, 92 ornamental trees, and 610 shrubs are required to be installed. There is a large stand of trees on the western portion of the site that could be counted towards meeting a portion of the landscaping requirements. The perimeter of all parking and loading areas are required to be landscaped to meet the zoning code. Park Dedication Commercial and Industrial properties are except from park dedication fees. Clearwater Creek Preserve is adjacent to this parcel on the west side. Staff has discussed with the applicant possible improvements to this area to compliment the park, such as trails and access points. Drainage/Grading The sketch plan shows stormwater ponds located in the northwest portion of the site. The applicant will need to be continue to work with staff on complying with the stormwater management requirements for the site. The site can potentially support water reuse for Schwieters Properties LLP, Sketch Plan Page 5 landscaping around the buildings. The applicant has indicated they would evaluate water re -use for the project. Utilities Sanitary sewer service is available to the site via the existing Met Council interceptor located on the east side of Fenway Boulevard. City staff will work with the applicant to obtain the necessary permit(s) for the connection. Individual private services would need to be extended to each of the three proposed buildings. Applicable trunk, City connection, and Met Council connection fees will apply. Water service is available by connecting to the existing watermain located along the east side of Fenway Boulevard. Building Architecture The applicant has provided rendering of the buildings with the sketch plan. The applicant has stated that the buildings will be concrete tip up panels. The colors are proposed to be earth tones. The City has adopted Commercial and Industrial Design Guidelines that shall be met. The building look generally good and staff will evaluate the final design and color palette at the time of site plan approval. Any roof top mechanical equipment shall be screened from view from adjacent properties. Staff recommends the applicant raise the building parapets to screen the equipment. The applicant has not shown an area for a trash enclosure. Staff recommends that the trash enclosure be integrated into the building or screened with materials consistent with the building materials. 5. CONCLUSION: It's in staff's opinion that the proposed use is compatible with the surrounding properties. The details of the site design, engineering, and building design will be further evaluated at the time the applicant applies for site plan approval. 6. STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommended that the EDA provide comments to the applicant on the site layout and exterior storage as it related to the sketch plan. The EDA should also discuss the zoning amendment related to the exterior storage of raw material. Attachments: 1. Location Map 2. Engineers Memo 3. Sketch Plan 4. Renderings of Buildings and Site i I&A .141 st k., "'d';JJ Building a legacy — your legacy. December 14, 2017 Ms. Rachel Juba City Planner City of Hugo 14669 Fitzgerald Avenue North Hugo, MN 55038 Re: Concept Plan Review Schweiters Expansion — Molitor Property WSB Project No. 011038-000 Dear Ms. Juba: 701 Xenia Avenue South Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 Tel: 763-541-4800 Fax: 763-541-1700 We have reviewed the concept plan for the proposed Schwieters expansion located on the Molitor property located in the southwest corner of Fenway Boulevard and 140th Street. Our review is based on the Sketch Plan submitted by Schwieters dated 11/17/17. We will provide a more in-depth review of this project once detailed plans are provided by the applicant. Based on our review, we offer the following comments regarding the concept plan: Grading and Drainage 1. Wetlands: The site contains three wetlands, two of which are centrally located and challenging to avoid with development of this parcel. A wetland delineation was performed for this site by Pinnacle Engineering and a Notice of Application was issued. The Technical Evaluation Panel has conducted a field review for the wetland delineation boundary and had provided comments to the applicants engineer. The Notice of Decision will be issued in the coming days, approving the emended wetland delineation dated 11/30/17. The TEP will be having a meeting to discuss the concept and proposed wetland impacts on December 18, 2017. The applicant will need to continue to work with the TEP and the City Water Resources Engineer and Environmental Scientist as the project moves forward to obtain the necessary permit(s) related to the wetland delineation, sequencing/avoidance, and mitigation within the site. Storm Water Management: The applicant will need to obtain a permit from the City for their Storm Water Management Plan within the site, including the appropriate storage, rate control, treatment, and volume reduction. The site can potentially support water reuse for landscaping around the buildings, and this should be explored in greater detail moving forward. Stormwater management requirements are listed below: a. The site must meet volume reduction requirements of treating 1.1 inches off new impervious areas. b. Rate control from the site must be less than existing for the 2 -year, and 10 -year rainfall event. Rate control for the 100 -year event must be limited to 0.1 cfs/acre. Equal Opportunity Employer wsbeng.com S:�Users�R_Juba RacheADEVELOPMENr PROIECrS�Roy Molitor Addition Roy Molitor 2nd Addition � Outlot A � Concept Plan 11.29.17�Eng Memo 122117. docx Ms. Rachel Juba Page 2 c. If the existing wetland is to be used for stormwater treatment, pretreatment must be provided prior to discharge into the wetland. d. Based on the wetland characteristics described in the NOA, the wetland is classified as "Slightly Susceptible". Bounce requirements and inundation period requirements are as follows: i. Permitted storm bounce for 2 -year and 10 -year event is existing plus 1 foot. ii. Inundation period for the 2 -year event is existing plus 2 days. Inundation period for the 10 -year event is existing plus 14 days. e. Lowest building opening must be 3 feet above the 100 -year HWL of the existing wetlands and/or stormwater BMPs. f. An easement must be established over stormwater management facilities, stormwater conveyances, ponds, wetlands, on-site floodplain up to the 100 -year flood elevation. g. Any offsite drainage must be included in the submitted drainage maps and models. Transportation Access Locations: The proposed access locations are appropriately aligned with access points located on the east side of Fenway Boulevard and are adequately spaced from the intersection of 1401h Street. 2. 1401h Street: The applicant is currently showing an access point to the unimproved 1401" Street right-of- way. 1401h Street would need to be constructed (with trunk watermain) to allow for this connection to be made. Cost sharing for the proposed roadway would need to be further evaluated. Sanitary Sewer Service Sewer Improvements: Sanitary sewer service is available from the MCES trunk main along the east side of Fenway Boulevard. A public sewer connection at one of the two MCES sanitary sewer manholes would need to be extended into the proposed site with public drainage and utility easements provided. A permit would need to be provided by MCES for connection to their facilities. Individual private services would need to be extended to each of the three proposed buildings from the newly constructed public 8" main extended from the MCES 42" interceptor. Water Service 1. Watermain Improvements: Water service is available by connecting to the existing 12" watermain located along the east side of Fenway Boulevard. An 8" public watermain will need to be extended west into the site with public drainage and utility easements provided. Individual water services will need to be extended to each of the three proposed buildings. Thank you for the opportunity to comment on this concept plan. If you have any questions or items you wish to discuss, you can contact me at 651-286-8463. Sincerely, WSB & Associates, Inc. Mark Erichson, PE City Engineer Ms. Rachel Juba Page 3 Attachment cc: Steve Duff, Senior Engineering Technician, City of Hugo Scott Anderson, Public Works Director, City of Hugo John Schwieters, Schwieters Properties, LLP F ,r ^ _ � i AL i w U s EXIS TNG GRAyEL DRI LEW y - - 1_4 4 0TH S TREE T NOR TH EX TENSION _ PROPERTY LINE PAVEMENT SETBACK , a ------------------------- a UILDING SETBACK n w 85 INFILTRATION BASIN SPACES Fm"F20,000 SF COLD STORAGE (FUTURE) W_ t � (PHASE 2' 17,000 SF (FUTURE) ----- 1 200'X 225' 45,000 SF STORMWATER 5,000 SF I L_ RAW MATERIALS STORAGE I I (PHASE 1) I I I 102,500 GSF L_J L_L L -J (2.35 ACRES) L_J L_-1 L_-1 L-7 L -J F_ -1 F_ -1L -J F_ F_ -1L -J L -J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FINISHED PRODUCTS STORAGE I I I I I I I I (PHASE 1) I I I I I I I I 180,000 GSF I I I I I (4.13 ACRES) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L- J J- J J- J L- J J- J J- J L- J L- J J- J BUILDING SETBACK a- - - - ---------------------------- PAVEMENT SETBACK PROPERTY LIME Yfra.>r� Orr N T A00, scale: 111 = 60'-011 11/17/2017 2 STORY OFFICE BLDG. 'B' (FUTURE) 13,600 SF 3PAC ASE I Lu Z Lu O r 14 0 L%r' - -`i r e 44, Y — U Y Q -Am II AREA CALCULATIONS BUILDINGS I. MANUFACTURING FACILITY (PHASE 1) TOTAL AREA (200'x 540') 108,000 GSF REQUIRED PARKING (HUGO ZONING) 216 SPACES (2 PER 1,000SF) PROVIDED PARKING 138 SPACES FUTURE TWO-STORY OFFICE BUILDING 'A' TOTAL AREA 17,000SF REQUIRED PARKING (HUGO ZONING) 85 SPACES (5 PER 1,000SF) PROVIDED PARKING 85 SPACES FUTURE TWO-STORY OFFICE BUILDING 'B' TOTAL AREA 13,600SF REQUIRED PARKING (HUGO ZONING) 68 SPACES (5 PER 1,000SF) PROVIDED PARKING 68 SPACES OUTDOOR STORAGE w m . RAW MATERIALS LLJ TOTAL AREA o w Q TOTAL LENGTH OF 30' DEEP BAYS 68 SPACES m (FUTURE) - a FINISHED PRODUCTS �4 TOTAL AREA TOTAL LENGTH OF 30' DEEP BAYS COLD STORAGE (PHASE 2) Are TOTAL AREA Schwieters Properties Expansion Site Plan u _ - HARDCOVER HARDCOVER MANUFACTURING PHASE 1 AREA ' FUTURE OFFICE AREA F' TOTAL AREA 102,500 GSF (2.35 ACRES) 485 LINEAR FEET 180,000 GSF (4.13 ACRES) 2,000 LINEAR FEET 45,000SF 375,000 SF 52,000 SF 427,000 SF 292Desi( 292DESIGNGROUP f `r 4 Li Awl '41 77- TMi's PL v 6 Al ; rar si g"�'r7/�l •� yr • n. 1. 1*7 18 f `r 4 Li Awl '41 77- TMi's PL v 6 Al ; rar si g"�'r7/�l •� yr • n. 1. 1*7 SRI' pwoolki t sill it, It rr ow ~~UMl 101b MIR - JAW 4w may l9r, how 1. AM-WWk6M. moo • J � �aa OIL LI F City of Hugo 2040 Comprehensive Plan xx, xx, 2018 i i��-Y rye HUGO DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Contents XX, xx, 2018 Chapter 1 Introductionand Vision.......................................................................................... 7 Processand Outreach..............................................................................................................................9 Usingthe Plan.........................................................................................................................................10 PastPlans & Studies..............................................................................................................................10 Chapter 2 Community Background.......................................................................................11 CommunityHistory and Heritage..........................................................................................................12 Demographics.........................................................................................................................................14 Table 2-1 Population and Households in Hugo, 1970-20140.............................................................15 Table 2-2 Age of Hugo Residents 1990-2015.....................................................................................16 Table 2-3 Race of Hugo Residents, 2015...........................................................................................17 EconomicOverview................................................................................................................................24 Table 2-4 Employment in Hugo by Industry, 2000-2015....................................................................25 Table 2-5 Valuation of New Commercial and Industrial Building Permits...........................................26 Transportation........................................................................................................................................27 Parks, Trails and Open Space................................................................................................................31 Map2-1.............................................................................................................................................32 Map2-2.............................................................................................................................................33 Map2-3.............................................................................................................................................34 LandUse..................................................................................................................................................35 Table2-6 Hugo Land Use...................................................................................................................36 Map2-4.............................................................................................................................................38 ZoningDistrict Overview........................................................................................................................39 Table 2-7 Acreage of Zoning Districts in Hugo...................................................................................39 Map2-5.............................................................................................................................................43 Map2-6.............................................................................................................................................44 Map2-7.............................................................................................................................................45 Chapter 3 LandUse................................................................................................................ 47 CommunityFeedback.............................................................................................................................48 DevelopmentApproach..........................................................................................................................49 2040 Land Use Guiding Principles........................................................................................................50 Managing Growth ........................................ 53 LandUses................................................................................................................................................56 Table3-1 2040 Land Use...................................................................................................................56 Map3-1.............................................................................................................................................57 CommunityCharacter............................................................................................................................70 AggregateResources.............................................................................................................................76 Map3-2.............................................................................................................................................77 Appendices..............................................................................................................................................78 Appendix 3-1 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Process..................................................................79 Appendix 3-2 Downtown Plan & Design Guidelines...........................................................................80 Appendix 3-3 Commercial and Industrial Design Guidelines.............................................................81 Appendix 3-4 Multi -Family Development Design Guidelines...............................................................82 HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 INTRODUCTION AND VISION 2 for review only Chapter 4 Chapter 6 Housing...................................................................................................................83 Parks, Trails and Open Space............................................................................109 CommunityFeedback.............................................................................................................................84 2040 Housing Plan Guiding Principles................................................................................................. 85 Housing Trends ...................................... 87 ................................................................................................. Table 4-1 Affordable units available to households........................................................................... 89 Table 4-2 Percent Change in Housing Type, 1990-2015.................................................................... 89 Table 4-3 Projected Households......................................................................................................... 91 HousingNeeds........................................................................................................................................91 Table 4-4 Senior Facilities in Hugo.....................................................................................................93 Livable Communities Action Plan......................................................................................................... 95 Table 4-5 Affordable Housing Thresholds, Twin Cities Region 2016 .................................................. 96 Table 4-6 Number of Cost -burdened Households in Very Low, Low, or Moderate Income Households ............................................................................................................................................................. 96 Table 4-7 Metropolitan Council Affordable Housing Need Allocation for Hugo .................................. 96 FairHousing............................................................................................................................................98 Chapter 5 Economic Development.......................................................................................100 Purpose..................................................................................................................................................101 CommunityFeedback...........................................................................................................................101 Background and Business Climate.....................................................................................................102 2040 Economic Development Guiding Principles.............................................................................103 Opportunities and Barriers to Economic Development...................................................................104 CommunityFeedback...........................................................................................................................110 Parksand Trails Trends.......................................................................................................................111 Hugo's Existing Open Space and Parks System...............................................................................116 Table 6-1 Parks and Facilities provided in the City of Hugo.............................................................119 Table 6-2 City -Owned Property........................................................................................................120 Map6-1...........................................................................................................................................125 Map6-2...........................................................................................................................................128 Table 6-3 Regional Amenities in Hugo..............................................................................................129 Table 6-4 Regional Amenities within a 5 Mile Radius......................................................................130 Map6-3...........................................................................................................................................131 2040 Parks, Trails, and Open Space Guiding Principles...................................................................132 ParksAssessment................................................................................................................................134 Table 6-5 Parks Servicing Neighborhood Service Areas..................................................................139 Table 6-7 Description of Major Trails and Greenways......................................................................140 Table 6-6 Total Mileage of City and Regional Existing and Proposed Trails.....................................140 Development Guidelines for Parks, Trails, and Open Space............................................................142 Table 6-8 NRPA Locational Criteria and Activities for Neighborhood and Community Parks ...........143 Map6-4...........................................................................................................................................146 Table 6-9 General Guidelines for Trail Development........................................................................149 Map6-5...........................................................................................................................................150 IIUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 INTRODUCTION AND VISION 3 for review only Chapter 7 Resiliency.............................................................................................................151 Disaster Preparedness.........................................................................................................................152 Protecting Critical Infrastructure........................................................................................................152 Diversifyingthe Energy Supply..........................................................................................................152 Table 7-1 Solar Potential in Hugo.....................................................................................................153 CyberSecurity.......................................................................................................................................154 ProactivePlanning................................................................................................................................154 WaterResources..................................................................................................................................155 Community and Economic Cohesion.................................................................................................156 Chapter 8 Transportation.....................................................................................................157 Summaryof Regional Strategies.........................................................................................................161 ExistingRoadway System...................................................................................................................162 Table8-1 "A" Minor Arterials............................................................................................................165 Table 8-2 Major and Minor Collectors..............................................................................................166 Table 8-3 Planned Functional Classification Changes....................................................................167 Map8-1...........................................................................................................................................168 Map8-2...........................................................................................................................................169 Table 8-6 MnDOT Access Management Manual (Table 3.1 — Summary of Recommended Street Spacingfor IRCs)..............................................................................................................................177 Table 8-7 Washington County Access Spacing Guidelines(') ........................................................................................................."$ Map8-5...........................................................................................................................................179 FutureRoadway System......................................................................................................................180 Table 8-8 Metropolitan Council Current TAZ Data - City of Hugo (Raw Data - Unadjusted) ............181 Table 8-9 City of Hugo 2040 Land Use Plan Allocation of Forecasts by TAZ...................................182 Table 8-10 Summary of TAZ Adjustments by Forecast Year............................................................183 Map8-6...........................................................................................................................................184 Map8-7...........................................................................................................................................185 2040 Future Roadway Capacity Improvement Needs........................................................................186 Table 8-11 2040 Roadway Design / Capacity Improvements ...........................................................187 Table 8-12 City of Hugo Roadway Design Guidelines(')........................................................................................................................188 Existing and Planned Non -Motorized Transportation Network ........................................................191 Map8-8...........................................................................................................................................196 Transit...................................................................................................................................................197 Table 8-13 Existing Transit Serving Hugo.........................................................................................197 AviationPlan.........................................................................................................................................199 2040 Transportation Guiding Principles.............................................................................................200 Map8-3...........................................................................................................................................170 Map8-4...........................................................................................................................................172 Table 8-4 Planning Level Roadway Capacity...................................................................................173 Table 8-5 Existing number of lanes on arterial roads.......................................................................174 HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only INTRODUCTION AND VISION 4 Chapter 9 Comprehensive Water Supply and Distribution Plan ....................................... 204 ExistingWater Supply System............................................................................................................206 Table 9-1 Historic Water Demand.....................................................................................................207 Table 9-2 Large Volume Users.........................................................................................................207 Table 9-3 Ground Water Well Summary Information........................................................................209 Map9-1...........................................................................................................................................210 Table 9-4 Water Demand Projections...............................................................................................212 Table9-5 Monitoring Wells..............................................................................................................213 Map9-2...........................................................................................................................................215 Map9-3...........................................................................................................................................216 WaterConservation..............................................................................................................................217 Table9-6 Customer Meters..............................................................................................................218 Table 9-7 Water Source Meters........................................................................................................218 Table 9-8 Current Education Programs...........................................................................................220 Map9-4...........................................................................................................................................221 2040 Water Supply System..................................................................................................................222 Map9-5...........................................................................................................................................224 Map9-6...........................................................................................................................................225 Map9-7...........................................................................................................................................226 2040 Comprehensive Water Supply Guiding Principles ...................................................................227 Table 9-9 Water System Capital Improvements Plan.......................................................................229 Emergency Response Procedures......................................................................................................230 Table 9-10 Water Use PrioritiesGPD - Gallons per Day.................................................................................................232 Table 9-11 Demand Reduction Procedures.....................................................................................233 Appendix9-1 Water Supply Plan.......................................................................................................235 Appendix 9-2 Well Records and Maintenance Summaries...............................................................236 Appendix 9-3 Water Level Monitoring Plan.......................................................................................237 Appendix9-4 Water Level Graphs.....................................................................................................238 Appendix 9-5 Capital Improvement Plan...........................................................................................239 Appendix 9-6 Emergency Telephone List..........................................................................................240 Appendix 9-7 Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services ......................................................241 Appendix 9-8 Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance............................................................242 Appendix 9-9 Water Demand by Customer Category.......................................................................243 Appendix 9-10 Water Rate Structure.................................................................................................244 Appendix 9-11 Water Conservation Regulations...............................................................................245 Appendix 9-12 Implementation Checklist..........................................................................................246 Chapter 10 Comprehensive Water Resources Management Plan ...................................... 247 Appendices............................................................................................................................................235 HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only INTRODUCTION AND VISION 5 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan................................................................ 251 Existing Sanitary Sewer System.........................................................................................................253 Table 11-1 Land Use Summary........................................................................................................254 Map11-1..........................................................................................................................................255 Map11-2..........................................................................................................................................256 Table 11-2 Existing Lift Station Information......................................................................................257 Table 11-3 MCES Peak Flow Design Factors.................................................................................263 Table 11-4 Existing Sanitary Sewer System Flows...........................................................................264 Table 11-5 Existing Lift Station Analysis...........................................................................................265 Map11-3..........................................................................................................................................266 MCESSanitary Sewer System.............................................................................................................267 2040 Sanitary Sewer System...............................................................................................................269 Table 11-6 Historical Population*interpolated values......................................................................................................269 Table 11-7 Projected Population.......................................................................................................269 Map11-4..........................................................................................................................................270 Table 11-8 Wastewater Flow Calculation Assumptions....................................................................274 Table 11-9 2040 Wastewater Flows per Sewer District....................................................................275 Table 11-10 Future 2040 Trunk Lift Station Analysis........................................................................276 Table 11-11 Sanitary Sewer Capital Improvement Plan....................................................................279 Inflow and Infiltration (III).....................................................................................................................280 Table 11-12 Dry Weather Flow vs. Average Annual Flow for Hugo Metershed ................................281 Public Facilities Plan........................................................................................... 284 Existing Public Facilities Inventory.....................................................................................................286 Map12-1.........................................................................................................................................287 Map12-2.........................................................................................................................................289 Map12-3.........................................................................................................................................290 NeedsAssessment...............................................................................................................................291 Chapter 13 Implementation.................................................................................................... 292 2040 Guiding Principles.......................................................................................................................293 HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 INTRODUCTION AND VISION 6 for review only Chapter 1 "-POW 7�-_ Introduction and Vision 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only The Hugo Comprehensive Plan is a policy document that provides the overall guidance for development and growth in the City for the next 20 years and provides the foundation for City decision-making. Along with every other city in the seven -county metro region the City reviews and updates the Comprehensive Plan, as required by State Law. The Comprehensive Plan gives a high-level overview of goals and policies that provide a framework for regulatory tools such as the zoning and subdivision ordinances. _ •i . gy�pp•• Jr, � ` y � t ■ A Vision Statement TAPI 1.4e _ at J _ v 14 . � ~ 1 i F •. - JL tp t The City of Hugo will be a unique, sustainable community that respects the environment and serves its residents. The community will strive to be a desirable place for residents of all ages. The citizens have repeatedly expressed their preference for the retaining the "rural" lifestyle of Hugo. The goal is rooted in preservation, to the greatest extent possible, the essence of a rural way of life while encouraging a variety of land uses to meet the needs of the community. The objective is to blend the local variety of lifestyles into a peaceful and prosperous coexistence by creating mutual compatibility of local land uses within the community. Natural resources will be protected and natural corridors will flourish in the community. All residents will be able to enjoy the natural environment with carefully planned trails and connections. Facilities for horses, bicyclists and pedestrians will prosper in the community to encourage healthy living for all residents. Neighborhoods will be unique and carefully planned with innovative techniques to ensure a high quality of life for all residents. There will be a diversity of housing to support and promote the livability of the community. Neighborhoods will provide walkable, pedestrian -friendly accessibility. Development will be focused along the CSAH 4, Highway 61 and CSAH 8 growth corridors where the dense residential areas and businesses will be located. Development will be encouraged in Downtown Hugo, which is the heart of the community. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only INTRODUCTION AND VISION Process and Outreach The 2040 Comprehensive Plan Update began in January 2017 with a series of Open Houses and meetings with community leaders. Our goal was to understand how the community had evolved since 2008 and what strengths, opportunities, and challenges the City faced as we look to planning for 2040. Throughout the year, the City held a series of interactive workshops and open houses that focused on different challenges for the City. Meetings were supplemented by a newsletter that was emailed to interested property owners, online surveys, and through social media. Residents were encouraged to either attend meetings or provide feedback through alternative means. The City had robust response to the outreach efforts with an average response of xx per topic. Input and ideas from residents and property owners has been incorporated into this plan.This plan replaces the last major Comprehensive Plan prepared by the City in 2008 and all updates to that plan. This is a 20 -year plan for how the City will develop, but the City recognizes that State Law requires an update within 10 years and changing conditions in the City may require amendments before that time. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 01. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only INTRODUCTION AND VISION 9 Using the Plan The nature of the Comprehensive Plan is to provide guidance for short and long term development issues related to guiding growth and providing essential infrastructure that protects the health, safety, and welfare of the community. While detailed implementation steps are included in this document, this document is not intended to be prescriptive. It is intended to: 1. Provide a framework for regulatory decisions. The plan provides an overview of how we anticipate future growth in the city. The zoning ordinance and subdivision ordinance are the tools used to carry out the vision and goals for growth in the City. 2. Basis for investments. The plan provides direction to City policy makers on how to provide and protect resources such as affordable housing, roads, water protection, and land acquisition for recreation. 3. Resource for additional planning studies. The Plan provides guidance to the City as they explore issues in-depth. Past Plans & Studies This report builds on plans and studies that have been completed by the City and the Region, including: • 2030 City of Hugo Comprehensive Plan (May 2008) • Everton Avenue Alternative Urban Areawide Review (2001) and Everton Avenue Update (2012), Hugo MN • Eastern Hugo Natural Resource Management Plan (June 2011), Hugo MN • Thrive MSP 2040, Metropolitan Council (May 2014) • Update of Comprehensive Housing Needs for Washington County, Minnesota, Washington County (March 2017) • Keystone Woods Analysis, Washington County (December 2011) • Central Greenway Regional Trail Master Plan Draft, Washington County (April 2017) • 2017 National Recreation and Parks Association Performance Review • Center for Urban and Regional Affairs Citizen Input on Parks and Recreation in the City of Hugo, MN (February 2010) • White Bear Lake Area Athletic Facilities Needs Assessment (April 2013) • Minnesota's State Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan 2014-2018 • Metropolitan Council: Regional Parks System Visitor Study Report (November 2016) 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 INTRODUCTION AND VISION 10 for review only Chapter 2 logo on I1IU1I�IIII Community Background } The purpose of the background chapter is to provide a snapshot of existing conditions within the City of Hugo. The comprehensive planning process is most successful when current conditions are well documented and understood by all decision makers and planning participants. This chapter was prepared with the aid of City Staff. This chapter includes an analysis of historical trends, but focuses on the time since the adoption of the last comprehensive plan in 2008 which will identify current development, growth and land use trends in the community. Community History and Heritage 1850-1900 The community we know now as Hugo was long ago home to the Dakota people who lived on the game, fish, berries and wild rice in the region. The first European settlers came to the area in the early 1850's. Of mostly French and French-Canadian background, settlers were attracted to the region because of the vast quantities of wild game that were used in the fur trade. Family ties to French heritage remained strong throughout Hugo's history, and to this day many of Hugo's residents carry the same names of their French ancestors who helped found the City. Of course, early settlers were not only French descendants, but many immigrated from or were descendants of Germany, Scandinavian countries, Canada and others. On September 9, 1870, the area was organized into a 36 -square mile Township and given the officially designated name of "Oneka Township." The first governing body of Oneka Township operated much the same way that local governments do today by making budgets, passing ordinances, and administering the needs of the community. The name "Oneka" was borrowed from Oneka Lake and has its roots in the Dakotan word "onakan," which roughly translates to "to strike or knock off," a reference to the harvesting of wild rice in a canoe. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 12 The St. Paul and Duluth Railroad was constructed through the area in 1868. A train station (Centerville Station) and a feed mill were built near the intersection of Forest Boulevard (now Highway 61) and Frenchman Road (now CSAH 8) which became the new town center. The new station brought with it new ways to make a living, better communication and new settlers. The station quickly became the center of the developing settlement, and all official meetings and voting took place within it. Train traffic came through Hugo as it moved between St. Paul and Duluth. These early trains depended on wood for fuel, so many residents in the area made a partial living by cutting down their own timber to sell at the depot. The existence of the railroad was essential to Hugo's early economy, and made it possible for a potato depot, a cattle depot and a stockyard to develop. The downtown neighborhood surrounding the train station also began to grow into a comfortable village and the surrounding rural areas supported a robust agricultural and timber harvesting economy. 1900-1990 As the newly populated area in downtown Hugo became more autonomous, many residents thought it would be best to create a separate community. Reports stated that it was difficult for the U.S. Post Office to deliver the mail properly because the Town of Centerville and Centerville Station were only miles apart and too 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE closely named. In 1906 the land that became the Village of Hugo was incorporated and separated from Oneka Township. Shortly after the Village of Hugo was incorporated the train station was renamed Hugo Depot, and continued to be the hub of the community for decades. The origin of the name "Hugo" has two prevailing theories. The first theory proposes the City was named in honor of Trevanion William Hugo, a native Englishman who was mayor of Duluth from 1900 to 1904 and again in 1920, and also served as a marine engineer on the Great Lakes. The second and most commonly known theory is that Hugo is named for Victor Hugo, famed French politician, artist and writer of such works as "The Hunchback of Notre -Dame" and "Les Misbrables". The Village of Hugo had strong ties to French ancestry, and Victor Hugo may have been admired enough for some to suggest naming the new village after him. However, there is no conclusive evidence to prove such a theory. Over the next 6 decades the City continued as a small farming and railroad community. In 1972, the Township of Oneka and the Village of Hugo were consolidated and in 1976 the Village of Hugo became an official City by State Statute. Over the past several decades urban development in the City of Hugo has focused along the major transportation corridors including the old railroad line along Highway 61. The more concentrated growth has occurred in the western portion of the City and the eastern half has remained predominately rural. 4 0 1990-2018 Since 1990 Hugo's population has grown rapidly. The City has developed at a thoughtful pace with significant developments such as Victor Gardens and Waters Edge, which have urbanized the western portion of the City with smaller units, multimodal connections and close proximity to commercial amenities. A tornado hit the community in 2008 and it destroyed more than 50 homes and damaged hundreds more. This event became an important part of the City's history as the community came together and relief poured in from all over the Twin Cities Metro area. Hugo recovered with new momentum. Residential and commercial development continued. The City has become highly regarded for its stormwater management practices. Since 2015 Hugo has planned and implemented a number of water reuse projects which help the City save money while conserving drinking water and reducing its impact on the regional watershed. A strong industrial community has also gained momentum thanks to the City's location and amenities such as rail. A variety of manufacturing and construction businesses, including the headquarters of Wilson Tool International and Glamos Wire, continue to locate and expand in Hugo. With new residential, industrial and commercial growth on the horizon, the City's future remains bright. A, -` ;LEM. +. COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 13 Demographics Looking at demographic data helps the City understand the similarities and diversities of the residents so that housing needs, neighborhood patterns, community facilities and other land use decisions can be made proactively and in a manner that not only responds to current residents, but future and prospective residents. The following section describes who is living in the City now and how we expect the City to grow by 2040. Demographic Data was compiled using information from the U.S Census Bureau Decennial Survey, U.S Census Bureau American Community Survey Estimates, Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development, and the Metropolitan Council. DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only -r DRAFT Dec 14-17 Vi2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 14 Population and Households Between 2000 and 2010, the City of Hugo more than doubled in population. This growth was attributed to the availability of developable land within the City, the overall regional growth of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area (TCMA) and Hugo's desirable location at the fringe of the TCMA. Since 2010, population growth slowed. When the 2030 Comprehensive Plan was completed in 2008, the Metropolitan Council projected that the City's population would increase to 40,000 people by 2030. Metropolitan Council reduced the anticipated population growth to 29,000 people by 2040. Table XX shows that between 2000 and 2010, the population grew by 135%, and that between 2010 and 2020 it is expected to grow by 34%. The Metropolitan Council will support the growth anticipated by the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, if needed. Hugo anticipates continued growth in the community and will plan to serve population growth of 40,000 people and 15,600 households, as anticipated in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. Table 2-1 Population and Households in Hugo, 1970- 20140 1970 2,669 654 1980 3,771 1,082 41% 65% 1990 4,417 1,416 17% 31% 2000 6,363 2,125 44% 50% 2010 13,332 4,990 110% 135% 2015 14,352 5,404 8% 8% 2020 19,100 7,200 33% 33% 2030 29,000 11,000 52% 53% 2040 40,000 15,600 38% 42% �r r 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 15 Age and Gender In 2015, the U.S. Census Bureau estimated that 50.1% of the population is male and 49.9% is female. From 2000 to 2010, population grew at a consistent pace across all age groups. However, from 2010-2015 U.S. Census estimated that population growth slowed dramatically, and that there was a 10% decline in population in the 25- 34- year-old age group. All other age cohorts rose in population. Table 2-2 Aae of Huao Residents 1990-2015 Under 15 1,188 1,679 3,167 3411 15-24 617 730 1,388 1574 25-34 791 950 2,381 2141 35-54 1,386 2,146 4,041 4210 55-74 354 736 1,760 2230 75 and over 81 122 321 487 4,500 4,000 3,500 3,000 2,500 2,000 1,500 1,000 500 Figure 2-1 Source::2010 Census, American ConmuOy Survey 1990 2000 2010 2015 Under 15 15-24 25-34 i 35-54 55-74 75 and over 0 oe riw r r 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 16 Race and Ethnicity Hugo's population consists of residents that are primarily white. The number of non-white residents has been increasing since 1990, as shown in Figure xx. Table xx shows the population and percent of population by race. Table 2-3 Race of Hugo Residents, 2015 American Indian and Alaska Native 72 alone Asian alone 232 2% Black or African American alone 246 2% Hispanic or Latino 520 4% Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific - 0% Islander alone Some other race alone - 0% Two or more races 182 1 % White alone 12,801 91% Total 14,053 100% Source: U.S. Census Bureau, American Community Survey 2011-2015 Race of Residents 1990-2015 Non -White Population ■ White Alone 120.00% 98.48% 96.12% 100.00% ■ 91.44% 91.09% 80.00% 60.00% 40.00% 20.00% 1.52/0 ° 3.41% 8.56% 8.91% 0.00% 1990 2000 2010 2015 Source: U.S. Census Bureau Figure 2-2 02040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 17 Educational Attainment While higher levels of educational attainment among residents in Hugo continues to increase, the data shows that after 20 years of decline of residents with less than a high school degree, there was a slight increase in the percent of people in the City that had less than a high school degree. Hugo continues to see increases in the number of residents who have an associates or a graduate / professional degree. The City will continue to monitor educational attainment to see if the changing numbers indicate long-term trends that have the potential to impact services. Figure 2-3 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Household Size and Type Household in Hugo declined dramatically from an average of 3.12 people per household in 1990 to an average of 2.65 in 2010, and is holding relatively steady from 2010-2015. The reduction in the average number of people living in a household is similar to county -wide household size trends, which brings it closer to the regional household size overall. As shown in Figure xx, the data suggests that the number of people living alone continues to increase as well as unmarried families with children. These trends indicate that housing needs may be different for residents that live alone, families with children and families without children. Household Type in Hugo 1,800 EducationalAttainment in Hugo 1,600 Non -family Q 1,400 households 1990-2015 2.6 1,200 2.99 45% 2.4 800 22 E 2 40% 1 2.53 400 —*--TC Region 2000 , a 35% Families without Lived alone Married families children with children 30% fl 25% a 20% 0 15% 10% 5% 0% 1990 2000 2010 2015 --4o--Less than HS 11% 5% 2% 3% --*--High School 41% 32% 25% 22% -4 --Some College 16% 29% 24% 21% Associates 11% 10% 13% 16% --*—Bachelors 15% 17% 28% 26% Grad / Prof 5% 8% 9% L 11% Source: 2010 U.S. Census Bureau Figure 2-3 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Household Size and Type Household in Hugo declined dramatically from an average of 3.12 people per household in 1990 to an average of 2.65 in 2010, and is holding relatively steady from 2010-2015. The reduction in the average number of people living in a household is similar to county -wide household size trends, which brings it closer to the regional household size overall. As shown in Figure xx, the data suggests that the number of people living alone continues to increase as well as unmarried families with children. These trends indicate that housing needs may be different for residents that live alone, families with children and families without children. Household Type in Hugo 1,800 3.2 1,600 Non -family Q 1,400 households families with 2.6 1,200 2.99 0 1,000 2.4 800 22 E 2 Z 600 1 2.53 400 —*--TC Region 2000 , Census, Mefropdtan Council Families without Lived alone Married families children with children Figure 2-4 ■ 2000 ■ 2010 ■ 2015 DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Source: 2010 U.S. Census Bureau Average household Size in Hugo (1990-2015) 3.2 2010 Non -family unmarried households families with 2.6 chi Idren DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Source: 2010 U.S. Census Bureau Average household Size in Hugo (1990-2015) Figure 2-5 1990 3.2 2010 3 m 0 2.8 a� 0 2.6 3.12 2.99 2.67 2.4 Z 22 2.67 2 Hugo 1 2.53 Washington County —*--TC Region Figure 2-5 1990 2000 2010 2015 3.12 2.99 2.67 2.65 2.92 2.78 2.67 2.67 2.56 1 2.53 2.5 L 2.5 J Source: 2010 U.S. Dicennial Census, ACS Census, Mefropdtan Council COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 18 Household Income The U.S. Census Bureau estimated that the median household income in Hugo increased 6% from $78,261 in 2010 to $82,880 in 2015. Hugo's household income is consistently higher than the County and the Region. During that same period the percent of Hugo residents living in poverty or within 185% of the poverty level increased from 9% in 2010 to 13% in 2015. This increase in poverty may be related to the increasing age of the population, student loan debt or other actors. Median Household Income 2000-2015 $90,000 $80,000 $70,000 co $60,000 0 $50,000 $40,000 $30,000 $20,000 $10,000 $ 2000 2010 2015 —@—Hugo $63,450 $78,261 $82,880 --e—Washington County $66,305 $79,109 $83,706 --*—Twin Cities Metro Area $54,304 $65,181 $68,778 Source::Amencan Community Survey Figure 2-6 -4 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 19 Housing The housing market in Hugo has evolved significantly in the last 20 years. The increased demand for housing in the 2000s dramatically diversified the housing stock. The City currently provides a number of housing types that serve a wide range of residents. While new housing development slowed after 2008, and housing prices declined, the market has started to recover. As of 2010, the U.S. Census Bureau found that there was a total of 5,189 housing units in Hugo and that number was estimated to increase to 5,592 by 2015. FAI � r HCT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 20 Housing Tenure and Vacancy From 2000-2010, the overall number of people who own homes in Hugo has risen, primarily due to the increase in population. However, the total percentage homeowners in Hugo dropped steadily, while the percentage of the population that rents homes has increased. This is likely due to the increased number of rental unit availability in the City. The median contract rent in 2015 for Hugo was $1,120, which is the second highest median rent among the communities in Washington County (Maxfield Research & Consulting, 2017). While this data suggests that more opportunities to develop rental housing may be possible, the City will need to evaluate how to support the development of rental units that are considered affordable. Housing Tenancy, 1990-2015 100% 90% F 80% F 70% = 60% 0 50% 40% 2 30% a 20% 10% 0% --*--Owner Occupied —*--Renter Occupied --*--Vacant Figure 2-7 ,'e H,Fti f CS 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE -.. Residential Building Permits After the rapid growth of the community prior to 2008, the number of residential building permits issued for new home construction declined from 2007 to 2011. In 2012, the community saw some growth and growth has remained steady since that time. 300 250 79 200 a 0 150 E 100 z 50 0 — 2007 ■Single family 52 ■Multi -family 196 Figure 2-8 Residential Building Permits A 2015 1990 2000 2010 93% 93% 87% 83% 6% 5% 9% 13% 2% 2% 4% 4% Source: ,'e H,Fti f CS 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE -.. Residential Building Permits After the rapid growth of the community prior to 2008, the number of residential building permits issued for new home construction declined from 2007 to 2011. In 2012, the community saw some growth and growth has remained steady since that time. 300 250 79 200 a 0 150 E 100 z 50 0 — 2007 ■Single family 52 ■Multi -family 196 Figure 2-8 Residential Building Permits DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 21 A 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 64 50 50 40 90 52 48 59 90 124 97 34 10 0 0 100 8 9 Source: City of Hugo DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 21 Average Sale Price Like much of the County, the average and median home sale price declined from 2005-2012 and started rebounding after 2013. In 2015 and 2016, the market appears to be stabilizing. �'�CGOI 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 22 Multi-FamilyHome Resales in Hugo Single FamilyHome Resales in Hugo 2000-2016 2000-2016 $250,000 0 o co co 450,000 CD prn rn C4 �O N 400,000 O m u' i cNo O $200,000 co lIJ lfJ �v !A �y U7 o m �o O coC O (0 O �� _rno (f3 fl 350,000 N No (O vo v wv rn N _ co _- O O �O 00 L() � �� F»v `fl vM 0,8 � fl M `y 300,000 �� No �� $150,000 �� 250,000 0� N O $100,000 G3 200,000 K3 aD 150,000 $50,000 100,000 $0 50,000 2000 2005 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 0 2000 2005 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 ■ Avera e ■ Median g ■Average ■Median Source: Washington Cwny Figure 2-9 Figure 2-10 �'�CGOI 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 22 Age of Housing Stock Hugo's housing stock is relatively new. Data shows that 59% of the housing stock was constructed in the last 15 years, and 81 % was constructed in the last 25 years. AGE OF HOUSING STOCK Figure 2-11 ■ <1940 ■ 1940s ■ 1950s 1960s ■ 1970s ■ 1980s ■ 1990S ■ 2000 to 2009 Source: Washington Ccuny 02040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 23 Economic Overview The following section provides an overview of the existing businesses and industries in the community and identifies current employment trends, economic development initiatives and other applicable factors. In addition to population and housing forecasts, the Metropolitan Council also provides employment forecasts. The forecasts indicate that about 500 jobs will be added to the economy every ten years. The City will need to continue evaluating how to provide infrastructure for locations that are guided for business development. Forecasted Employmentin Hugo 5,000 4,500 4,000 3,600 3,000 2,600 1,973 2,000 M 0 -A 2010 2020 2030 2040 Employment Figure 2-12 i' 7 r ,HCS 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 24 _.. Employment by Industry Employment in Hugo has been increasing since 2000, with the largest employment increases in construction, health care and social assistance, and retail trade. Manufacturing industries saw an overall job loss in the City. Hugo anticipates continued growth across industries. The Employment in Hugo by industry is shown in Table xx. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Table 2-4 Employment in Hugo by Industry, 2000-2015 Home Occupations Accommodation and Food Services 158 134 166 194 The City also has a considerable number of "home -occupations or Administrative and Waste Services 47 78 170 home-based businesses" that are operated from the owner's place of residence. These home occupations are scattered throughout the Agriculture and Forestry and Fishing 29 29 15 31 City particularly in the rural areas. The business uses range from & Hunting home offices and studios, auto repair services, contractor's yards to All Other Industries 146 177 65 17 agricultural related uses. Home -occupations in the rural areas are Arts and Entertainment and and 13 18 93 identified in as an important part of the rural character of the City. Recreation Construction 253 688 378 463 All home -occupations are required to comply with the performance Educational Services 55 71 114 124 standards for home -occupations listed in the City's Zoning Ordinance. An interim use permit is required to operate a home -occupation that Finance and Insurance 0 32 38 has the potential to adversely affect surrounding properties. Health Care and Social Assistance 45 96 190 393 Manufacturing 954 695 499 676 The total number of home occupations within the City is unknown Other Services and Ex. Public Admin 81 66 78 141 because the City does not track or license these businesses unless Professional and Technical Services 0 13 64 an interim use permit is applied for or a violation of the ordinance is Public Administration 10 21 28 29 reported. Retail Trade 126 141 236 249 Transportation and Warehousing 0 10 32 33 Wholesale Trade 0 24 44 95 Total employment 1,917 2,165 1,973 2,810 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED), Metropolitan Council DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 25 Commercial and Industrial Building Permits Table xx shows that since 2008, there have been building permits issued for approximately $32,868,591 of commercial and industrial development in the City of Hugo. Significant development has occurred in the Bald Eagle Industrial Park, with continued development in the commercial retail portions of Victor Gardens. Table 2-5 Valuation of New Commercial and Industrial Building Permits 2008 9 $ 4,211,000 2009 9 $ 1,995,000 2010 5 $ 978,000 2011 7 $ 628,000 2012 9 $ 10,318,456 2013 8 $ 5,051,348 2014 4 $ 993,187 2015 4 $ 325,000 2016 6 $ 4,029,600 2017 6 $ 4,339,000 �rr r 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE $12,000,000 $10,000,000 $8,000,000 $6,000,000 $4,000,000 $2,000,000 Figure 2-13 Total Valuation of Commercial and Industrial Permits 2008-2016 In 2013 2014 2015 2016 Source: City of Hugo COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 26 In ■ 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 In 2013 2014 2015 2016 Source: City of Hugo COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 26 Transportation The City's transportation infrastructure is essential to understanding how people travel throughout the City. Hugo's transportation network allows both residents and travelers to navigate through the City and access major points of interest including shopping and service areas, places of employment, homes and the highways that provide links to regional destinations. The primary north -south transportation routes through the City include State Trunk Highway (TH) 61 in the western half of Hugo and County Road (CR) 57 in the eastern half of Hugo. A major north -south regional transportation route, I- 35E is located directly west of the City in Anoka County. Access to 1-35E is provided through Anoka County via County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 8, which is called CSAH 14 in Anoka County. Traffic from residential development in Hugo and adjacent communities cross east -west through the City to reach 1-35E. The most significant east -west routes through the City are CSAH 4 (170th Street North), CSAH 7 (120th Street) and CSAH 8 (Frenchman Road, Egg Lake Road and 137th Street). In addition, there is a local collector road network that serves residents and local businesses. Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 27 Types of Roads To understand the road network within the City of Hugo, each road has a classification based on the Metropolitan Council Functional Classification System which describes the purpose and type of traffic the roads serve. Principal Arterial: A principal arterial is a limited -access roadway that serves moderate to long trip lengths and provides a system to move traffic through a city or region. Turning movements are often handled with turn lanes or signal systems. The purpose of a principal arterial is to move traffic with a certain degree of efficiency and speed and; therefore, are often characterized by wider lanes and shoulders. There are no principle arterials within the City of Hugo. The closest principle arterial is 1-35E, which is directly west of the City in Lino Lakes. Minor Arterial: A minor arterial generally augments the arterial system in more intensely developed areas. The purpose of augmenting the principal arterial may be to reduce speeds or provide more direct access to some of the residential or business areas within the community. Generally, minor arterials provide service to over 3,000 cars per day, and should be directly accessed only by principal arterials, other minor arterials, or collectors. Highway 61, CSAH 4, CSAH 7 and CSAH 8 are examples of minor arterials in Hugo. Collectors: Collectors serve as connections between local streets and minor arterials. Their principal function is to carry short trip lengths and to serve adjacent land. These roads are generally capable of moving larger traffic volumes for limited distances. They may also carry traffic to and from dispersed major traffic generators. Access to collectors includes other collectors, minor arterials, local streets, and direct access from/to abutting lands. Fenway Boulevard, Goodview Avenue, Oneka Lake Boulevard and Oneka Parkway are examples of collector streets in the City of Hugo. Local Streets, Local streets primarily provide access to individually developed sites and connect to other local streets and collector streets. These streets are designed for low speed, local trips. Local streets serve most exclusively the residents in a neighborhood and do not generally provide access for through traffic. Residential streets are examples of local streets in Hugo. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 28 Regional Transportation Projects Interstate 35W and 35E are the major transportation corridor links between the northeast suburbs and the TCMA. The 1-35W/E coalition was formed with a commitment to advocate for interchange improvements and additional capacity within this corridor. The coalition includes both Anoka and Washington Counties and a number of local cities and townships including Hugo. The coalition is focusing on the improvement of the CSAH 8/14 and 1-35E interchange directly west of the City in Lino Lakes. Federal funding has been secured for a portion of the project and it has been completed. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Public Transit Park and Ride Transportation There are no existing or planned Park and Ride transportation facilities in the City of Hugo. The nearest park and ride facilities that provide transit options to workers commuting to the Twin Cities Metro Region are located to the west of Hugo in the City of Centerville and to the south in Vadnais Heights and White Bear Lake. Because there are no public transit facilities located within the City of Hugo, we can reasonably assume that some of the working residents of Hugo are utilizing the park and ride facilities in other communities. It is important for the City to recognize these commuters and plan accordingly for future transportation facilities. Transit There are no existing regular public transit routes that directly access the Twin City Metro Area from the City of Hugo. However, transit service options are available to transit dependent seniors in Hugo by a Dial -a -Ride service provided by Human Services Inc. Hugo is currently outside of the Metropolitan Transit Taxing District but is within the area of potential transit service expansion. The southwest portion of the City is within Market Area III and the remaining portion is in Market Area IV. Future service options for Market Area III include peak -only express, small vehicle circulators, mid-day circulators, special needs para -transit and ridesharing. Future service options for Market Area IV include an expanded dial -a -ride program, a volunteer driver program and ridesharing. Hugo is also located within the Rush Line transit corridor study area that extends from St. Paul in Ramsey County to Hinckley in Pine County. The study has identified potential transit improvements such as commuter rail and express commuter buses to serve the corridor. It is anticipated that these transit lines would operate within dedicated right-of-way along Interstate 35E (directly west of the City) and TH 61. There are no formal plans for these transit improvements and construction will not begin until funding becomes available, which is likely not within the foreseeable future. However, keeping these potential transit corridors in mind now will allow the City of Hugo to plan effectively for the future. Preserving right-of-way and promoting higher density along the planned transit corridors is encouraged by the Metropolitan Council. COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 29 Commuting Travel Time to Work The average travel time to work increased slightly from 28.7 minutes in 2000 to 29.9 minutes in 2010. The U.S. Census Bureau estimates that this average increased to 30 minutes in 2015. Means of Transportation to Work The majority of Hugo residents drive or carpool to work. Figure xx shows that all modes of transportation have increased over time (except for public transit), which is consistent with the increase in population. Commuteshed Table xx shows that the majority of Hugo residents travel to other communities to work, and that only 323 Hugo residents live and work in Hugo. This indicates that there may be opportunities to understand how the City can support worker commutes or seek employers that match the workforce available in the community. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Hugo Commuteshed, 2014 3,500 Walk to Work Work at Transit 6,000 Home 43 17 3,000 100 62 312 4,000 92 360 3,000 2,500 2,000 1,000 2,000 Car Pool Drove Alone Other 1,500 ■2000 302 3,006 29 ■2010 452 5,743 58 1,000 1,017 6,233 72 500 ' ' , . ■ . - - - Minneapo Other SL Paul White Maplemo Hugo Vad naffs Roseville Forest Arden Blaine Is Bear Lake d Height' Lake Hills •Series1 3,223 1,123 795 521 403 323 239 216 203 176 160 Figure 2-14 Source: U.S Ce—Bur— Figure ensusBureau Figure 2-15 Means of Travel to Work 7,000 Walk to Work Work at Transit 6,000 Home 43 17 5,000 100 62 312 4,000 92 360 3,000 2,000 1,000 Car Pool Drove Alone Other Commute ■2000 302 3,006 29 ■2010 452 5,743 58 ■2015 1,017 6,233 72 Public Walk to Work Work at Transit Home 43 17 113 100 62 312 65 92 360 F�.rm�:m>tixrrs �:m COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 30 Parks, Trails and Open Space The City of Hugo has an abundance of natural resources and open space areas including a large number of lakes, wetlands, woodlands and other natural amenities that make it a prime location for outdoor activity and recreation. The City has made an effort to preserve many of these spaces as active and passive parks, conservation areas and protected waters (see Map xx—Existing Parks and Open Space). There are also a few neighborhood parks and community gathering centers located within the City's residential neighborhoods that are privately owned and maintained by the homeowners associations. These parks augment the City's system and serve the residents of these neighborhoods. The City's existing trail system consists of multi -use county trails and a series of city -owned pedestrian -bicycle paths, bicycle lanes, bicycle routes, snowmobile trails, equestrian trails and nature paths (see Map xx – Existing Sidewalks and Trails). There are nine lakes in the City classified as protected waters and 3 lakes which are classified as wetlands by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. Hardwood Creek and Clearwater Creek and a number of judicial ditches also traverse the City. There are three separate watershed districts in the City of Hugo. The majority of the City is within the Rice Creek watershed district except for small portions of eastern Hugo that are within the Carnelian -Marine -St. Croix watershed district and the Browns Creek watershed district. There are also approximately 584 acres of protected wetlands in the City of Hugo that are included in the water land use category (see Map xx – Wetlands). However, the water land use category does not include some of the non -protected and seasonal wetland areas in the City. Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 31 DRAFT Dec14-1 7 fnr rav DRAFT Existing Parks and Open Space Map ' City Park DNR Park - City Facility School Undeveloped City Property Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcel Open Water Streams and Ditches Street 1. Paul Hugo Farms WMA 2. Lions Park 3. Beaver Ponds Park 4. Tower Park 5. Frog Hollow Park 6. Victor Square Park 7. Arbre Park 8. Clearwater Creek Preserve 9. Heritage Ponds Park 10. Val Jean Park 11. McCollar Park 12. Diamond Point Park 13. Oak Shore Park 14. Hanifl Fields Athletic Park 15. Rice Lake Park 16. Oneka Lake Boat Launch 17. Irish Avenue Park 18. Cove Park 19. Aspire Park 20. Oneka Lake Park 21. Bald Eagle Lake Access 22. Bernin Property 23. Sunset Lake Access South 24. Sunset Lake Access North 25. Goodview Property 26. Plaisted Property 27. Property North of St. John's Cemetary 28. 1920 School House Site 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/1412017 Map 2-1 DRAFT Dec1Q-17 fnr rav : CI -r Y C:)F D RAFT Existing Trails and Sidewalks Map ' City Park I DNR Park Undeveloped City Property Regional Trail City Trail Sidewalks Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcel Open Water Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 Map 2-2 )RAFT Dec 14-17 for review only DRAFT Dec14-17 for rev" Wetlands Map Wetlands Source: This map is based on wetland area features mapped as part of the National Wetland Inventory (NWI). The NWI is a national program sponsored by the US Fish and Wildlife Service. This is not an official wetland map and should not be substituted for surveyed wetland delineations. 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 2-3 Land Use Metropolitan Urban Service Area Located in northwestern Washington County, Hugo is bounded on the north by Forest Lake, on the east by May Township, on the south by Grant and White Bear Township, and on the west by the City of Lino Lakes. Hugo is part of the seven -county metropolitan region. The total area of the City is approximately 36 square miles and the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA) on the western portion of the City currently has 10,171 acres. This designation allows development of land to occur at urban densities with municipal sewer and water facilities. Existing Land Use The Metropolitan Council provides an inventory of land uses for each City, as shown in Map xx. The land use inventory is used to quantify development patterns, densities and other land use scenarios that can provide direction for future development and redevelopment in the City. This inventory, combined with other background information, is used to suggest where and at what intensity. The inventory can also help classify areas that should remain undeveloped or preserved based on the presence of wetlands, lakes, or the underlying conservation system. All of this information provides a baseline that the City can utilize when making land use and development decisions. This information will also be used to help develop the future land use component of the Comprehensive Plan. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Columbus 1 06.Forest Lake i Scandia 4f 1 Z 1 + _ l Lino Lakes Hugo May Twp. ■ G", Centerville ► _�, L Ir T it Y M I � J 0 0.5 1 2 3 4 Grant y Iles � 1 2010 Generalized Land Use Farmstead Mixed Use Residential Major Highway Seasonal/Vacation Mixed Use Industrial Railway Single Family Detached Mixed Use Commercial and Other - Airport - Manufactured Housing Park Industrial and Utility Agricultural - Single Family Attached ' Extractive Undeveloped - Multifamily Institutional Water - Retail and Other Commercial Park, Recreational or Preserve Office - Golf Course L --- j County Boundaries City and Township Boundaries NCompass Street Centerlines COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 35 Land Use Categories Residential Table 2-6 Hugo Land Use Agricultural and Farmsteads The agricultural land use category includes lands that are being used for commercial agricultural purposes and a broad range of other agricultural activities such as horse boarding and hobby farms. Farmsteads refer to the land that encompasses the single family dwelling and associated buildings of a farm. Undeveloped Land The undeveloped land use category in the City includes lands that are not currently being used for any defined purpose. The majority of the undeveloped land in the City reflects the floodplain and poor soil area that are unlikely to be capable of sustaining development. Undeveloped land may also include some non -protected wetlands and lands currently under development. Lakes, wetlands, streams and drainage ways dominate the landscape of the City of Hugo. These natural features play an extensive role in the way in which the community is currently developed, and will develop into the future. The existing land use plan identifies the following four residential land uses categories: Single Family (Detached), Single Family (Attached), Multi -Family housing and Manufactured Housing Park. The vast majority of the residential land area in the City of Hugo consists of Single Family (Detached) homes. This land use designation includes all residential units that are separated from each other. Detached townhomes are included in this category. The Single Family (Attached) land use designation includes all residential structures containing two or more units that have individua ground floor access. This category includes attached townhomes. The Multi -Family land use category includes residential structures that have two or more units but do not have primary ground floor access from all units. This category includes apartment buildings, senior housing facilities and condominiums. The Manufactured Housing Park designation includes areas where multiple manufactured housing structures are grouped together. There is one manufactured housing park located in the City along the east side of Highway 61 on the north end of downtown. There are approximately 105 manufactured homes within the park. Agriculture Farmstead Golf Course Industrial and Utility Institutional Major Highway Manufactured Housing Park Mixed Use Residential Multifamily Office Open Water Park, Recreational or Preserve Retail and Other Commercial Single Family Attached Single Family Detached Undeveloped Land 5,894 257 125 230 103 19 22 C3 1,900 1,234 144 323 2,751 10,031 0% 0% 0% 8% 5% 1% 1% 12% 44% Total 23,036 100% HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 36 Office, Retail and Other Commercial The commercial areas in the City are located primarily along the Highway 61 and the CSAH 8 corridor and within the downtown district. The CSAH 8 Corridor marks the western entrance to the City from 1-35E and serves as the gateway to downtown Hugo. The downtown district is centered at the new intersection created by the newly realigned CSAH 8 and Highway 61 and is the cultural and business center of the City. The majority of the businesses providing retail goods and services in Hugo have historically been located in the downtown. Industrial and Utility The designated industrial areas of the City are located along the Highway 61 corridor in the Bald Eagle Industrial Park and the Peloquin Industrial Park. The Bald Eagle Industrial Park is served by municipal utilities and has rail access. The Park includes businesses such as Wilson Tool, Loadmaster Lubricants, Xcel Energy, Western Spring, and Schwieters Companies. There is also some scattered industrial development along the east side of TH 61 north of downtown that has developed without municipal sewer and water service. As land becomes more valuable and sewer and water becomes available in the coming years, these industrial properties will likely be redeveloped. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Mixed Use There are three categories for Mixed Use used by the Metropolitan Council: Mixed Use Residential, which is land containing a building with multiple uses in combination with at least a residential unit(s). Mixed Use Industrial, which is land containing a building with multiple uses in combination with industrial uses and NO residential units. An example would be a building containing a warehouse, offices, and stores. Mixed Use Commercial and Other, which is land containing a building with multiple uses but with NO residential units or industrial uses. Extractive There is a gravel pit in the rural portion of Hugo that has recently ended gravel mining operations by an agreement with the City. The property owner is required to restore the land comparable to adjacent lands or to its original state. Park, Recreation or Preserve and Golf Course There are a number of large areas of public and semi-public recreational uses in the City. Institutional The institutional land use designation includes lands within the city that contain the churches and other religious institutions, city/government buildings, schools and cemeteries. Major Highways The major highway land use designation includes right-of-way areas greater than 200 feet in width for major highways in the City. The portion of Highway 61 near the south end of the City is included in this category. RailroadE There are two active railroad lines that pass through the City and provide freight service only at this time. The Soo Line crosses the southeast corner of the City and the Burlington Northern Rail line runs along the west side of Highway 61 and terminates before downtown. The Burlington Northern provides rail service to businesses with the Bald Eagle Industrial Park. COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 37 X1:7_1 2 1 2030 Land Use Plan Agriculture (AG) Large Lot Residential (LL) Very Low Density (VLD) Low Density Residential (LD) Medium Density Residential (MD) Public/Quasi-Public (PQ) ;._ _'• Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels 0 Open Water — Sewer Interceptor Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 2-4 High Density Residential (HD) Mixed Use (MIX) - Commercial (COM) Business Park (BP) Industrial (IND) Public/Quasi-Public (PQ) ;._ _'• Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels 0 Open Water — Sewer Interceptor Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 2-4 Zoning District Overview Zoning is the City's primary tool for implementing planning policies. Zoning consists of an official map that divides the community into a series of zoning districts and includes supporting ordinance text that describes the regulations for the use of the land within these districts including the permitted uses, lot sizes, setbacks, density standards, design standards, etc. Long -Term Agricultural District The purpose of the Long -Term Agricultural district (LA) is to allow agricultural property to be included in the State of Minnesota's Agricultural Preserve Program. This area may be used for permitted agricultural activities and single family farmsteads at a density of 1 unit per 40 acres. The minimum lot size in the LA district and for inclusion in the Agricultural Preserve Program is 40 acres. This area is not intended for urban densities or services. Agricultural District The purpose of the Agricultural district (AG) is to provide an area for the use of land for commercial agriculture purposes. Single family detached homes served by private well and septic systems at a density of 1 unit per 10 acres are also permitted. This area is not intended for urban densities or services. The minimum lot size in the AG district is 10 acres. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Rural Residential District The purpose of the Rural Residential district (RR) is to provide a location for single-family detached housing on parcels of land served by private well and septic systems at a density of 1 unit per 10 gross acres. Continued use of the land for agricultural purposes is also permitted. The minimum lot size in the RR district is 10 acres. Large Lot Single Family Residential District The purpose of the Large Lot Single Family Residential District (R-1) is to maintain and preserve existing larger lot single-family neighborhoods at a density of 1 unit per 1 acre. It is not the City's intention to further expand the land area identified within this district. These areas are served by or are intended to be served by municipal utilities when these services become available. The minimum lot size in the R-1 district is 1 acre. Single Family Detached Residential District The purpose of the Single Family Detached Residential District (R- 3) is to provide for new single-family neighborhoods with a lot size that is smaller than the city's traditional single-family lot as well as directly related, complementary uses. This zoning district is intended to be the primary single-family zoning district for future residential developments. The smaller lot size will make efficient use of the city's land supply and investment in public utilities and allow the city to Table 2-7 Acreage of Zoning Districts in Hugo LA (Long Term Agricultural) 318 1.4% AG (Agricultural) 8,541 36.9% RR (Rural Residential) 3,475 15.0% R-1 (Large Lot Single Family 375 1.6% Residential) R-3 (Single Family Detached 2,382 10.3% Residential) CR -3 (Central Residential) 210 0.9% R-4 (Low Density Multi -Family 113 0.5% Residential) R-5 (Medium Density Multi -Family 52 0.2% Residential) NS (Neighborhood Service) 48 0.2% RC -1 (Restricted Commercial) 101 0.4% C-1 (Central Business) 97 0.4% C-2 (General Business) 172 0.7% FCB (Future Central Business) 23 0.1% BP (Business Park) 70 0.3% RI -1 (Restricted Industrial) 98 0.4% 1-3 (General Industrial) 212 0.9% FUS (Future Urban Service) 4,449 19.2% PUD (Planned Unit Development) 1,240 5.4% Total 21,976 COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 39 efficiently protect and preserve its natural resources such as wetlands and woodlands. In addition, the smaller lot size will help the city meet its density goal for new single-family homes. Single-family residential housing at a density of one unit per 10,400 square feet and twinhomes at a density of one unit per 15,000 square feet are permitted. A full range of public utilities and facilities shall be available to the R-3 areas The minimum lot size in the R-3 district is 10,400 square feet for a single family home and 15,000 square feet for a twinhome. Central Residential District The purpose of the Central Residential District (CR -3) is to provide for the maintenance and preservation of the existing single-family detached housing located in and around the downtown area served by municipal utilities at a density of approximately 4 units per acre. Multi- family and townhouse development may be allowed by Conditional Use Permit where compatible with adjacent development. The minimum lot size in the CR -3 district is 8,400 square feet for a single family home and 15,000 square feet for a twinhome. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Low Density Multi -Family Residential District The purpose of the Low Density Residential District (R-4) is to provide a location for lower density multi -family uses such as townhomes and twinhomes in areas that are served or are intended to be served by municipal utilities. This district addresses the need for life -cycle housing by offering an alternative to single family detached housing that allows a standard density between 3 units and 6 units per acre and a planned unit development density between 3 units and 8 units per acre. The minimum lot size in the R-4 district is 1 acre. Medium Density Multi -Family Residential District The purpose of the Medium Density Residential District (R-5) is to provide a location for medium density multi -family uses such as townhomes and apartments in areas that are served or are intended to be served by municipal utilities. This district addresses the need for life -cycle housing by offering an alternative to single family detached housing that allows a standard density between 6 units and 10 units per acre and a planned unit development density between 6 units and 12 units per acre. The minimum lot size in the R-5 district is 1 acre. Neighborhood Service District The purpose of the Neighborhood Service District (NS) provides a location for commercial and service businesses to conveniently serve the needs of residential neighborhoods. The uses and structures in this district shall be compatible with the surrounding residential neighborhoods. The minimum lot size in the NS District is 20,000 square feet. Restricted Commercial The purpose of the restricted commercial zoning district (RC -1) is to provide a location for a mix of freestanding commercial businesses, including retail sales and offices that do not require municipal water or sanitary sewer services. To be permitted to operate in this zoning district, a business must have sewage disposal requirements of three residential equivalencies or less, as determined by metropolitan council environmental services standards. Specifically excluded from this zoning district are restaurants, carwashes, hotels and motels, and other high water -usage facilities. The minimum lot size in the RC -1 district is 2'/z acres. Central Business District The purpose of the Central Business Zoning District (C-1) is to enhance and preserve the downtown area as a blend of cultural, recreational, civic, entertainment, retail sales, and office uses. Businesses requiring exterior storage for processing, retail sales, or wholesale activities are not permitted in this district. Development must be consistent with the City's downtown plan. The minimum lot size in the C-1 district is 8,000 square feet. COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 40 General Business District The purpose of the General Business District (C-2) is to provide a location for service-oriented and free-standing commercial businesses, including retail sales, offices, and restaurants, which are oriented toward motorists and require high volumes of traffic and visibility from major roads. The minimum lot size in the C-2 district is 20,000 square feet. Future Central Business District The Future Central Business District (FCB) represents transition areas that have been identified as practical and generally suitable for future development and redevelopment in accordance with the City's downtown plan. The identified areas are a holding zone until a landowner makes application for development, at which time the City may rezone the affected property consistent with the downtown plan, provided the development does not result in the premature extension of public utilities or impede planned road improvements. Residential land uses will be allowed to continue pending future redevelopment consistent with the City's downtown plan. The minimum lot size in the FCB is 8,400 square feet for a single-family home and 15,000 square feet for a twinhome. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Business Park Restricted Industrial District The purpose of the business park district (BP) is to provide opportunities for office, office warehouse, light industrial, and light manufacturing businesses. Generally the types of uses that are intended for the [BP] district are wholesale and retail trade establishments for large volumes or bulk commercial items, office showrooms and small businesses that have both commercial and industrial characteristics. Uses allowed in the district are limited to those that are compatible with lower intensity residential and business uses, and which have limited amounts of truck traffic and outside storage in comparison to higher intensity industrial uses. Because business park areas may abut residential neighborhoods, uses are regulated in height, lot coverage, setbacks, landscaping, loading and use type, so as to facilitate compatibility between these uses and residential development. The minimum lot size in the BP district is 15,000 square feet. The purpose of the Restricted Industrial Zoning District (RI -1) is to provide a location for office, storage, repair and limited manufacturing facilities that do not require municipal water or sanitary sewer services. To be permitted to operate in this zoning district, an industry must have sewage disposal requirements of 3 residential equivalencies, or less, as determined by Metropolitan Council Environmental Services Standards. The minimum lot size in the RI -1 district is 2.5 acres. General Industrial District The purpose of the General Industrial Zoning District (1-3) is to provide a location for office, distribution, light industrial, warehousing, wholesaling, and repair businesses in areas that are served or intended to be served by municipal utilities. The minimum lot size in the 1-3 district is 15,000 square feet. COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 41 Future Urban Service District The Future Urban Service District (FUS) represents transition areas of the City that have been identified in the City's Comprehensive Land Use Plan as being physically eligible, fiscally practical, and generally suitable for future staging of urban services. The identified areas may be located within or outside of the Metropolitan Urban Service Area, and require installation of private well and septic systems until urban services are available. Development densities shall not exceed one dwelling unit per ten (10) acres. The intent of the District is to promote the preservation of large parcels that are unencumbered by inefficient building and road layouts, and to give notice to land owners that future extension of a full range of urban services into the area is likely. The pending future land uses could be any use consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan. Planned Unit Development District The purpose of the Planned Unit Development (PUD) district is to offer enhanced flexibility to develop a site through relaxation of most normal zoning district standards to allow for a greater variety of uses, internal transfers of density, construction phasing and a potential for lower development costs. In exchange for this enhanced flexibility, it is expected that the development plan will result in a significantly higher quality and more sensitive proposal than would have been the case with the standard zoning districts. The uses within the PUD must be consistent with the land uses designated for the area in the Comprehensive Plan. 1 ,t 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE City Overlay Districts There is a floodplain overlay district and a shoreland overlay district in the City of Hugo (see Map xx -- Floodplain and Map xx -- Shoreland). Each of these overlay districts adhere to the underlying zoning district but apply a more stringent application of allowed uses and intensification of uses due to the presence of significant natural resources. The purpose of these overlay districts is to preserve and protect the vital natural resources in the City through more carefully monitoring development in the overlay district areas. DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 42 DRAFT Dec14-17 for rev; C1 -FY OF DRAFT Zoning Districts Map 0 (AG) Agricultural (LA) Long Term Agricultural (RR) Rural Residential (R-1) Large Lot Single Family Residential (R-3) Single Family Detached Residential FF (CR -3) Central Residential (R-4) Low Density Multiple Family Residential (R-5) Medium Density Multiple Family Residential (NS) Neighborhood Service (RC -1) Restricted Commercial (C-1) Central Business (C-2) General Business (FCB) Future Central Business (BP) Business Park (RI -1) Restricted Industrial (I-3) General Industrial (FUS) Future Urban Service (PUD) Planned Unit Development 0 water 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 2-5 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only ��111��1■r��l��i ■Y - �� , , S ■ IIIIIIIIIIII ■ _ man 80TH ST E FEE■.1� 1 !�■■ Y �I _I � ,Y■ I b i I I �IYI■ MIMI .� M 191 ■ ,�, _ _ - 111 , �._■■ _ �� ami � �■� , . , ■� _■ ■■ �''■� 7Lake Em 1®1 ■ ME E1110=01 DRAFT Floodplain Map Flood Zone - A AE X Open Water Source: February 2, 2010 FEMA Flood Maps; 27163C0117E,27163C0109E,27163C0128E,27163CO129E 27163C0136E,27163C0119E,27163C0138E,27163CO140E This is not an official Floodplain Map. 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH L 1211112017 Map 2-6 DRAFT Shoreland District Map Shoreland Overlay District E-1 Listed Lakes Parcels — Other Water Features Listed Water Courses The shoreland district is the areas located within 1,000 feet of the OHW of the lakes and 300 feet of the OHW of the rivers and streams as listed in the Shoreland Classification Data. 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 ,-a-, 1 7 for review only Map 2-7 .+ i III - Emerging Issues The dramatic population increases from the 1990s has brought new energy to the City particularly on the Western boundary along Frenchman Road and Interstate 35. Population growth and the associated housing has been identified as both a strength for the community as well as a source of concern. Residents and members of the community identified the following issues that should be addressed as the community continues to grow: =IL jP �_• �} W r t7 • Balancing a desire to maintain rural character while meeting the demands of an increasing population on the West side of the City • Maintaining an ability to respond to threats to infrastructure including internet security, water resources and natural disasters • Encouraging 25-34 year-olds to choose Hugo as their home to maintain population continuity • Maintaining a robust parks system • Water conservation • Implementation of the downtown redevelopment plan --fie moi• -, F � - '-+� ■ � . +*�� ' r � �{ y - HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMMUNITY BACKGROUND 46 Chapter 3 ,1-�-and Use tri �Ql 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE The Land Use Plan is the foundation of the City's Comprehensive Plan. The plan identifies where people will live, work, shop and play. Development anticipated in the plan drives the need for all types of infrastructure, including sewer, water, roads, and parks. In addition, the Land Use Plan helps the Planning Commission and City Council make decisions on individual development requests. Perhaps most importantly, the way land is used and the way in which uses are arranged are major contributors to a community's quality of life. The purpose of the Land Use Plan is to: 1) identify appropriate locations for all types of land use; 2) specify criteria for determining the appropriate location for a specific land use; 3) layout strategies to ensure that all the various types of uses exist together harmoniously and 4) provide critical background data for infrastructure planning. LAND USE 47 Community Feedback Hugo residents identified the blend of small-town, country feel and urban neighborhoods along with the proximity of the town to Interstate 35 and the Twin Cities as a strength of the community. However, residents also felt that development of more urban neighborhoods should be managed so that the small-town feel can be maintained and natural resources can be protected. Residents also felt that development on Highway 61 and in downtown should be maximized to provide commercial and residential opportunities. During the 2040 Plan update process, Hugo held three open houses and offered two online surveys to get feedback from residents. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 48 Development Approach Rapid residential development in the region from the late 1990s through 2005 caused the City of Hugo to reevaluate development opportunities in the City. The City Council authorized an extensive public participation process to update the Comprehensive Plan in 2007. A large area of the City was added to the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA) in 2007, and it is expected that the City will develop to these regions within the timeframe of this Comprehensive Plan. The 2040 Land Use Plan (Map xx) shows no changes from the 2030 Land Use Plan for the currently urbanized area of Hugo. The City identified four key areas in 2030 where land use may undergo change, and anticipates that these areas will continue to evolve through 2040. The areas include: 1. Downtown Hugo 2. The property at the northeast corner of Highway 61 and 120th Street 3. The property at the intersection of Highway 61 and 140th Street 4. The property in northwest Hugo, generally north of 165th Street DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 49 2040 Land Use Guiding Principles Community Character 1. Provide for a variety of residential, commercial, industrial, institutional and agricultural land use opportunities within the community. Objectives: • Encourage lifecycle housing opportunities. • Continue agricultural land uses in eastern Hugo where such uses are economically viable. • Promote opportunities for commercial services to expand the tax base and provide employment opportunities. • Enforce development standards to maintain a high-quality standard of living. • Encourage a variety of social opportunities for residents. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only 2. Maintain the unique rural quality and small town feel of the community through thoughtful planning. Objectives: • Encourage development that preserves open spaces and creates connections to natural areas. • Maintain open spaces, natural resources and viewsheds that contribute to the character of the community. • Use Greenway Corridor to focus efforts to protect natural resources, open spaces, and connections to natural areas and provide a linear park throughout the City. • Develop Downtown Hugo as a livable, pedestrian -friendly town center within the City of Hugo. • Maintain and enhance the quality of development through the design and performance standards. • Encourage a sense of community by maintaining and creating distinct neighborhoods. • Identify areas within the community that could benefit from special plans or more study. • Identify areas that have conflicting land uses and develop solutions to mitigate current and future problems. • Develop and create safe road patterns and traffic calming measures to establish safety for all modes of transportation. • Maximize public service efficiencies through effective planning and management practices at the local level. • Encourage and utilize citizen participation in the local decision-making processes. LAND USE 50 Land Use and Growth 3. Maintain a diversity of land uses that allows for urban development while preserving rural and agricultural lands. Objectives: • Promote urban development in areas where public infrastructure is available to support such development. • Prepare and adopt a land use plan that designates compatible land uses to minimize conflicts as development occurs. • Provide transitions between rural and urban areas through zoning and other performance standards. • Promote continued commercial -agricultural use of the land and prevent the decline of agriculture in the City's economy. • Maintain options for agricultural landowners to develop their property. • Protect the ability for existing rural non-farm lifestyles to co -exist in an agricultural setting. • Create a land use plan that supports the preservation of natural resources and permanent open space. • Complete Eastern Hugo study started in 2011 to understand future development options. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only 4. Support the development of a land use plan that responds to regional growth strategies while maintaining the character and vision of the community. Objectives: • Determine areas within the community that could support and enhance regional growth strategies and goals. • Create a land use plan that considers adjacent land uses in neighboring communities. • Enhance and update the zoning ordinance to support the goals and visions of the community. • Preserve and respect existing character and development within the City, while accommodating and serving new development in an environmentally- friendly and economically -sustainable way. 5. Encourage growth in areas within proximity to key infrastructure including transportation corridors, water, waste water and community facilities. LAND USE 51 6. Encourage environmentally -friendly development in all areas to promote a sustainable land use pattern. Objectives: • Identify areas that would be suitable for conservation development. • Support open space planning and use it to develop tools and techniques to support low impact development alternatives. • Work with land owners, developers and stakeholders to identify land that could contribute to greenway corridors and stormwater management areas. • Encourage development of land uses according to function, minimizing land use conflicts and/or damage to the environment. • Manage the allocation of residential units on a yearly basis, but averaged over a 5 -year period, to ensure land supply is not prematurely depleted and to ensure, wherever possible, even growth from year to year. • Spread area assessments only to lands that are imminently developable within the 2040 MUSA. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 52 Managing Growth Metropolitan Council Geographic Planning Area The City of Hugo is 36 square miles in size. Located in northwestern Washington County, Hugo is bounded on the north by Forest Lake, on the east by May Township, on the south by Grant and White Bear Township, and on the west by the City of Lino Lakes. Hugo is part of the seven - county metropolitan region. The City is designated by the Metropolitan Council as a "emerging suburban" and partially as a "diversified rural" geographic planning area in the 2040 MSP Thrive Plan. The Metropolitan Council defines these areas as follows: Emerging Suburban Edge communities include cities, townships and portions of both that are in the early stages of transitioning into urbanized levels of development. Emerging Suburban Edge communities are expected to plan for forecasted population and household growth at average densities of at least 3-5 units per acre for new development and redevelopment. In addition, Emerging Suburban Edge communities are expected to target opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments at densities and in a manner articulated in the 2040 Transportation Policy Plan. Hugo Population Forecast Metropolitan Council Population Forecasts: 2030 Comprehensive Plan and 2040 Comprehensive Plan Update 45,000 40,000 40,000 35,000 29,000 29,000 30,000 25,000 22,800 19,100 20,000 16,900 15,000 13,33 10,000 5,000 0 2010 2020 2030 2040 Diversified Rura communities are home to a variety of farm and nonfarm land uses including very large -lot residential, clustered housing, hobby farms and agricultural uses. Diversified Rural communities are expected to plan for growth not to exceed forecasts and in patterns that do not Figure 3-1 exceed 4 units per 40 acres. In addition, Diversified Rural communities are expected to manage land uses to prevent the premature demand for extension of urban services, and so that existing service levels will meet service needs. There are 10,171 acres in the 2040 Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA). This designation allows development of land to occur at urban densities with urban infrastructure of city water and sewer facilities. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 2040 Update - • > 2030 Comprehensive Plan While the Metropolitan Council has agreed to ensure services area is avail- able for the 2030 population estimate of 40, 000 people, the new forecasts anticipate a population of 29, 000 by 2040 and no changes to the MUSA are proposed. However, Hugo will continue to plan for 19,100 people in 2020, 29, 000 in 2030, and 40, 000 in 2040. LAND USE 53 Growth Framework Rapid residential development in the region from the late 1990s through 2005 caused the City of Hugo to reevaluate development opportunities in the City. The City Council authorized an extensive public participation process to update the 2030 Comprehensive Plan in 2007. In the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, a large area of the City was added to the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA) to accommodate anticipated exponential growth. Since that time, growth has slowed and population projections have been adjusted to reflect market conditions, as shown in Figure xx. The Metropolitan Council will continue to support the development of sewer services for up to 40,000 people by 2040, because the City had planned for that level of growth as part of the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. While the Metropolitan Council has agreed to ensure services area is available for the 2030 population estimates of 40,000 people, the new forecasts anticipate a population of 29,000 by 2040 and no changes to the MUSA are proposed. However, Hugo will continue to plan for 19,100 people in 2020, 29,000 in 2030, and 40,000 in 2040. The City of Hugo seeks to promote a more efficient use of land in order to allow the City to balance the demand for urban services and the ability of the City to provide those services in a fiscally and environmentally responsible manner. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Growth Management Goals The following are the City's goals for growth management: 1. To accommodate growth at a level that allows for the careful planning and preservation of valuable natural resources and rura character and to manage the transition from rural to urban development. 2. To accommodate the extension of urban services in such a manner that would facilitate this type of planned growth. 3. To maintain a level of growth that is consistent with the City's ability to cost-effectively provide services for future development in a timely manner. 4. To maintain efficient, cost-effective and organized land development patterns. 5. To accommodate a reasonable and rational amount of development consistent with the region's need to grow while preserving the balance of supply and demand. LAND USE 54 Growth Management Approach Establish Growth Management policies that require the following growth management approach: Manage the allocation of residential units on a yearly basis, but averaged over a 5 -year period, to ensure land supply is not prematurely depleted and to ensure, wherever possible, even growth from year to year. • Spread area assessments only to lands that are imminently developable within the 2030 MUSA. Growth Management and Housing Affordability It is important to acknowledge that because the supply of developable land may become more limited while demand remains strong and the costs to develop land become higher, the result may be higher housing costs, making affordable housing more difficult to provide. In order to combat this unintended and undesirable outcome, the City may need to take steps to ensure that a reasonable proportion of the new housing stock is affordable in keeping with the mandates of the Metropolitan Council (See Chapter xx - Housing Plan). 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Growth Management Policies It is the City's growth management policy to: Construct trunk utilities within the 2040 MUSA to accommodate an average of approximately 420 new residential units per year. The City will use a rolling average over 5 year increments so that a lower level of development may occur in some years and a higher leve in other years, provided the average annual residential permits does not exceed 420 units per year. 2. Expand MUSA in a manner that promotes orderly, contiguous and sequential growth. Leapfrog development past parcels that are located in the 2040 MUSA, but to which utilities have not yet been extended, will be discouraged. 3. Develop infrastructure assessment policies that ensure that development is not encouraged by levying of assessments against properties that are not yet ready for development. 4. Require a staging plan for all new developments so that infrastructure within a given phase can be staged. 5. Limit total rural development in areas beyond the 2040 MUSA to one unit per 10 acres or less density. 6. Limit future development in areas located within the 2040 MUSA, but not serviced by public utilities, to one unit per 20 acres or less density except for lots of record. This will allow preservation of land in parcels large enough to ensure opportunities for future development. LAND USE 55 Land Uses Land Use in Hugo Table xx provides a breakdown of future land use for each land use classification in the 2040 Land Use Plan. When interpreting the 2040 Land Use Plan (Map xx), the City will use the following guidelines: Where applicable, the boundary between two land use classifications shall be considered to extend to the center of an adjacent street. In undeveloped areas, the classifications on the plan assume that the boundary between classifications will follow major roads. Consequently, if the final alignment of a road changes from that shown on the map, the line on the 2040 Land Use Plan will also move to reflect the adjusted road alignment. For the different residential, commercial and industrial classifications, there is more than one corresponding zoning district that may be applicable to a particular site depending on: 1) the type and density/intensity of uses; 2) compatibility with the Comprehensive Plan, including public facilities (e.g. transportation and sanitary sewer); and 3) the purposes of the individual zoning district. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Consistency with Local Controls State law requires consistency between a community's comprehensive plan and official controls. Whenever the City makes a change to its Comprehensive Plan, the City will review its official controls, including the Zoning Ordinance, to identify possible inconsistencies between the adopted plan and official controls. An inconsistency would be any official control that is in direct conflict with the goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan. • To maintain consistency between the 2040 Land Use Plan and Zoning Map, the City will only rezone property consistent with the Land Use Plan. • The City has established a uniform process and criteria for amending the Land Use Plan. The description of the process and review criteria is found in Appendix 4A. • All development must comply with the Zoning Ordinance requirements and any adopted guideline, such as the Multi - Family Design Guidelines, the Downtown District Guidelines, and the Commercial and Industrial Design Guidelines. Table 3-1 2040 Land Use Agriculture 5,956 44.74% Large Lot Residential 3,002 22.55% Very Low Density 72 0.54% Residential Low Density Residential 2,539 19.07% Medium Density 538 4.04% Residential High Density Residential 103 0.77% Mixed Use 447 3.36% Commercial 97 0.73% Business Park 344 2.58% Industrial 214 1.61% Public/Quasi-Public 87 0.65% Total 13,309 LAND USE 56 DRAFT Dec14-17 for rev; rT E -ST, 1906 DRAFT 2040 Land Use Plan Agriculture (AG) Large Lot Residential (LL) Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O NEEEMEEEEllli Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Very Low Density (VLD) Low Density Residential (LD) Medium DensityResidential (MD) High Density Residential (HD) Mixed Use (MIX) Commercial (COM) Business Park (BP) - Industrial (IND) Public/Quasi-Public (PQ) ROW L - - j Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcel L Open Water Sewer Interceptor — Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O NEEEMEEEEllli Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Land Use Classifications Agricultural (AG) The Agricultural designation identifies areas for low -intensity uses, such as large lot residential, farming, hobby farms, horse stables, horticultural, conservation of natural and special biological resources, and passive recreation. These areas are not intended to be served by sewer and water prior to 2040, with residential development occurring at an average density of 1 unit per 10 acres over the entire district. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Density: Maximum Density: City Utilities: Types of Development: Development Location Criteria None One dwelling unit per 10 gross acres None • Single-famil detached dwellings • Agricultural Uses • Private or public parks. trails, or open space Outside of the MUSA DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only LAND USE 58 Large Lot Residential (LLR) The Large Lot Residential designation identifies areas for residential development at an average of 1 unit per 10 acres over the entire district. These areas are primarily residential in nature, with many existing lots that are less than 5 acres in size, although some limited agricultural uses do occur in these areas. These areas are not intended to be served by sewer and water prior to 2040. Maintaining a low level of development in these areas will help preserve open and scenic areas, natural features and ecological functions and will minimize demand for services associated with denser development and the related costs for improvements. Minimum Density: None Maximum Density: One dwelling unit per 10 gross acres City Utilities: None • Single-family detached dwellings Types of Development: • Agricultural Uses • Private or public parks. trails, or open space Development Location Criteria: Outside of the MUSA HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 59 Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) The Very Low Density residential designation identifies the existing neighborhoods, primarily near Bald Eagle Lake and Oneka Lake that were developed at a density of approximately 1 unit per acre. It is expected that these neighborhoods will retain the existing suburban development characteristics and would not be expected to allow subdivision at densities less than these existing densities. The City has established the R-1 zoning district with a 1 -acre minimum lot size to reflect the characteristics of these neighborhoods. Some of the properties in this area are currently served by wells and septic systems. These areas may be served by urban services including sewer and water, sewer only or water only depending upon availability. Minimum Density: None Maximum Density: 1 units per net acre City Utilities: Required for all new development • Types of Development: Single-family detached dwellings • Private or public parks. trails, or open space • Direct access to local streets • Adjacent to local street or minor collector streets • Neighborhood parks or school parks within '/z mile walking distance of the neighborhood Development Location Criteria: • Developments should provide connections to Greenway where feasible • Defined trail/sidewalk system that connects the neighborhood to other services and facilities, including parks, schools, churches and neighborhood shopping areas • Areas where transitions from higher intensity uses can be provided I k 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 60 Low Density Residential (LDR) The Low Density residential designation identifies residential land uses developed between 2 units per net acre and 4 units per net acre. These areas are served or are intended to be served by urban services including sewer and water. The primary use in this area is single-family detached homes and some two-family homes. The Low Density Residential classification identifies the City's lowest density neighborhoods of new single-family detached homes and two-family homes, and directly related complementary uses, such as churches, schools and recreational facilities. Lot sizes in areas guided low density will reflect the City's Housing Plan goal to develop new homes at a minimum of two units per acre, as well as to make reasonable use of the City's investment in public utilities and the limited supply of available land within the urban service area. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Density: 2 units per net acre Maximum Density: 3 units per net acre (up to 4 units per net acre with a PUD) Up to 1 additional unit per net acre may be allowed if the PUD criteria are met. The PUD criteria Density Bonus: anticipates higher quality design and more sensitive development than would otherwise be required under standard zoning. City Utilities: Required for all new development • Single-family detached dwellings • Two-family dwellings • Townhomes Types of Development: • Churches • Schools • Private or public parks, trails or open space • Senior Housing • Direct access to local streets • Adjacent to local street or minor collector streets • Neighborhood parks or school parks within'/2 mile walking distance of the neighborhood Development Location Criteria: • Developments should provide connections to Greenway where feasible • Defined trail/sidewalk system that connects the neighborhood to other services and facilities, including parks, schools, churches and neighborhood shopping areas • Areas where transitions from higher intensity uses can be provided LAND USE 61 Medium Density Residential (MDR) The Medium Density residential designation identifies residential land uses developed between 3 units per net acre and 8 units per net acre. These areas are served or are intended to be served by urban services including sewer and water. The primary uses in this designation will be a mix of housing such as single-family residential, twin homes, town homes, and row homes. This designation provides a transition area between single-family uses and the commercial and retail uses along the main corridors. Medium Density Residential identifies areas for single and two-family homes and townhomes and directly related complementary uses, such as churches, schools and recreational facilities. The primary intent behind the Medium Density designation is to respond to a need for smaller homes on smaller lots. The City needs to offer the opportunity for this type of housing which expands opportunities for families seeking more affordable single-family home living and responds to changing demographics. As the population ages, there will be a growing need for smaller homes for empty nesters and for smaller families. Medium Density offers the opportunity for townhomes, which provide additional life cycle housing opportunities. Townhomes in neighborhoods offer residents a housing option with less maintenance than a typical single-family home, but located in a familiar residential dwelling. Because of the importance of preserving natural resources and amenities, the City may allow a density up to eight units per acre when a developer preserves a significant natural resource. The City will evaluate requests on a case by case basis where a developer can demonstrate that a greater density of attached housing could preserve a significant natural resource that would be lost through development at a lower density. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Density: 3 units per net acre Maximum Density: 6 units per net acre (up to 8 units per net acre with a PUD) Up to 2 additional units per net acre may be allowed if the PUD criteria are met. The PUD criteria Density Bonus: anticipates higher quality design and more sensitive development than would otherwise be required under standard zoning. City Utilities: Required for all new development • Single-family detached dwellings • Two-family dwellings Types of Development: • Multi -family dwellings • Churches • Schools • Private or public parks. trails, or open space • Areas with access to local streets • Neighborhood parks or school parks within'/2 mile walking distance of the neighborhood • Developments should provide connections to Greenway where feasible Development Location Criteria: • Defined trail system that connects the neighborhood to other services and facilities, including parks, schools, churches and neighborhood shopping areas • Neighborhood shopping facilities within five minutes driving time from the neighborhood • Areas where transitions can be provided from other uses LAND USE 62 iigh Density Residential (HDR) The High Density residential designation identifies residential land uses developed between 8 units per net acre and 12 units per net acre. These areas are served or are intended to be served by urban services including sewer and water. The primary uses will include duplexes, triplexes, town homes, apartment buildings and condominiums. These uses should incorporate some complimentary uses such as open space or active parks. This designation is identified in areas that are generally accessible to infrastructure such as key transportation corridors, public/quasi-public and commercial uses. Minimum Density: 6 units per net acre Maximum Density: 8 units per net acre (up to 12 units per net acre with a PUD) Up to 2 additional units per net acre may be allowed if the PUD criteria are met. The PUD criteria Density Bonus: anticipates higher quality design and more sensitive development than would otherwise be required under standard zoning. City Utilities: Required for all new development • Two-family dwellings • Multi -family dwellings (townhomes and apartments) Types of Development: • Churches • Schools • Private or public parks. trails, or open space • Abuts or has reasonably direct access to major collectors or minor arterials • Transit within '/z mile walking distance of the neighborhood • Neighborhood parks or school parks within '/z mile walking distance of the neighborhood • Defined trail system that connects the neighborhood to other services and facilities, including Development Location Criteria: parks, schools, churches and neighborhood shopping areas • Near large parks or permanent open space (city park, community playfield, special use park, school recreation facility, conservation area. etc) • Near neighborhood shopping facilities • Close proximity to jobs HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 63 Mixed Use (MIX) The Mixed Use designation provides opportunities for multiple, compatible uses on a single site. These uses will include two or more of the following: residential, commercial, office, retail and public/ quasi -public uses, where the primary land use is commercial or residential. The mixed use areas are served or are intended to be served by municipal sewer and water. Providing a mix of land uses in close proximity to each other creates opportunities for residents to walk to shopping, transit services, recreation and work. Mixing land uses can reduce reliance on the automobile, while leading to greater convenience in people's day -today lives. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Area: 10 acres Minimum Residential Density 10 units per net acre Maximum Residential Density 60 units per net acre City Utilities: Required for all new development Types of Development: A mix of residential, commercial, office, retail and public/quasi-public uses • Abuts or has reasonably direct access to major collectors or minor arterials • Transit within '/z mile walking distance of the development • Neighborhood parks or school parks within '/z mile walking distance of the development Development Location Criteria: • Defined trail system that connects to other services and facilities, including parks, schools, churches and neighborhood shopping areas • Close proximity to jobs • Provide transitions to adjacent land uses • Small parcels should be consolidated to create parcels large enough to ensure well- planned development to occur Development Policies: Natural resources should be preserved or enhanced • Provide for a variety of uses within the development • Provide strong pedestrian connections LAND USE 64 Mixed Use Development Characteristics Mixed use development allows the mixing of higher intensity land uses in one building (vertical mixing) or the physical integration of different uses on the same lot or within close proximity (horizontal mixing). Typically, mixed use includes a combination of retail, office, cultural or entertainment uses with higher density residential use. However, these uses can occur without housing and still be considered mixed use. Hugo will look for mixed use to occur primarily with a mix of non-residential uses (with or without housing as a component). Mixed use developments that are primarily a mix of different residential uses will not be allowed in this district. Land suitable for higher density housing is limited in Hugo. Mixed use development sites would provide an opportunity for additional higher density housing in the City, while at the same time preserving or creating opportunity for commercial development. • Mixed use developments will be processed as a planned unit development (PUD), with the location of specific uses and development criteria for the entire site determined through that process. In order to develop a complete mix of uses in this area, the City has established a minimum development area of 10 acres. Existing parcels less than 10 acres in size must be combined with adjacent parcels in order to meet this minimum area requirement. • A minimum of 2,230 new housing units will be constructed in areas designated as mixed use. Housing within mixed use developments would consist primarily of multiple family housing types (apartments and condominiums) designed to meet the needs of smaller households, such as young adults, empty nesters and seniors. • The Mixed Use areas will provide an opportunity for residential uses at a minimum of 10 units per acre. This residential development will provide an opportunity for affordable housing to meet the City's housing goals. It is expected that 50% of mixed use developments will be residential. • Commercial uses in smaller mixed use developments should generally be limited to office uses and neighborhood centers that offer basic convenience type goods and services to the neighborhood. Larger mixed use developments could also incorporate retail or service establishments that provide goods and services on a limited community scale (drug stores. restaurants, banks, personal service establishments, etc.), as well as office uses. The type of commercial uses in mixed use development should allow residents to meet more of their daily needs through walking and fewer vehicle trips, thereby reducing congestion on public streets. • We expect that these areas will include a mix of residential and commercial uses, but some business park uses may also be permitted. These mixed use areas are in highly visible areas of the City and, consequently, development in these gateway areas will be expected to provide a higher level of site design and architectural design than in other areas of the city. There are three areas designated as Mixed Use in the City. The general characteristics of each district are described below, but the implementation steps indicate a master planning study will be undertaken for the Northern Gateway areas Downtown District On April 10, 2007, the City approved the Downtown Plan & Design Guidelines to provide direction for new development in downtown Hugo and to shape plans for redevelopment. This vision of future development in Hugo encourages commercial growth, while seeking to concentrate that growth around the downtown area. A mix of walkable commercial, residential, and office uses is desirable for the Downtown District, and should be generally be more vertically integrated in and around the Downtown Mixed Use District. The Downtown Districts is shown as Mixed Use on the 2040 Land Use Plan. The City of Hugo expects development to occur in this area in compliance with the Downtown Plan & Design Guidelines. H[.GO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Elmcrest Avenue and 170th Street This District will be a new northeastern gateway into the City. Current plans for redeveloping Elmcrest mean that this gateway could be of a similar size as the gateway at County Road 8. This mixed use district is most suitable for a mixed used development with an emphasis on commercial uses that will serve residents in nearby medium density districts and that need for visibility along County Road 4. Business and residential uses would also be a suitable component of the development district, with commercial likely along Elmcrest Avenue and County Road 4 with residential interior to the commercial development. Uses may be more horizontally integrated, with an emphasis on high quality architecture, landscaping, lighting and design along County Road 4. Gateway elements on the north and south side of County Road 4 at Elmcrest will be a part of any future development. Highway 61 and 170th Street The proximity of this district to other industrial uses makes it suitable for a mixed use district with an emphasis on residential, office, retail and public/quasi-public uses. The location of this district on Highway 61, County Road 4 and the Hardwood Creek Trail make this district an important transportation node. Developments should provide coordinated and logically linked pedestrian, vehicle, and recreational plans that facilitate a comfortable user experience for the site's users. This district will support auto -oriented uses that would not otherwise be allowed in the Downtown District. Development of mixed use centers in this district should be designed with one theme with similar architectural style, similar exterior building materials, and coordinated site elements such as landscaping and lighting. Developments and uses should be complementary to nearby mixed use developments. LAND USE 65 Business Park (BP) The Business Park designation provides opportunities for office, office warehouse, light industrial, and light manufacturing businesses. This use generally identifies larger tracts of land that that would be suitable for office and business park type developments. The Business Park areas are served or are intend to be served by urban services including sewer and water and are concentrated in areas that are accessible to key transportation corridors. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Area: 20 acres City Utilities: Required for all new development • Wholesale and retail trade establishments for large volume or bulk commercial items, office Types of Development: showrooms and small businesses that have both commercial and industrial characteristics • Businesses with no outside storage • Near arterial access points Development Location Criteria: In transition areas between residential, commercial and industrial areas LAND USE 66 Commercial (C) The Commercial designation provides areas for both service retail, highway- and neighborhood -oriented businesses and retail establishments to develop. This designation includes commercial, office and retail uses and is generally concentrated along key transportation corridors. Except for one existing business in the southeast corner of the city, these areas are served or are intended to be served by urban services including sewer and water. Commercial land uses will occupy a relatively small amount of the City's land area. However, their location and accessibility are critical to providing residents with necessary goods and services. The location of and access to a specific commercial site is directly related to the type and intensity of commercial use that the site can support. The Commercial Land Use classification allows a wide variety of uses including those for convenience -oriented, neighborhood -oriented, highway -oriented and community -oriented markets and consumers. These areas provide a wide range of goods and services to serve many of the shopping needs of people who live or work in the City. A regional -oriented shopping center is not expected to be built in Hugo due to the limited availability of freeway access, and because the City is within the trade area of existing regional centers in other communities. Furthermore, the City of Hugo will prepare design guidelines or ordinances to ensure that quality commercial development is developed at a scale that is compatible with surrounding land uses. Proposed commercial developments must be carefully evaluated in terms of their access, location, size, intensity, traffic generation, context, site plan and building orientation, structural aesthetics, and transition to non-commercial uses in order to protect the health, safety, and general welfare of the surrounding property and the City as a whole. The City of Hugo will prepare design guidelines for new HC�,t 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Area: One acre for residential service and highway commercial Five acres for neighborhood and community shopping centers Development Area: Small parcels should be consolidated to create parcels large enough to ensure well-planned development to occur City Utilities: Required for all new development Neighborhood Service Commercial • Limited -scale neighborhood centers which offer basic convenience -type goods and services to the immediately surrounding areas in which they are located Types of Development Central Business Commercial • Neighborhood- and community -scale shopping center providing retail goods and/or services General Business Commercial • Neighborhood- and community -scale shopping center providing retail goods and/or services Neighborhood Service Commercial • May be adjacent to low density residential areas • At intersection of streets classified as collectors or arterials Central Business Commercial • Intersections of arterials and major collectors Development Location Criteria • Locations that provide appropriate transitions between the commercial uses and residential neighborhoods General Business Commercial • Intersections of arterials and major collectors • Adjoining other business or industrial areas • Location with effective buffering and careful transition to uses of less intensity commercial development. These guidelines should address building architecture, building size, the area of the proposed development, the total commercial square footage permitted in a single development, etc. Commercial development will be encouraged to be developed in nodes near key intersections. Access and traffic generation characteristics of a proposed development site will be major considerations in determining how a commercially guided site should be zoned. The table below describes the general characteristics of commercial development that may occur in the City. LAND USE A Industrial (1) The Industrial designation identifies areas that are suitable for warehousing, manufacturing or processing of products. This designation primarily refers to lighter industrial uses but may include some heavier industrial uses. These areas are served or are intended to be served by sewer and water and are concentrated in areas that are accessible to key transportation corridors and adequately separated from residential districts. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Area: 10 acres City Utilities: Required for all new development • Manufacturing, production, processing, cleaning, storage, servicing, repair or testing of Types of Development: materials, goods or products, with or without outside storage • Warehousing, wholesale showrooms and distribution centers • Offices related to the above uses and limited retail, rental or service activities • Areas with access to principal arterials, related service drives or minor arterials • Sites that are appropriate and reasonably adaptable to industrial site development without substantial earthwork or removal of natural resources • Near other intensive land uses (high density residential development, service business and limited business) • Uses generating large amounts of truck traffic, such as distribution centers and truck terminals, Development Location Criteria: located away from residential areas • Heavy manufacturing uses in areas isolated from commercial or residential uses to minimize adverse external impacts • Areas served by railroad • Near transit • Near supportive facilities (e.g., restaurants) that will provide convenience to employees LAND USE 68 Public/Quasi-Public (PQ) The Public Quasi -Public designation includes institutional uses such as governmental uses, religious, educational uses and cemeteries, as well as, public parks, conservatories and private recreation areas. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Minimum Area: Varies by particular use City Utilities: Inside the MUSA: Required for all buildings,except park buildings without sanitary facilities Outside the MUSA: None • Neighborhood parks, community playfields, special use parks and regional parks • The large facilities that affect the overall land use pattern could include such things as golf Types of Development: courses, etc. • Schools, libraries, fire stations, community centers, public administrative offices and maintenance shops, places of worship, correctional facilities, nursing care and hospital facilities, and the like • Specifications for public parks and open spaces are found in the Parks Chapter of the Comprehensive Plan • The variety of potential private recreation facilities makes size or location criteria a function of Development Location Criteria: specific proposed developments • Public utilities sites should be located so that water, sewer, electricity, gas and other utilities can be readily provided. • Maintenance and outside storage facilities of an industrial character should not be located adjacent to residential areas unless fully screened LAND USE 69 Community Character Historic Preservation Hugo presently has no sites listed on the National Register of Historic Places. However, there is an active Hugo Historical Commission that will lead any preservation efforts within the City. The City will continue to provide assistance to the Historical Commission in order to meet common objectives. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 70 Transitions Developing and sustaining a well-balanced community --one that includes a variety of land uses that are conveniently located to one another --- often requires that different types of land uses are located in proximity to one another. It also frequently requires the use of transitions from one land use to another. However, a mixing of land uses and the accompanying transitions help create a more exciting and stimulating environment than one dominated by a single land use. The compatibility of one land use with another depends on what the uses are and the quality of site design. Compatibility may be judged broadly based on general land use or narrowly on the design features of a specific project. What uses are compatible is often a matter of the particular circumstances of a proposed development and its location. Therefore, there are no hard and fast rules that apply in every case. Good transitions can be promoted both by land use planning and by development regulations and site planning techniques. Opportunities for good transitions can be enhanced or lost when the overall land use pattern is set. For example, a Land Use Plan should anticipate the need for transitions by using natural or manmade features, such as a wetland or a major roadway, as separation between potentially incompatible uses. If incompatible uses are placed next to each other without physical separation, it is possible that no amount of site planning can mitigate the potential problem. Traditionally, it is the responsibility of the more intense land use to provide an appropriate transition to an adjacent less intense land use. However, sometimes making an appropriate transition is the responsibility of the last property owner to develop. Consequently, it is important to consider existing and future land use when planning for transitions. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 71 Land Planning Techniques for Transitions Land use planning techniques for transitions include: • Using natural features (such as water bodies. wetlands. trees, ravines, and other topographic features) to separate uses. Figure 3-2 illustrates how a wetland can be used to separate residential and light industrial uses. The wetland provides a natural barrier between the two uses and also provides a greater separation in distance than standard zoning setback requirements. • Using man-made features to separate uses. Just as natural features can be used to separate uses, so may man-made features, such as major roadways or parks. • Placing uses next to different uses of similar intensity. Figure 3-3 illustrates an apartment building, which is an intense/dense residential use, located across a major street from a retail center, also a relatively intense use. Another example would be placing an office use next to an apartment building or similar types of lesser intensity uses. • Graduating land use intensity (such as placing low density residential next to medium density residential next to high density residential, etc.). Figure 3-4 illustrates a progression from single-family homes to townhomes or apartments. In this example, the density and scale of each of the developments relates to the neighboring use. • Establishing land use patterns that avoid mixing traffic from high intensity uses with low intensity uses on local streets (no sketch). For example, streets should be laid out so that commercial traffic takes access from collector or higher-level streets, not local streets that directly serves driveways for residential properties. Land use planning techniques for transitions are reflected in the Land Use Guide Plan map and may be used as development location criteria when considering amendments to the Land Use Guide Plan. However, the separation of uses resulting from the use of these techniques must be balanced with the benefits of having different land uses located in close proximity for the sake of convenience and livability. rim Figure3-3 Apartments DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Mdusirial L Town homas 4l�r r Wtt4 a n diN A00A L Figure 3-2 \ r Retail Singive Fa:mlly Home Figure 3-4 HU 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Townhomes Apartments LAND USE 72 Site Planning Techniques for Transitions There is also a need for transitions between land uses on a site planning level. Site planning techniques for transitions usually take the form of berms, fences, vegetative screening, and landscaped buffer yards. While these techniques can provide a smooth transition between uses, they are often used by communities to create a wall that completely separates adjacent land uses. This is not the objective of a good site level transition. Rather, a site level transition should be just that, a passage from one land use to another. Site Planning techniques for transitions include: • Site layout -requiring separation of active areas from sensitive uses (Figure 3-5). The active areas, such as a truck loading area, parking lots or major site entrances, should be placed away from areas such as private residential yards. lid. -III i Lit Figure 3-5 'Sing la FwIldly Ko m re C? "OF - . . HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 0 Architectural design. Requiring design that is complementary in height, scale, massing, materials, roof lines, door and window placement and overall appearance to adjacent buildings. Figure 3-6 illustrates a retail center adjacent to a single- family neighborhood. The center is similar in height to the adjacent homes, has pitched roofs that are typically associated with residential construction and has a staggered building line to break up the mass of the building to give the appearance of less bulk. Figure 3-6 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Building orientation. Requiring that different uses abut at side or rear yards rather than facing each other across front yards. Figure 3-7 illustrates how this could work with single-family homes and townhomes. The first sketch also illustrates how garage placement can act as a further buffer. Buildings should be placed back to back, but not back to front. C, Satin.=,miF+. Figure 3-7 LAND USE 73 • Distance. Increasing setbacks between a more intensive land use located adjacent to a less intensive land use. Figure 3-8 shows how open space separating single homes and apartments lessens the difference in scale between the two uses. • Buffering and screening. Using berms, landscaping and vegetation, and/or elevation changes to separate uses. Fences and walls can also be used to provide screening when there is no change in elevation, or when there is insufficient space to construct a berm. Figure 3-9 shows how a landscaped berm and a vegetated slope can provide a transition between single-family homes and higher intensity uses of various types. The example illustrates that these transitions soften the change in use, but do not and are not intended to completely screen the more intense use. It is important that the buffers are consistent in scale and mass to the adjacent land uses, and still allow convenient pedestrian access from one use to another. • General performance standards, including standards for lighting/glare, dust, air pollution, noise, exterior storage/display, radiation/electric emission, etc. The City has established general performance standards in the Zoning Ordinance to address these items. • Performance standards for specific uses -including outdoor storage, drive- through businesses, gas stations, etc. that may relate to site planning as well as operational issues, such as business hours. The City has established general performance standards in the Zoning Ordinance to address these items. • Site planning techniques for transitions will be reviewed and evaluated as the City considers applications for development approvals. The transitions to nearby existing and planned uses are important factors in determining whether or not development will be compatible with its surroundings. Specific requirements and standards for particularly sensitive uses will be included in the City's zoning regulations and other relevant sections of the City Code. It • M1 k Figure 3-8 I J %wq* Frrnffr Moine voww4d u" I Figure 3-9 5LM-0 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 74 Site Planning Technique to Protect the Natural Environment Site planning techniques to address protection of the environment start with an inventory of the natural resources on an individual site. The City requires a complete inventory with every development application. The City then requires that the developer comply with all the environmental regulations. In addition to current site planning regulations, the City will also consider the following: • Work with developers to preserve significant environmental features through development, such as stands of trees. • Minimizing the rate and volume of runoff by encouraging reduction of impervious surfaces such as paving and parking. • Creating incentives in the landscaping requirements for a developer to preserve trees. • Encouraging use of native plant materials that require less maintenance and fertilizing. • Encouraging development of water quality ponds as site amenities in addition to their water quality function. • Creating incentives for developers to improve the quality of wetlands on-site. • Creating incentives for developers to establish wetland buffers. • Encourage water reuse through policies in Hugo's Comprehensive Stormwater Management Plan. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 75 Aggregate Resources The Aggregate Resources in the City of Hugo are limited to four areas in eastern Hugo (See Map xx—Aggregate Resources). The properties are guided Agricultural or Large Lot Residential. The Aggregate Resources identified for Hugo are primarily Class 6 (moderate to good quality aggregate) and Class 11 (good to excellent quality aggregate). This analysis is based on data found in Aggregate Resources Inventory of the Seven -County Metropolitan Area, Minnesota. This report is from a project funded jointly by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources, the Metropolitan Council, and the Minnesota Geological Survey. It was released on May 9, 2000 as Minnesota Geological Survey Information Circular 46. Among its conclusions, the report shows that the Twin Cities region is rapidly consuming aggregate resources. With the continuing expansion of developed areas, possible zoning restrictions, and other factors, aggregate supplies in the Twin Cities region may be exhausted as early as 2028. Local and regional decisions will have important implications for future supplies and costs of aggregate materials. The City does not currently have any active mining operations. However, the City Zoning Ordinance allows mining operations as a conditional use in the Agricultural Zoning District, subject to certain standards. The City will continue to allow mining operations as a conditional use permit in the Agricultural District to allow extraction of aggregate resources prior to platting these undeveloped sites identified on the Aggregate Resources map. However, the City will review these conditional use permits standards as part of the Implementation Plan to ensure that the standards minimize potential land use conflicts. DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 76 8 ih 17 7th $ 1745 x J orseshoe e 80 T17C t, ❑ 165 ark a Ql LL I T One Lake0 158th ;v - 15 ih m F 155th e m � 3 151 st 150th oserry 147-M FrPn n o° V�cbrhmP Egg 1 6t 3 Rice Lake s ose� Lake Y 141s i T th d OwlIw 73an F � � IN Z d P 136111 F"c - 135th dam OF — SCh P. vaygoute�yt tion Lake ble $ou School ei ction La77k oQ� 130h �� LL 128 1 6h Fo o Sunset Lake Gallivan Bald Fox125th �24ryt o Eagle - T Lake d 12 nd 1 2nd r Round / 9 er He�� NPd = Lake _ L a �s DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Ar -HUGO DRAFT 2040 Aggregate re ate Resource Map Class 6: Des Moines Lob Deposits Class 7: Superior Lob Deposits .. , Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcel Open Water Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 1211112017 Map 3-2 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Appendices HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 78 Appendix 3-1 Comprehensive Plan Amendment Process 4PUrG, 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 79 Appendix 3-2 Downtown Plan & Design Guidelines 4i " 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 80 Appendix 3-3 Commercial and Industrial Design Guidelines 4NXT ' 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 81 Appendix 3-4 Multi -Family Development Design Guidelines 4PUrG, 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE LAND USE 82 Chapter 4 Housing Plan 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE A community is made up of residents, businesses and institutions. One of the primary purposes of a community is to serve as a place of residence for its citizens. Offering a mix of housing opportunities to meet the needs of existing and future residents is often a challenge for local governments. As people go through various stages and/or changes in their lives, their needs and desires for different types of housing change. Further, the challenges of providing different types of housing are often beyond the control of the community. Nevertheless, there is a lot that local governments can do to address housing needs within the community. HOUSING 83 Community Feedback Feedback from the Open Houses indicates that residents support the recent development of the different types of housing in the City. A diversity of housing types gives residents options to stay in the City as their lives change, as their families grow or children leave their homes. -Y.117 _r 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE State and County Housing Initiatives In 1996, the State Legislature passed the Livable Communities Act to induce communities, through the use of incentive funding of certain projects, to meet state and regional goals for housing development. These goals include: • Developing communities providing a full range of housing opportunities. • Rehabilitation and preservation of affordable housing in developed areas. • Interrelating development or redevelopment of transit with housing. • Interrelating affordable housing and employment growth. • Intensification of land use to have more compact development and redevelopment. • Mixing the income levels of residents in neighborhoods. • Encouraging public infrastructure development that connects urban and suburban communities. Communities' housing plans are reviewed by the Metropolitan Council for consistency with state law and established goals. As a minimum, the plan must include a description of the community's existing housing supply, identify future housing needs, establish policies to guide decision making for residential development and redevelopment, and describe the methods to be used by the community to achieve its housing goals. The Metropolitan Council will "work with local communities in a partnership to meet the range of housing needs of people at various life- cycle stages; broaden location choice and access throughout the region for people of all income levels; and support use of public funds to help achieve these goals. The Council will use the State Livable Communities Act to further this goal." In addition to housing policies established at the state and regional levels, Washington County also has various housing plans and programs that encourage the development of life -cycle and affordable housing. Washington County's mission statement is: "Through innovation, the Washington County Housing and Redevelopment Authority promotes community and economic development and provides and maintains affordable, decent and safe housing opportunities in Washington County." HOUSING 8A 2040 Housing Plan Guiding Principles 1. Provide a variety of housing types at a range of values to support a sustainable community Objectives: • Provide safe and adequate housing for all people, regardless of age, income or ethnic background. • Create ordinances that support the City's desire to have well designed and maintained housing at all levels. • Provide live -work housing options within the community to allow for a diversity of residents within the community. • Encourage developments to include a variety of housing types. • Explore zoning methods that allow neighborhoods with mixed housing types and or other appropriate uses within residential areas. • Create and maintain a level of affordability options through the community's housing stock. 2. Implement policies that will allow the opportunity for the development of 834 new affordable housing units between 2018 and 2040. An affordable housing unit is a unit priced at or below 30% of the gross income of a household earning below 80% of the Twin Cities median family income for a family of four (or $65,700 in 2016). fit!W 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 3. Promote the development and preservation of a supply of quality housing that is affordable at all income levels and at all stages of the life cycle. Objectives: • Provide opportunities for the development of high quality housing that is diverse in terms of ownership, price, type, and style. This diversity shall include large lot residential parcels, as well as life cycle and affordable housing. • Encourage residential developers to include housing affordable to low- and moderate -income residents and local employees as part of their developments to provide a range of mixed -income housing throughout the community. Subsidized housing shall not be concentrated in any one neighborhood. • Provide financial or technical assistance, as may be appropriate, to developers of affordable housing for low- and moderate -income residents. • Encourage the development of housing for residents with special needs, including accessible housing for persons with disabilities. • Support efforts to assure equal access to housing opportunities within the City. • Support projects and programs that meet Hugo's needs for low- and moderate -income life cycle housing opportunities. • Provide an adequate supply of land guided for Medium Density Residential, High Density Residential, and Mixed Use. • Allow higher density elderly housing in areas guided for lower density residential land uses. HOUSING 8A 4. Promote development patterns and densities that link housing with services and facilities, employment areas and all forms of transportation, particularly future public transit and non - motorized forms of transportation. Objectives: • Support residential development that makes efficient use of available land with adequate public infrastructure. Provide opportunities for housing affordable to low- and moderate -income residents in areas that are conveniently located and accessible to places of employment, commercial areas, public uses, and future transportation facilities. • Locate higher density residential uses near the Highway 61 corridor where future mass transit is possible. 5. Ensure that all housing and neighborhoods within the City are well maintained. Objectives: • Support local programs that provide financial assistance for maintenance and rehabilitation of older and lower cost housing. • Encourage programs and activities that support the physical enhancement and maintenance of neighborhoods. • Encourage and expand projects that enhance the infrastructure within older neighborhoods, such as the street reconstruction program HUW 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 6. Support strong, vibrant neighborhoods throughout the City. Objectives: • Encourage methods of subdivision design to protect and enhance environmental features and amenities. • Create and strengthen the appearance of City gateways and key transportation corridors through streetscaping, design standards, zoning, trails, lighting, sidewalks, signage, and other tools. • Develop and enforce design, performance, development and site planning standards, incentives and resources to ensure quality development. • Create a high-quality neighborhood environment in every development throughout the community. 7. Promote pedestrian -friendly neighborhoods. Objectives: • Encourage the integration of multi -modal access including parking, sidewalks, bike paths, and park and rides within new developments. • Enhance and maintain design standards that support a livable, pedestrian -friendly community. • Ensure that residential neighborhoods have adequate access to parks and trails and that parks and green space are integrated into developments. • Create connections between neighborhoods, parks and business to promote a walkable community. • Encourage development in Downtown Hugo to provide living, shopping and work opportunities to residents. HOUSING 8A Housing Trends Changing Demographics While population growth slowed in the last 10 years, the number of people living in Hugo is expected to continue growing. As the population grows, the City will need to plan housing types that address the changing needs of different types of populations and changing household structures. Changing Population As the population in Hugo continues to grow, the population also continues to change. Chapter 2 (Community Background), notes that from 2010-2015 there was a 10% decline in population of 25 to 34 - year old age range, while all other age cohorts continued to grow. As a percentage of population, there are declines in not only 25 to 34 -year old age range, there is also a decline in the number of people under 15 and people in the 35 -54 -year old range. Those residents in the 15 to 24 -year old age range saw a slight increase in numbers as a percentage of population. Residents over 55 grew as a percentage of the population. This indicates that there may be an increase in demand for smaller housing units, senior housing, and amenities that are near aging residents. In addition to aging residents, the number of non-white residents is slowly increasing. State trends indicate that non-white populations will continue to grow in communities throughout the state. As these populations grow, policymakers should continue to reach out to new minority populations to better understand housing needs. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Age of Hugo Residents as a Percentage of Population 40% 35% 30% — 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% Under 15 Figure 4-1 Household Composition 15-24 25-34 35-54 55-74 75 and over ■ 1990 ■ 2000 —2010 2015 50% 45% 40% 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% Figure 4-2 Household Type as a Percentage of Population III III III III III Familieswithout Lived alone Marriedfamilies Non -family Unmarried families children with children households with children ■ 2000 ■ 2010 ■ 2015 3oum us census Bureau As noted in Chapter 2 (Community Background), the composition of households in the community has changed from 2000-2015. While the need for different housing types has increased due to the increasing population, Figure xx shows that the composition of households has also driven a demand for different housing types. Data shows that one of the most significant changes over the last 20 years has been a decline in the number of married families with children and the increasing number of people who live along in their household. These changes in household composition is reflected in the decline of household size from 2.99 people per household in 2000 to 2.65 people per household in 2010. The change in household composition is consistent with regional trends that show an increase in the number of people who are living alone. HOUSING 87 Cost Burdened Households Families who pay more than 30% of their income for housing are considered cost burdened by Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). Families that pay more than 30% of their income for housing may have difficulty paying for necessities such as food, clothing, transportation and medical care. Providing the opportunity for affordable housing to develop is a component of healthy City infrastructure. The percentage of Hugo residents considered cost burdened increased in 2010 for both homeowners and renters. However, the U.S. Census Bureau estimates that the percent of cost burdened households that own homes declined by 2015 to 16% (725 households) while the percent of households that rent remained steady at 48% (293 households). 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Figure 4-3 Percentage of Households that are Cost Burdened in Hugo, 1990-2015 48% 48% 35% 0 22% 17% 16% 19% 16% 1 1990 2000 2010 2015 ■ Home owners spending 30% or more on housing Renters spending 30% or more on housing Source: U.S. Census Bureau HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 88 Housing Availability and Construction Housing Types Hugo provides a wide range of housing types for their residents. Along with population increases in Hugo, the number of housing units has increased, particularly for townhomes, duplexes, and multi -family homes, as shown in Table 4-1. Percent Change in Housing Type, 1990-2015. Of the homes provided in Hugo, 3,136 of them are considered affordable to households with incomes at or below 30% Area Median Income (AMI), between 31 and 50% AMI, and between 51 and 80% AMI, as shown in Table 4-1. Affordable units available to households. Figure 4-5 shows the Owner -Occupied Housing by Estimated Market Value in Hugo. Table 4-1 Affordable units available to households 146 863 2,127 Source: Metropolitan Council Table 4-2 Percent Change in Housing Type, 1990- 2015 What is Area Median Income (AMI)? Housing Type Pa Single -Family Detached 164% The Area Median Income (AMI) is the midpoint of a region's income distribution – half of households in a region Townhomes (single-family attached) 30025% earn more than the median and half earn less than the median. For housing policy, income thresholds set relative Duplex and triplex and quad 1087% to the area median income—such as 50% of the area median income—identify households eligible to live in Multifamily o income -restricted housing units and the affordability of housing units to low-income households. (5 units or more) 3594/o Manufactured Home -12% HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 89 Affordability of New Units Figure 4-4 shows the affordability of new units constructed from 2003-2015. There have been no new affordable owner -occupied housing units constructed, however, there has been 124 units constructed for renters. 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 Affordability of New Units Constructed 2003-2015 ME1 124 1,693 Market Rate Rental Affordable -Owner -Occupied ■ Market Rate -Owner Occupied Source: Metropolitan Council Columbus f Lino Lakes I 1 I � 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I 1 4 Forest Lake 1 } C i f ■ i IrL� ■ J I =� Scandia FBF f ■ ■ W ■ ■ + ■ r i ■ ■ ■•i * y R * • * # Hugo , ■ M t� * ■ i 1 % ■ May Twp. I ■ 4 # + i :enterville0 Rh + • • • ■� *• rr ■ a 1 io #i� f #� � ■ i• i --- i ■ Fri ■ *i t ice' i * ■ j # .� ■ *INi Imo•■ ri ■ * *F + ! + .tar --`--L-----------------------�■ y.. _ - -� �• - White ** ■�■ s■ r - * �* r■* t♦ t - i•r0 ■ # Bearp. j F . +� ■+ ■ * Grant* . ■ *F * Dellwoodg r ■ * * ; • ----� County Boundaries City and Township Boundaries Lakes and Major Rivers Owner -Occupied Housing Estimated Market Value, 2015 $238,500 or Less $238,501 to $350,000 1 inch = 0.9661 miles wE 5 Source: MetroGIS Regional Parcel Dataset, 2015 estimated market valulM Street Centerlines 40 $300,001 to $450,000 for taxes payable in 2016. 10 Over $450,000 Note: Estimated Market Value includes only homesteaded units with a building on the parcel. i Figure 4-5 Owner Occupied Housing by Estimated Market Value in Hugo HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 90 ■*iii ■ ■ + + 40 f S i lip 46 f + * ■ ■ ■■**' ii # ■ ftp mwp� # * ■ +� di - f i • � t ■} t �� • f i � ■ ■ i s ■i■ ■ * i 1 } C i f ■ i IrL� ■ J I =� Scandia FBF f ■ ■ W ■ ■ + ■ r i ■ ■ ■•i * y R * • * # Hugo , ■ M t� * ■ i 1 % ■ May Twp. I ■ 4 # + i :enterville0 Rh + • • • ■� *• rr ■ a 1 io #i� f #� � ■ i• i --- i ■ Fri ■ *i t ice' i * ■ j # .� ■ *INi Imo•■ ri ■ * *F + ! + .tar --`--L-----------------------�■ y.. _ - -� �• - White ** ■�■ s■ r - * �* r■* t♦ t - i•r0 ■ # Bearp. j F . +� ■+ ■ * Grant* . ■ *F * Dellwoodg r ■ * * ; • ----� County Boundaries City and Township Boundaries Lakes and Major Rivers Owner -Occupied Housing Estimated Market Value, 2015 $238,500 or Less $238,501 to $350,000 1 inch = 0.9661 miles wE 5 Source: MetroGIS Regional Parcel Dataset, 2015 estimated market valulM Street Centerlines 40 $300,001 to $450,000 for taxes payable in 2016. 10 Over $450,000 Note: Estimated Market Value includes only homesteaded units with a building on the parcel. i Figure 4-5 Owner Occupied Housing by Estimated Market Value in Hugo HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 90 Housing Needs Household Forecasts The Metropolitan Council projects that Hugo will continue to grow and that additional housing supply will be needed to meet that demand, as shown in Table xx — Projected Number of Households in Hugo. For the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, the Metropolitan Council asked the City of Hugo to plan services for 15,600 households by 2030, and revised estimated growth to 11,900 households for by 2040. However, the City anticipates continued robust growth and will plan service levels to the expected household growth of 15,600 units anticipated in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. To meet the housing need, a range of housing types is essential to support the evolving needs of Hugo's residents. Specifically, in addition to single-family housing, Hugo will continue to provide housing policies that support residents throughout all ages of their life, senior housing, special needs housing, rental housing and affordable housing. Table 4-3 Projected Households Year Projected Households in Hugo, 2020-2040 1 1 11 2030 11,100 2040 15,600 Nor- .- moi. • •• Ap 02040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 9A Housing Types Lifecycle Housing and Housing Diversity Life -cycle housing is defined as housing that meets the needs of community residents and ranges from new households of young adults to established households of seniors in their retirement years. To accommodate this range, the City's housing supply should be diverse, consisting of a variety of prices and styles of housing. As people go through various stages and/or changes in their lives, their needs and desires for different types of housing change. The City must provide the policy leadership and supportive programs necessary to meet the anticipated future housing needs of residents. The housing needs in Hugo are represented by the following: • Entry-level householders who often prefer to rent basic, inexpensive apartments. They are usually singles, couples or roommates in their 20's without children. • First-time homebuyers and move -up renters who often prefer to purchase modestly -priced single- family homes and townhomes or rent more upscale apartments. They are usually married or cohabiting couples, some with children, in their mid -20's or 30's. • Move -up homebuyers who often prefer to purchase newer, larger and therefore, more expensive single-family homes. They are typically married couples in their late 30's to 40's with children. • Empty -nesters who generally prefer owning and may consider moving to alternative lower maintenance housing products. They are generally couples in their 50's or 60's with no children living in the house. HUW 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Younger independent seniors who prefer owning but will consider renting their housing. Some will move to lower -maintenance housing products and some will move to retirement havens for at least part of the year. They are generally in their late 60's or 70's. Older seniors who may need to move out of their single-family home due to physical or health constraints or a desire to reduce their responsibilities for upkeep and maintenance. The following factors may limit the City's ability to meet life -cycle housing needs in Hugo over the next twenty years: • The supply of housing, both rental and ownership, may not keep pace with the demand created by changing demographics. Such changes indicate that the demand for alternatives to the single family home will continue to be strong in the future. • Sites suitable for higher -density housing types (apartments) are limited to the needs of the marketplace. • Public resources for assisting in the provision of special needs housing for the elderly and disabled are very limited. • The demand for affordable family and senior housing far exceeds the supply. • The lack of any consistent transit service to the community. • The cost of new construction including land labor and materials keeps the cost of detached single- family housing out of reach for most first- time homebuyers. HOUSING 9A Senior Housing The aging population is expected to increase demand for smaller, low maintenance housing in the community. This assumed trend is supported by the level of interest recently shown by developers to construct townhomes geared for seniors and empty -nesters. Several recent projects have included the construction of units with single -level floor plans with grounds and buildings that have some level of maintenance provided by a common association. These households have proven popular with empty -nesters and young independent seniors. Additionally, the City has received proposals for larger retirement communities designed and marketed with products and amenities geared for residents over the age of 55. Table 4-4 - Senior Living Facilities in Hugo shows the type, units, and public subsidy available in Hugo. The City is expecting the demand for all types of senior housing to continue to increase. Much of the demand for senior housing will be for those who are disabled or require services. Such facilities are generally high density but often fit well into lower density neighborhoods. Facilities of this type that provide some level of services to the residents should be allowed in lower density residential categories as shown on the land use plan, or should be blended into more diverse housing developments. Table 4-4 Senior Facilities in Hugo Keystone Place at Lavalle Fields Muller Manor Apartments Independent Living, Memory Care, Assisted Living Independent Living 100 0 Suite Living Memory Care and Assisted Living 24 *Many seniors receive public assistance through the Elderly Waiver and Alternative Care Program. Section 8 Assistance 0 Keystone Senior Washington County Redevelopment Authority Bickford Senior Living HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 93 Special Needs Housing Special needs housing encompasses a diverse set of populations: those who are older and frail, those with mental and/or physical disabilities, those with mental illness or chemical health issues, and those who are in need of temporary or transitional housing due to major changes or losses in their lives. The 2015 American Community Survey estimates there are 117 people ages 18-64 in Hugo with an independent living difficulty. As the population ages, it is expected that the number of persons needing accessible housing will increase. Rental Housing Decisions on owning versus renting vary with the stages in the life cycle. For example, younger individuals or couples, who are still at the early stages of their earning potential, will likely begin as renters and move to home ownership at some point. Similarly, retired individuals or couples may wish to sell their homes in favor of renting or owning in a complex where they will need to do little or no maintenance themselves. Lastly, there is a growing segment of the housing market that is identified as "Renters by Choice". This housing market segment involves people of all ages who simply desire to rent as a lifestyle choice. As the City's population continues to age and as the City's children grow to young adults, there will be a continuing HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 94 Livable Communities Action Plan Hugo's Livable Communities Action plan identifies the need for housing for Hugo's low to medium income workforce as well as seniors and other persons living with disabilities. The Livable Communities Act (LCA) supports to investment in local economic revitalization, affordable housing initiatives, and development or redevelopment that connects residents to a variety of land uses that allow them to live, shop, and recreate within the City. The program is a voluntary, incentive -based approach to help communities grow and redevelop, and to address the affordable and lifecycle housing needs identified in this Chapter. 7 MM 30 t i a: �Via.•Jr kJY Itlt'ra ,r r ViWO - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 9A Affordable Housing Affordable or workforce housing provides opportunities for employers to hire local workforce from a wide range of incomes. The federal and state governments have long used household income as a key measure for eligibility for their housing programs. Eligibility is based upon very low-, low-, and moderate -income categories. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) defines and calculates different levels of AMI for geographic areas across the country by household size. For the Twin Cities region in 2016, HUD has defined the three levels of affordability shown in Table 4-5. Table 4-5 Affordable Housing Thresholds, Twin Cities Region 2016 One-person $18,050 $30,050 $46,000 Two -person $20,600 $34,350 $52,600 Three-person $23,200 $38,650 $59,150 Four -person $25,750 $42,900 $65,700 Five -person $28,440 $46,350 $71,000 Six -person $32,580 $49,800 $76,250 Seven -person $36,730 $53,200 $81,500 Eight -person $40,890 $56,650 $86,750 Source: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), 2016 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Hugo has a number of residents living in the 30%-80% household income bracket that are also cost - burdened by housing costs, as shown in Table 4-6. Number of Cost -burdened Households in Very Low, Low, or Moderate Income Households. Based on historical trends and the number of low wage jobs provided, the Metropolitan Council anticipates that there will be a need for additional affordable housing units by 2040 in the City as shown in Table 4-7. Table 4-6 Number of Cost -burdened Households in Very Low, Low, or Moderate Income Households 251 Source: Metropolitan Council 417 243 Table 4-7 Metropolitan Council Affordable Housing Need Allocation for Hugo At or below 30% AMI 444 31 to 50% AM 1 342 51 to 80% AM 1 48 Total Units 834 HOUSING 9A Housing and Employment Relationship Given the increasing cost of housing in the City and the make-up of the City's job market, high housing costs are likely an obstacle to non- residents who work in Hugo. However, it is not known if these workers would move to Hugo if more affordable housing were available in the City. Given today's high employment rates, providing more housing affordable to Hugo workers could aid businesses in attracting and keeping workers needed to keep Hugo businesses profitable and in the City. Consequently, the City should work with Hugo businesses to find ways to promote affordable housing to maintain a healthy business climate. Subsidized Housing Units Mueller Manor Senior Housing development is the only place -based housing development that provides income restricted housing in Hugo. However, there are opportunities for residents to used Housing Choice (Section 8) vouchers in the City. There are currently four people in the City using Housing Choice vouchers to subsidize their rent. j 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 97 Housing Assistance In an effort to support residents that may require housing assistance the City will utilize, as appropriate, al public housing programs available. These include programs sponsored by the following: • Minnesota Housing Finance Agency • Washington County CDA • Twin Cities Habitat for Humanity • Private foundation funding sources for affordable housing Barriers to Housing Development The private market on its own will not likely provide the number of affordable units, either owner -occupied or rental, needed in Hugo. There are barriers to the development of affordable housing, some of which are within the City's control and some of which are not. Many of these barriers increase the cost of development and dissuade developers from undertaking affordable housing development projects. Barriers to affordable housing beyond the City's control include: • Steady increase in land prices. • Construction costs (materials, labor, etc.) continue to increase, making it more difficult to provide affordable and market -rate units through new construction. • The cost of developing property for rental units exceeds rents that could be supported in the City • The physical limitations of the City's vacant land that is encumbered by wetlands, poor configuration, HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE poor access and/or poor soil conditions that require construction that is more expensive and tends to spread the development costs over fewer housing units. Local reliance on and the structure of the current property tax system, which taxes rental property at a rate higher than homesteaded property. • The 1986 federal income tax reforms, which eliminated a number of tax incentives that had encouraged investment in rental housing. There are barriers to the development of affordable housing that the City can influence and that significantly impact the cost of development. Included among these barriers are the amount of land guided and zoned for various types and densities of residential use, development fees, public improvement standards such as required street width and utility construction specifications, and development regulations such as park dedication fees. All of these impact development costs. Fair Housing Fair housing is the assurance that adequate housing opportunities are available to all citizens of Hugo. The City's role is to ensure that landlords, renters, real estate agents, and builders are aware of state and federal regulations prohibiting discrimination in housing for any member of society based on such personal preferences as religion, sexual orientation, gender, physical disability, or race. HOUSING 9A Summary The City of Hugo provides a diverse mix of housing types to its residents. The trends toward households that have single occupants and decreasing household size, the City will continue to support many types of housing developments and will support providing housing that is affordable to a wide range of people. 11UW 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE HOUSING 9A Chapter Economic development is vitally important in every city. Strategic planning, strong partnerships and a clear understanding of the City's goals are important when planning economic resiliency and growth. The City of Hugo is devoted to the growth and expansion of local businesses and industry in order to increase the local tax base, increase local employment and provide a full range of services to residents. The City has been proactive in creating economic development opportunities within the community. Collaboration with the City's Economic Development Association (EDA), Hugo Area Business Association (HBA), and Washington County Community Development Agency (CDA) inform this planning process and create strong connections to the City's business owners. This chapter will discuss the City's current business climate, identify strengths and weaknesses, and outline a framework for guiding economic growth. In 2004, the City organized its Economic Development Authority (EDA) into a seven member advisory group including the Mayor and one City Councilmember. As an advisory commission to the City Council, the EDA is responsible for attracting economic growth and development, retaining businesses, and assisting with the expansion of existing businesses within the community. The EDA recommends economic development policies and economic development financing incentives to the Council. The EDA has prepared this long-range strategic plan for economic development for the City. I[J 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 100 Purpose The purpose of this plan is to expand and enhance the City's commercial and industrial base. An expanded business community will provide an expanded tax base, increased local employment, a greater variety of jobs, goods and services for its citizens. The goal is to establish a healthy, thriving business community that will maintain and enhance the City's high quality of life. Community Feedback The City of Hugo is developing alongside evolving economic markets which are reshaping traditional development models. In its current state, Hugo's growing population and partially developed commercial corridors position the City excellently to welcome new forms of development, which are placing more focus on consumer experience, and creating an attractive business atmosphere. Continuous residential development is increasing demand for services such as restaurants and entertainment venues. Adhering to community feedback and staying up to date on market trends will help the City provide more opportunities to its residents and businesses. Hugo residents have told the City they appreciate the diverse and quality development that has occurred over the last decade, but they would like to see more entertainment venues in the City. With this feedback, Hugo should seek quality development that provides entertainment and restaurant services to the community, in addition to retail, commercial and professional office space. The community has also noticed an abundance of medical services but a lack of pharmaceutical businesses. This is another market the City should encourage. The community has a strong desire to see redevelopment in the downtown along Highway 61, as this was once the commercial hub in the City. The City should encourage redevelopment of the downtown area per the downtown plan and design guidelines. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Urban Land Institute Feedback The Urban Land Institute (ULI) is a membership of cross disciplinary economic development and land use experts. Their recent Navigating our Competitive Future workshop of the City of Hugo provided insightful feedback regarding future development, including: • Economic development is less about what a community has rather than what it lacks • Hugo has done a great job of not forcing development before the market is ready • Data centers may be an economic development opportunity for the City • Mixed use development, with housing as an integral part, may be a desirable use in the downtown area • Successful communities develop with a clear vision, react appropriately to opportunities, create innovative financial tools and leverage their key assets • It is important to involve the next generation in decision making • Not all communities should look the same, work to preserve Hugo's character • Capitalize on Hugo's assets — "an urban environment in a rural setting." • Hugo should continue to manage its growth in a disciplined way. All good retail is grown "organically" and not forced prematurely. ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 101 Background and Business Climate Downtown Hugo Hugo's business community is historically concentrated in the downtown district. Some of the City's core services and retail are still located in this corridor, despite the loss of many restaurant/ entertainment venues. Hugo's downtown contains approximately 40 businesses and 145,000 square feet of commercial space. A variety of neighborhood convenience and specialty retailers can be found here, as well as a handful of automotive businesses. Most businesses are locally and independently owned and there are very few national chains for franchises. Other community amenities including City Hall, St. John's Church, New Life Church, and Hugo Elementary School also contribute to the function and character of this area. The City's expanding population and economy poise the downtown to develop with a rich variety of entertainment and commercial services that will add vibrancy to the community. Highway 61 A wide range of businesses are located along Highway 61, particularly north of the downtown area. Many businesses along this road operate out of metal pole barns on gravel lots with outdoor storage, and the 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE majority are still using private well and septic systems. Uses along the corridor include automotive, manufacturing, contractor operations, landscaping businesses, auto salvage yards, and recycling. As a whole, these businesses have minimal investments into buildings or site improvements, and many are likely to be redeveloped when municipal services are extended to these areas. Peloquin Industrial Park This industrial park located at Highway 61 and 152nd Street was originally developed on gravel streets and with no municipal services. In 2004, the City constructed paved city streets with drainage improvements and extended municipal sewer and water to the park. Since that time, the City has seen substantial new investment in the industrial park, resulting in the construction of new buildings, site improvements, and new businesses. Uses generally include manufacturing, warehousing, and contracting businesses, some of which are located in metal buildings on gravel lots, and contain minimal site improvements. Bald Eagle Industrial Park The City began developing this industrial park in 1999 with the help of Tax Increment Financing (TIF). Its location along a rail spur beside Highway 61, and between 130th and 140th Streets has allowed the park to become a major success, and the park is now home to the City's largest concentration of jobs. Construction standards have resulted in higher quality concrete buildings, and paved and landscaped sites. The park is home to the City's largest employers, with uses primarily consist of manufacturing, technical, warehousing and construction. There is also a pet resort and a mini -storage located here. County Road 8 Gateway In 2006, improvements were completed on to County Road 8, which resulted in a four -lane divided roadway, including extensive landscaping, street lighting and decorations. The roadway not only improves traffic capacity, it establishes an improved entrance to the City, and new business opportunities. The area near the intersection of CSAH 8 and Victor Hugo Boulevard has been experiencing significant retail development over the past two years. This includes a grocery store, retail shops, several banks, restaurants, medical uses, a gas station, and a day care. The buildings offer a high level of architectural design with quality materials, innovative site planning, landscaping, and attention to detail. In addition to recent improvements of this county road, demand for retail space at this location is mostly due to the recent surge in residential development in Hugo and proximity to Interstate the 35E interchange. The City recognizes this gateway as an opportunity to thread commercial and residential services through to HWY 61, and connect with the downtown corridor. ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 102 2040 Economic Development Guiding Principles As the City it develops and maintains a desirable business atmosphere, a variety of guiding principles will help the City clearly understand its vision and goals. These include: 1. Promote balanced commercial and industrial development that will better serve the full range of needs of the local residents. Objectives: • Explore the use of TIF (tax increment financing) districts or source other available incentives as need to attract quality businesses and support the City's redevelopment goals. • Maintain and updated inventory of available commercial and industrial buildings and land in the City. • Compile and provide meaningful business resources for the business community. • Develop strong partnerships with the governing bodies, developers, land owners, and the business community. • Create commercial and industrial districts where a variety of operations can expand. • Promote commercial development along Highway 61 and CSAH 8. • Encourage commercial development that supports the small town quality of Hugo. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 2. Provide quality development that will insure an expanded tax base and employment opportunities for residents Objectives: • Provide opportunities for local residents to be employed at home or within the community. • Promote local businesses and industry in order to increase the local tax base and increase local employment. • Strengthen commercial and industrial design ordinances to ensure that new development reflects the character of the community. • Promote quality among new businesses. • Maintain competitively low taxes and development fees. • Promote business opportunities through marketing. • Create an environment where people want to live and do business. ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 103 Opportunities and Barriers to Economic Development Since 1999, Hugo has welcomed a variety of new industrial, commercial retail, service and medical businesses to the community. Areas like the Bald Eagle Industrial park have experienced steady development and have brought diverse quality jobs to the City. Today, nearly all the property within the park has been developed, and existing businesses continue to locate and expand. The commercial industry has also found success in Hugo while providing important goods and services to the community. This is due to a number of advantages to locating in Hugo, identified by the business community, which include: • Location and transportation connections, including Highway 61, the BNSF railroad, and the close proximity of I -35E. • Access to major markets and to available infrastructure within the Twin Cities area • Well educated, skilled, and rapidly expanding labor force • Low tax rates • Financial incentives, including Tax Increment Financing • Constructed local infrastructure including roads and utilities • Helpful, effective, and supportive City Council and City staff • Natural resources HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE • Schools • Low crime • Diversity of housing options In 2010, The City completed a Business Retention and Expansion program (BR&E) in partnership with the University of Minnesota Extension Services. The program included business visits that surveyed a variety of retail, service, and industrial businesses in the community. A total of 38 businesses participated in the program. Overall, the survey results indicated that businesses in Hugo are hopeful for the future. The results also identified several reasons for ocating businesses into the City including: • Available land • A rapidly growing population with attractive demographics • Improvements to the CSAH 8 corridor • High quality, well planned, and attractive developments • Lack of other similar businesses within close proximity The City should continue to identify strengths and opportunities in addition to identifying, minimizing and eliminating barriers to new business development. The City should continue this effort by asking existing business owners to identify barriers and opportunities though outreach surveys. Attracting Diverse Business Markets So far, the EDA has discouraged the development of typical large, "big box," style retailers, but has encouraged the development of smaller neighborhood style shopping centers. The City's abundant and adaptable range of development opportunities are one of its greatest strengths, therefore the City will target diverse business markets that will allow the City to grow economically and offer a wide range of services to its residents. The EDA has encouraged the City to attract a diversity of businesses that will allow residents to get the services they desire in the community. The EDA has also recommended that the City provide locations for many of the small home based businesses that are located in some areas of rural Hugo. ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 104 Guiding Land Use for a Diverse Business Market The Land Use Plan Chapter identifies locations for future industrial, retail, and office development based on favorable access to transportation, community nodes, utilities, and the workforce. This plan should be used to guide to identify prime opportunities for development while guiding a diverse and sustainable business environment. To accomplish this, the City will prioritize and guide the development of the following land use categories: Mixed Usc Mixed use defines areas of multiple high intensity uses located in close proximity to one another or within a single building. Uses include but are not limited to retail, office, cultural and entertainment while often incorporating elements of housing. This type of land use is key to developing a diverse and attractive business environment, because it provides a vibrant and diverse economic atmosphere that is easy for the public to interact with. Business Parks Business parks are becoming a stronger market as the City's population of business professionals continues to grow. This, in addition to changing retail markets is leading to a higher demand for office, light manufacturing, light industrial and warehouse space. Business parks are large areas of land where these uses are planned HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE in proximity to one another and served by urban utilities. An additional item of consideration is the City's increasing senior population which is resulting in an increased demand for medical development. Identifying specific areas for medical and office development will preserve prime retail space along high traffic corridors and best serve the needs of the community. Guiding the development of business parks will diversify the City's business climate and facilitate growth alongside changing economic markets. Promote Quality Commercial Development The City's growing population will attract new retail and commercial services. With commercial growth on the horizon, the City is in a good position after not forcing development prematurely. As commercial retail competes with online markets, consumer experience is becoming more important — energetic, scaled and approachable commercial corridors are key to attracting and retaining customers. This means guiding development to orient less around automobile accessibility and more around creating welcoming and interactive commercial environments. The City should continue to require compliance with design and place -making standards, and follow its guiding principle of creating places where people want to live and do business. Build on Industrial Success Business is strong in the City's Bald Eagle and Peloquin industrial parks. The City should continue to maintain relationships with these businesses and seek opportunities for industrial expansion. Areas like the 165th street industrial corridor should continue to be identified as potential land for future industrial development. The City should assess feasibility of connections to sewer, water and major transportation corridors when selecting areas for new industrial parks. Through this the City can provide more opportunities to attract new industrial businesses and retain existing operations looking to expand. ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 105 Marketing the City The City should market its strengths and opportunities to desirable businesses through communication and marketing strategies. Simply making the information available to the business community is the first and most important step. The City should prepare annual economic reports of activity within the City, and make them readily available to developers. The City should also continuously update its Economic Development webpage with current and relevant information about activity and incentives and provide helpful community profiles that speak to the development community. Information such as demographic data, community characteristics, and information about the City's workforce, traffic counts, and listings of available land or buildings should be communicated within attractive narratives and graphics. The City of Hugo is commonly described as "an urban environment in a rural setting' which holds many strengths identified by its business community. Branding the City for its strengths, story and success will retain the attention of the development community. The information should be distributed wherever possible, and the City should source creative outlets to market to desirable businesses. The City should continue to cooperate and share information with partners such as the Hugo Area Business Association (HBA), the White Bear Area Chamber of Commerce, Washington County Community Development Agency (CDA), and the state Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED). The City should continue to work with surrounding communities and with Washington County to encourage the creation of an east metro economic development strategy. Establish Financial Incentives to Attract New Business Development The City should evaluate all incentives available for use by the City. Policies should be implemented for the use of incentives, including the use of the City's Tax Increment Financing Policy. The City should evaluate other costs associated with the development or operation of businesses within Hugo. Costs should be compared to other cities and the fee structures or other costs should be reformulated where possible to remain competitive. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 106 Ensure Infrastructure is Provided to Meet Business Needs It is important for the City to implement the improvements identified on the City's infrastructure plans illustrated in Chapters 8, 9, 10 and 11 of this document. The important transportation connections and sewer and water improvements that are necessary to accommodate existing and future businesses have been taken into account and are shown in this comprehensive plan. The BNSF rail line serving the Bald Eagle Industrial Park is an important transportation element for existing businesses located there. The rail line should be maintained as long as the businesses rely on it. The City should encourage the eventual conversion of the rail line along TH 61 to a transit corridor that may accommodate both freight and passengers. Provisions for transit will provide businesses with expanded access to the area's workforce. Higher intensity mixed use development and retail development should be encouraged along the transit corridor. The City will cooperate with the Rush Line Corridor Task Force to implement recommended improvements along the corridor. The transportation plan illustrates a future interchange at County Road 4 and 1-35E. The interchange is also identified on MnDOT's Inter -Regional Corridor Plan for 1-35. The timing of the construction of this interchange is critical in implementing the plans for business development in northern Hugo. The City should continue to lobby for the accelerated construction of the interchange though the 1-35 W/E Coalition. The City will locate new commercial businesses where municipal utilities are available. Urban services will be made available to the areas guided for business development in accordance with the City's sewer and water plans. The City will strive to ensure that telecommunications needs are met for new or existing businesses. The City will evaluate how fiber optic lines or other telecommunication technology can be extended and used in areas where businesses are located or plan to locate. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 107 Downtown Redevelopment The City has adopted a redevelopment plan for downtown Hugo. The downtown plan strives to maintain the City's business core in downtown with a traditional downtown urban format. For this to become possible, redevelopment of structures in the downtown area must occur. The City has purchased a number of properties in downtown along the east side of Highway 61. As additional properties become available by willing sellers in this area, the City will pursue purchases of those properties. Most of the structures have been be removed, and the properties will be redeveloped by the City as restaurant/entertainment, retail, and office space. Multiple other property owners in the downtown area have expressed interest in redeveloping their properties in a manner consistent with the downtown plan. In order to facilitate that development, the City has approved a Tax Increment Financing (TIF) District to help ensure that development is feasible in the downtown area. As residential growth continues in the City and commercial development takes interest in Hugo, there is heightened opportunity for the City to guide economic growth to this area. The City should market the downtown aggressively, and source programs and incentives that may make redevelopment more feasible. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Gateways The new development along County Road 8 has established a quality atmosphere at the major western entrance to the City. The attractive development there helps create a good first impression and serves to define the image of City. The City will expend extra effort to establish gateways that exude a similar image of quality at all major entrances to the City, including the northern and southern limits of Highway 61, and the western limit of County Road 4. Promote Quality among New Businesses The City has established and implemented Commercial and Industrial Design Guidelines for new and existing business development, including architectural guidelines for retail development, standards requiring quality building materials, and guidance for the preparation of site plans that promote good land planning principles. Proper use of guidelines will ensure that the desired businesses locate in the appropriate areas. Retain Existing Businesses The City will continue to partner with the Hugo Area Business Association (HBA), White Bear Chamber of Commerce, and Washington County Community Development Agency (CDA), to identify the needs of existing businesses. This partnership should strive to maintain a sound local business climate that encourages businesses to locate and expand in Hugo. The City will establish and maintain mutually beneficial relationships between business owners and members of the organizations by facilitating open communication and regularly checking in with existing businesses. Through this effort these groups will understand the successes and barriers businesses encounter, and better understand the opportunities and constraints to doing business in Hugo. By making site visits initiating conversation, and providing connections to resources such as Washington County's Open to Business Program, the City will be able to recognize common issues, and assist businesses in overcoming barriers to their success. Technical or financial assistance, when warranted, in the interest of maintaining jobs and creating new jobs will be provided. The City will identify successful business retention efforts within other communities and interview any businesses who decide to leave the City to understand their rationale for departing. ECONOMIC COMPETITIVENESS 108 Chapter 6 Parks, Trails and Open Space HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE for review only The 2040 Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan is intended to help guide Parks Commissioners and policy makers prioritize investment in parks and the open space system that makes Hugo a prime location for outdoor activity and recreation for residents and visitors alike. The purpose of the Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan is to: • Provide high-level guidance on how to locate parks, trails and open space • Identify opportunities for parks and facility development • Help manage land acquisition through park dedication that is consistent with Minnesota State Statutes Community Feedback This chapter serves as an update to the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. The City held an extensive public planning process in 2017. The process included: • Two community needs assessment surveys • A series of open houses and workshops where residents were asked to identify and prioritize parks system needs In the surveys and open houses, residents were asked to provide general feedback on the types of activities they currently engage in, the impact of the parks system on health and well-being, and changes they would like to see in both the parks and trails system. Residents were also asked to provide feedback on more specific amenities and safety features of the parks and trails system such as, the types of amenities that should be prioritized, the most important features of the parks and trails system, priority natural resources and the most urgent needs for the parks system. In 2017, the Comprehensive Plan was updated based on feedback from the public planning process. Residents overwhelmingly identified Hugo's parks, trails and open space as an asset to the community. Feedback from residents indicated that : • Facility needs are evolving. Residents indicated that while traditional amenities are valued, they would like to see different types of park amenities such as dog parks and splash pads. A variety of facilities are needed to serve a wide range of ages, abilities, and interests. With a wide range of resident ages, residents indicated a desire to see trails, playgrounds, and sport courts that can be used at any age and for a range of uses. Natural resources are an important component of the system and may provide opportunities for water recreation and additional trails. • Trails are high value amenities of the parks system. In every survey and open house, residents provided feedback trails were highly valued and that they would like to see more trails in the community. Trails and opens space should be connected to create a linear park. Residents also indicated that trails should connect key areas of the community, including parks and the downtown areas. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 110 Parks and Trails Trends In addition to feedback from the Public and the Parks Commission, the planning process is also informed by best practices in the industry for recreation trends, user needs, and accessibility. Resources from the national, state and regional level provide context and data for parks planning in 2040. � r HT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 111 National Trends The National Recreation and Park Association (NRPA) publishes standards to help communities in planning, acquisition, and development of park and open space. In more recent years, the NRPA is encouraging communities to benchmark their metrics and enter the data into their national database. Due to the limited number of communities participating in their benchmarking program at the time of this report, it is unclear how Hugo's parks services compare to other communities of comparable size in Minnesota. The standards that the NRPA has used in the past provides guidance for how to place parks by park type, and the general facilities you might see in each park. Park and Recreation Trends in Minnesota Since 2008 Minnesota and the Region have seen demographic changes related to age and to ethnicity, and an increasing emphasis on healthy communities. Policies and data from the state, regional, and county levels provide context for trends and are tools that Federal and State Agencies use when reviewing funding requests. The findings and trends from key agencies inform the goals and policies of this document. ..W HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 112 The Minnesota Statewide Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan (SCORP) Minnesota Statewide Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan 2014- 2018 (SCORP) provides an overview of outdoor recreation issues facing Minnesota and it describes policies and funding mechanisms to address those issues. The 2014-2018 SCORP notes a relatively recent decline in support and interest in outdoor recreation. There are several reasons for this including an increasingly urbanized population; young adults and their children are less involved with nature -based recreation than older adults and; nature -based recreation is more popular among white, non -Hispanic populations, which is not growing at the same rate as the non-white population. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE SCORP identifies four strategic directions to address the changing demand for outdoor recreation. They are summarized as follows: 1. Connect people to the outdoors. The report emphasizes creating a welcoming environment through designing high quality facilities and programming that can be used by all ages and abilities, and by creating comprehensive marketing strategies and programming that caters to in -experienced users as well as the seasoned user and partnerships with organizations that serve non-white populations. 2. Acquire Land, Create Opportunities. The strategic direction focuses on acquiring land and developing trails in more densely populated areas and rapidly growing areas and near high quality natural resource areas. 3. Take care of what we have. Reinvest in existing infrastructure and ensure that funding is available to maintain facilities throughout their useful life. Maintain the quality of natural resource areas and restore natural communities that have been degraded or impacted by development activities. 4. Coordinate among partners. Develop and maintain a comprehensive database and web site and facilitate multi - jurisdictional and agency partnerships and funding. As Hugo's population ages and as the community grows, there is opportunity to involve new and younger residents in parks programs and outdoor recreation. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 113 Regional Parks System Visitor Study Report In 2016, the Metropolitan Council administered a survey to regional park and trail visitors to provide benchmark measurement of regiona park and trail visitor experiences in terms of: 1. Reasons for visiting and activity participation 2. Frequency and length of visits 3. Travel distances and modes of transportation 4. Group sizes 5. Quality of facilities, services and recreation opportunities and sense of safety 6. Information behavior The report authors surveyed 5,459 people including 389 people from Washington County. Key findings include: 1. Hiking, walking and biking are the most popular activities. They are also the most commonly mentioned primary reason for visiting a regional park or trail. MW 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only 2. Visitors are either very loyal to their park or trail, or simply prefer familiar surroundings. 3. Few gathered outside information about their destination prior to visiting. 4. Overall, visitors are satisfied with facilities and feel safe. 5. Age, ethnicity and income have the most noteworthy impacts on usage and experiences. Primary Reason for Visit to Parks in Washington County Special event Socializing Did nothing/relaxed Socializing Communting Using playground 111E� Picnicking Fishing Swimming Jogging/running Bicycling Hiking/walking � 6. Park users are more likely to come in groups and come from 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% ■ Washington County(n=389) ■ Total (n=5459) longer distances, whereas trail users are more solitary and live Source: Regional Parks SystemVistbrStudyRepat nearby. 7. Very few were limited by a physical or mental condition. Primary Factor Limiting Visits to Parks and Trails, 2016 t Washington County survey data (Figure 6-1) shows that in addition to hiking, bicycling and jogging, water activities such as swimming and fishing are just as popular. Like the rest of the region, the number one reason people didn't visit parks as often as they would like is that there is not enough time (Figure 6-2). These findings suggest that more people would like to participate in other activities but they feel constrained by time, cost, or lack of facilities. The City can help minimize these constraints by providing adequate facilities in N conveniently accessed locations. L.L D DRA'F7"De�t'4gcf H-17 forfor r RMAY► only The [Park/Trail] is too crowded Parking is difficult „ I have no one to go with I have health problems/limitations I don't know enough about the [Park/Trail] I don't have enough money Weather/climate conditions Internetiphone service not available i= I have too many family obligations ` [Park/Trail] is too far from my home I don't have enough time 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% ■Washington County(n=30) ■Total (n=835) Source: Regional Parks System VistiorStudyRepat PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN\ffPbl6E 11A Li • ,Healthy Living Healthy in Washington County and the Statewide Health Improvement Partnership (SHIP) The Minnesota Department of Health has been partnering with communities to support efforts to expand opportunities for active living. SHIP supports community efforts to incorporate more opportunities for residents to bike, walk, and get active. This Chapter has been evaluated to ensure that opportunities for healthy living have been incorporated in the plan. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 115 •1.1'1} .� � � rr . �;��iY_ �If• v } HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 115 Hugo's Existing Open Space and Parks System The City of Hugo has an abundance of natural resources and open space areas including many lakes, wetlands, woodlands and other natural amenities that make it a prime location for outdoor activity and recreation. The City has made an effort to preserve many of these spaces parks, conservation areas and protected waters. The City manages xx acres of parkland that provides a framework for a city-wide greenway and works with the state, non -profits, and adjacent jurisdictions that operate parks or manage open space within the City. The parks system provides a diverse array of amenities, from natural forests to soccer complexes. Hugo's park system supports a wide array of parks and amenities within those parks. Together with state and county agencies, along with amenities from nearby communities, Hugo residents can participate in outdoor and indoor recreation and enjoy a range of outdoor environments that include urban parks and natural landscapes. This section looks at the existing amenities and resources within the community. � r HCT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 116 Parks and Recreation Hugo has approximately 856 acres of city, state, and county owned parkland in the City's boundaries. Within these parks system provides many opportunities for a wide variety of recreation within the City. City Parks The park system plan proposes that the City develop a system of neighborhood and community parks that are integrated with existing park and recreation areas in Hugo. As noted previously, this plan classifies the City's future parks based on function, size, and types of recreational amenities. Parks managed by the City are defined as either a Neighborhood Parks that are smaller in size and serve neighborhoods within the MUSA or a Community Park, which are larger in size and serve the community and region. These classifications are offered to help policy makers understand the roles of parks in a community, and the services provided. If the park system functions to meet the needs of its residents, it is unimportant if the park meets typical acreage and service area standards for community and neighborhood parks. In short, neighborhood parks provide desired recreation facilities that are safely and conveniently accessed by the residents of a neighborhood, and community parks provide recreation facilities that are of interest to the community. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Neighborhood Parks offer neighborhoods easy access to a variety of recreation facilities including play equipment, informal ballfields, athletic fields, court games, and picnic facilities. They typically service an area of roughly one-quarter to one-half mile radius and a population of up to 5,000 people. Physical features like major roads and rivers also define the service areas of neighborhood parks. In Hugo, for example, Highway 61 defines an edge between neighborhoods. Residents should not be expected to cross the highway to get to their neighborhood park. If neighborhood parks are to be used and enjoyed, they must be carefully located for safe and convenient access. Typically, neighborhood parks range in size from 5-20 acres. Community Parks service several neighborhoods or the community as a whole. As such, they provide facilities that will attract people throughout the community. They typically service an area that encompasses a one to two-mile radius and serve a population of 15,000 people or more. Some community parks focus on passive activities like hiking and picnicking. They are often found in areas that offer unique natural amenities such as lakes or woodlands. Other community parks focus on active forms of recreation. They often provide a series of athletic fields for organized sports and tournaments. Community parks attract more people than neighborhood parks so they are generally near arterial or collector roads. Ideally, residents should have the opportunity to access community parks via trails, but most people who use community parks live far enough away from these parks that they will likely drive to them. Thus, these parks need to provide adequate parking and restroom facilities. Typically, community parks range in size from 20 to 100 acres. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 117 Recreation Facilities Recreation facilities are a type of amenities provided in a park. The concentration and number of recreational amenities characterize the park as either active or passive. Parks can consist of one type of facility that is the programming for the whole park or they can have a combination of active and passive recreation areas. Neighborhood and Community Parks often provide both active and passive recreation amenities, however, in this plan, we identify parks as having primarily active recreation or primarily passive recreation. Active Recreation Area. Active Recreation areas have a more urban character and are highly programmed for activities. Examples of active recreation areas and facilities operated by the City of Hugo include playgrounds, soccer fields and sand volleyball. Active recreation facilities are typically costlier to develop and operate over time. Development of these facilities generally take into consideration the extent of the user base, life cycle management costs and existence of similar facilities in or near the community. • Passive Recreation Areas. Passive Recreation areas have little to no programming beyond picnic shelters, open space, or open rectangular fields for use that is unstructured and informal. Some passive recreation areas provide no more than a trail. Passive or community recreation facilities are usually less expensive to develop and maintain. Table 6-1 shows the parks and facility types provided in the City of Hugo. Active Recreation Areas are highly programmed for activities. Passive Recreation Areas have little to no programming. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 118 Table 6-1 Parks and Facilities provided in the City of Hugo Aspire Park A 0.4 NP -3 X Arbre Park A 2.2 NP -3 X X X Clearwater Creek P 105 NP -3 X Preserve Cove Park A 0.47 NP -3 X Beaver Ponds Park A 15 NP -5 X X Diamond Point Park A 12.6 NP -7 X X X X Frog Hollow Park A 22 NP -2 X Hanifl Fields Athletic A 25 Eastern Hugo X X X Hanifl Shelter Park Heritage Ponds Park A 14.7 NP -2 X X Irish Avenue Park P 125 Eastern Hugo X Lions Park A 10 NP -2 X X X X X Skate Park Lions Building Exercise McCollar Park A 5.3 NP -3 X Equipment Oak Shore Park A 10 NP -4 X x X X Sledding Hill Oneka Lake Park A 10.3 NP -8 X X Rice Lake Park P 45 Eastern Hugo Rice Lake Centre Tower Park P 1 NP -4 Val Jean Park A 1.2 NP -3 X X 1 Victor Square Park A 1.1 NP -3 X Water Feature Total: 406.27 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 119 City -Owned Property In addition to the above described City parks, the City owns other properties — which are currently managed as undeveloped open space. Some of these properties could possibly be developed into parks or remain as open space. These parcels of land have the potential to provide recreational amenities to the community, and are considered to be part of the Greenway Corridor. Table 6-2 Citv-Owned Pro Sunset Lake Access — North 4 Sunset Lake Access — South 1 1920 School House Site Goodview and Egg Lake Road Site Plaisted Property Property North of St. Johns Cemetery Bald Eagle Lake Access Bernin Property Total Acreage 1.5 2.35 12 40 0.5 24.2 85.6 City Owned Land Walk-up water access City Owned Land Walk up water access City Owned Land Possible trailhead location City Owned Land Pedal bike track, un -improved property City Owned Land Open Space City Owned Land Open Space City Owned Land Walk up water access City Owned Land Future park J 9 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 120 Trail and Sidewalk System The City's existing trail system consists of multi -use county trails and a series of city- owned pedestrian -bicycle paths, bicycle lanes, bicycle routes, sidewalks, and recreational trails for horses, snowmobiles, hiking, and cross-country skiing. The majority of Hugo's trail system consists of city -owned bituminous bicycle -pedestrian paths that are separated from roads. These trails have been constructed as residential development has occurred within the City or as roadways have been improved and provide links between local neighborhoods and parks. Hugo's trail system is maintained by the City, County, and by independent associations. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 121 The City has four primary trails that serve the residents of Hugo. A description of each trail type follows: Greenways. A greenway provides a travel area separate from motorized traffic for bicyclists, pedestrians, skaters, wheelchair users, joggers, and other users. Greenways can provide a low -stress experience for a variety of users using the network for transportation or recreation. Greenways can be paved or unpaved, depending on the intended user, and typically follows the Greenway Corridor. While Greenways may be along right-of-way in some areas, they are primarily within natural communities or parks. Greenway trails are important connections that create a lineal park. Trails. A trail is a bidirectional shared use path located immediately adjacent and parallel but separate from a street. Trails can offer a high-quality experience for users of all ages and abilities as compared to on -roadway facilities in heavy traffic environments, allow for reduced roadway crossing distances, and maintain rural and small-town community character. Sidewalks provide dedicated space intended for use by pedestrians that is safe, comfortable, and accessible to all. Sidewalks are physically separated from the roadway by a curb or unpaved buffer space. Paved Shoulder are pedestrian areas that are provided on the street or on the shoulder of a road. Designated bike and pedestrian areas are identified using paint, and include facilities such as bike lanes, advisory shoulders, and yield roadways. Many of Hugo's streets and roadways serve a mix pedestrians and bicyclists. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Figure 6-3 Greenway Trail TY� Figure 6-5 Sidewalk ;T%tr Figure 6-4 Trail G_ &T.� Figure 6-6 Paved Shoulder PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 122 Natural Resources Hugo has a community that has a variety of natural communities that enrich the lives of the residents. The Minnesota Department of Natural Resources defines natural communities as "groups of native plants and native animals that interact with each other and with the surrounding nonliving environment, generally in ways not greatly altered by humans or introduced plants or animals". Many of the natural communities that once existed in Hugo have been eliminated, however, the remaining communities are important to the community and region. In 2008, the City identified a Greenway Corridor to help prioritize natural resource protection and land acquisition. This section looks the natural resources that serve as the basis for park and land acquisition. As part of the 2017 update, Hugo reviewed updated the Natural Resource Inventory data from the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources and the Greenway Corridor Map. It is the City's policy to acquire land identified on the Natural Resource Map and the Greenway Map through parkland dedication. ViO60 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 123 Greenway Corridor Greenways are corridors of land and water (and networks of such corridors) designed and managed for multiple purposes such as nature conservation, recreation, stormwater management, community enhancement, social equity, and scenery protection, with an overall aim of sustaining the integrity of the landscape, including the natural and social components. (Cawood Hellmun, 2006). What is it? Natural Resource Priority. To achieve the preservation and recreational goals of the community, the City identified a greenway corridor in 2008 as the foundation of the parks system. The Greenway corridor is based on the natural resource communities identified by the Minnesota DNR and high-value natural communities prioritized by the community. The Greenway was revised in the 2017 in response to current natural resources data. Ownership. A mix of privately and publicly held open space, parkland, and trail corridors make up the greenway. These corridors are created over time in partnership with homeowners' associations, school districts, other public agencies, and more. Land in the greenway corridor receives priority for park and trail acquisition from willing partners. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Where is it? Location. The greenway corridor is generally linear in shape and follow waterways including ditches, creeks, and wetland complexes. Areas that are not buildable can be utilized, such as along ditches and flood plain, not only for their ecological functions but to enhance recreational experiences. Parks and trails located near these areas to take advantage of their aesthetic and expansive view sheds. Urban and Rural. The greenway traverses both rural areas and urban areas. Greenway areas within the Metropolitan Service Area (MUSA) may have more fragmented habitat and natural areas, while Greenway areas outside of the MUSA preserve larger areas of natural habitat. How it is used? Linear Park. Providing an inviting system of trails surrounded by natural environments, greenways offer nature based recreation year-round. They provide a connection to Hugo's unique and scenic resources. Water. One of the primary purposes of the greenway is to protect Hugo's ground water priority areas, wetlands, DNR public waters and watercourses. Greenways filter and store stormwater, improve water quality and provide other functions relating to water. Wildlife Habitat. The vegetated corridors protect habitats, facilitate the movement of animals, provide areas where natural communities can thrive, and buffer shorelines. Large intact blocks of natural resources and open space shall be preserved. Multi-purpose. Land in the greenway may be left as open space or incorporate active or passive park features or trails. It is ideal for greenways to be multi-purpose, such as providing both stormwater management and recreation. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 124 DRAFT Dec14-17 1RAth L- rj -Nithr 10,011 r C17Y F - 175th � J CD lilp EST, ]$OB i rseshoe E LL Lake LHU 70 J 4f V� DRAFT - ' , l ; LL o Greenway Corridor 165th - -- _ Iz Map a' Lai t d La Proposed Greenway 59th -- _ .y onek Lake Prairie & Mesic Savanna 158 d I _ 157th r rrib e y W155th Ground Water Priority Areas (Land I and Water Legacy Program) rens' e • �� G ew G`a`Ol e 152nd — High Quality Wetlands r�c 152 { _ 151st High Quality Wooded Areas 150th LO f mom Rose f o' �LL 14a t Natural Wooded Areas (Forest, 147 Lk 147tJ woodlands, forested wetlands) Frenchrna � _ n - �• 1461h - � Rice � � Wetlands gg 14 th E145th Lake s o�e�s n - Lake f' --- Y Parks r x LL1415 •, nev = -terIle City Owned Property ., r1._.I Municipal Boundary 'th o c3 '' op 140th — - r � 137th ted Lake � Q 2040 MUSA Boundary _ b� - North Sc oot o Parcel ab y, Qaf 0 35 h '� - y ! r Section Lake Z *a�1e� 4 �� Open Water Y � •� � south _{ n_ 132nd schoolPublic Water Course a Section Lake ~i� 130h 130th a 4 c� 130th' Streams and Ditches 129th 3 _ -r s F # All4 12 _ Street Sunset Lake I r F �_ lipo = — ^� Long Lake 125th o 125th Y Keller i I 'fir I 122nd 12_2nS t N �- - - Round r ` yed Lake 1215c 0 0.25 0.5 1 O 170th ..�..�... ..ilii. �.. Miles NORTH 119th 12/11/2017 Map 6-1 Natural Resources in Hugo Hugo is in an ecologically diverse area of Minnesota known as the St. Croix River Valley -Anoka Sand Plain. The natural lakes, wetlands, and hills in the area were formed by the glaciers that came through the region during a period roughly 5,000 to 10,000 years ago. As the glacier advanced and receded several times, it deposited sediments of sand, gravel, and rock that eventually produced the rolling hills that are found in eastern Hugo. Most of the natural wetlands and lakes in the area were formed by large blocks of ice that broke from the glacier. These ice blocks were buried by sediment pushed down in subsequent advances of the glacier. As the buried ice blocks slowly melted, the sediment on top of the ice collapsed leaving depressions that filled with water and eventually formed lakes and wetlands. Some soils in Hugo, like the soils in the low lying, nearly level area around Hardwood Creek, Oneka Lake, Egg Lake and Rice Lake, were formed from the outwash of the melting glacier. The soils in the hilly areas of Hugo were formed from the glacial till itself. Over hundreds of years, several different types of plant communities began to develop based in part on these landforms and soils. In the early 1800s, the vegetation in this area consisted primarily of oak barrens, conifer bogs, and a variety of wetlands. Many of the natural communities that once existed in Hugo have been eliminated. However, Hugo still has several significant areas that contain natural communities. Unless measures are taken to protect these areas, many of them may be completely lost or severely degraded. Housing developments, road construction, alteration of drainage systems, chemical runoff, sedimentation, and succession due to the lack of fire, threaten the area's remaining natural communities. Wooded upland communities are particularly threatened because they are more easily developed than wet areas. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 126 The following is a brief description of the types of natural communities shown on the Natural Resource Inventory Map (Map xx): High Quality Natural Area (Woodlands and Wetlands). These areas represent natural community areas that were identified in the field during MLCCS surveys to have a quality ranking above a "C" based on the DNR Natural Heritage Program's natural community element occurrence ranking guidelines. The MLCCS database was queried to identify natural communities with a ranking of A, AB, B, or BC (MLCCS dataset obtained from the WCD May 15, 2010 and updated June 20, 2011). This dataset was extracted from Washington County MLCCS Data using GIS analyses. Natural Wooded Areas. MLCCS Derived Natural Wooded Areas (forests, woodlands, forested wetlands). These areas represent natura plant communities within the community. These areas were generated by querying the MLCCS database (obtained from the WCD May 15, 2010 and updated June 20, 2011) and isolating and mapping all features that were neither developed nor cultivated and were coded as forest or woodland. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE tp f Ground Water Priority Area. Groundwater priority areas are derived from the Land and Water Legacy Program Conservation Priorities Drinking Ground Water Model from the Washington County Land & Water Legacy Program Conservation Plan, July 2010. These areas represent Upland depressional areas with at least two feet of topographic change capable of collecting and infiltrating water, but that are not considered wetlands, areas of high infiltration potential, and lands located within a Drinking Water Supply Management Area High Vulnerability Area (DWSMA), defined as areas where a potential contaminant source is likely to contaminate a public water supply. Open Water, Streams and Ditches Open water, streams and ditches include all streams, ditches, and surface drainages. GIS datasets that were utilized to identify watercourses include the DNR watercourses, Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) watercourse data, RCWD ditches data, and the statewide ditch layer from the MN Dept. of Transportation. This includes all waterbodies that meet the criteria in MN Statute Section 1030.005, subd. 15 that are identified on Public Water Inventory Maps. The GIS data represent the basin and watercourse delineations found on the most current regulatory maps and lists. Downloaded from DNR Datadeli (http://deli.dnr.state.mn.us/ services.html) Y Prairie / Savanna. Minnesota Land Cover Classification System (MLCCS) Derived Prairie and Mesic Savanna: These areas represent prairie and mesic savanna natural plant communities that were identified in the MLCCS database. These areas were generated by querying the MLCCS database (obtained from the WCDMay 15, 2010 and updated June 20, 2011) and isolating and mapping all features that were coded as such. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 127 DRAFT Dec14-17 EST, 1906 DRAFT Natural Resource Inventory Map Prairie & Mesic Savanna Parcels Open Water Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 Miles 12/11/2017 (D NORTH Map 6-2 Groundwater Priority Areas High Quality Wetlands L High Quality Wooded Area MNatural Wooded Areas Wetlands Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 Miles 12/11/2017 (D NORTH Map 6-2 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Regional Amenities In addition to the City parks and open space, other government, private clubs, and non -profits play a critica role in providing open space, facilities, and programs to Hugo residents and surrounding communities. These facilities supplement the amenities provided by the City Parks system, including space for tournaments, sporting practice and larger community events and open space that act as nature preserves and provide opportunities for outdoor recreation in nature. Regional parks areas have regional significance because they draw visitors from within the City and from the surrounding areas. The City does not have direct control over the future of these park and recreation areas since they are not owned by the City. Table 6-3 Regional Amenities in Hugo Paul Hugo Farms Wildlife 360 State Conservatory Management Area Area Oneka Boat Launch 1 State Public Lake Access Wild Wings of Oneka 529 Privately Owned and Managed Oneka Ridge Golf Course 154 Privately Owned and Managed Hunting, Hiking, Fishing Dock Walk-in access to Oneka Lake, parking Hunting, Shooting Golf Course Bald Eagle Sportsmen's 79 Privately Owned and Archery, Shooting, Trapping Association Managed Total Acreage 361 D HL' 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRA'F7"De�t'�cf �-17 PARKS ,TRAILS AND OPEA\ffPbf6E 12A -- - forfor rgYd%%Y�only DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Regional Recreation Amenities In survey feedback, residents prioritized future development of a splash pad, all -access playgrounds, a dog park, and ice rink. These are amenities that are currently not provided in Hugo, but are available to Hugo residents as part of a Regional Parks System or private facility where membership is available. Opportunities to participate in water recreation such as pools are regionally limited to the YMCA. Regional amenities are shown in Table 6.4 Map xx identifies the location of regional destinations and trails HUM 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table 6-4 Regional Amenities within a 5 Mile Radius Rice Creek Chain of Lakes Preserve Bald Eagle - Otter Lake Park Hardwood Creek WMA Big Marine Park Reserve Wilder Forest Nature Center Square Lake Park Pine Point Park Vadnais Snail Lake Park Carlos Avery WMA Lamprey Pass WMA White Bear Lake County Park Tamarack Nature Center Wargo Nature Center White Bear Lake YMCA Forest Lake YMCA Lino Lakes YMCA William O'Brien State Park Beach, Camping, Boat Launch, Fishing, Biking Boat Launch, Fishing Pier, Dog Park, Playground Hunting, Fishing, Nature Observation Guided Bird Hikes, Boat Launch, Fishing Pier, XC Ski Hiking, XC Ski, Nature Observation Boat Launch, Fishing Pier, Beach Equestrian Trails, XC Ski, Gateway Trail Access Sand Volleyball, Playground, Fishing, Hiking Hunting, Nature Observation Significant Native American Site, Hunting, Fishing Beach, Boat Launch, Playground Hiking, Education, Nature Preschool Hiking, Education, Nature Preschool Pools, Sauna, Waterslide, Diving Board, Racquetball Pools, Waterslide, Sauna, Seasonal Splash Pad Outdoor Running and Biking Trail, Pools, Sauna, Waterslide, Basketball Courts Hiking, Fishing, Snowshoeing and Skiing, Camping Vadnais Sucker Lake Regional Park Fishing, Biking, Playground Turtle Lake County Park Play Field, Playground, Beach, Boat Launch Rice Creek Fields _ Ball Fields, Walking Paths, Playground Shoreview Commons Soccer Fields, Basketball, Volleyball and Tennis Courts, Skatepark, Hockey Rinks D M)O- "De�t'49cf H-17 PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEA�Pbf6E forfor rftd,,te��i"ll �►�ionly 13A East Bethel Columbus ►\♦ :li iii\►iiia■i\f - r� ....... 4", Ham Lake Forest Lake I , YMCA- Forest Hardwood „• 'II' Lake Creek Library II Hardwood •j: * Creek WMA 00„, so R 10 :Il:z c :o ---I --- — - - 411- d ■fes■; — - iF�■.�■ a U,v •� 0 c Glacial Hills Regional Proposed Trail ��.1EM=====MIMI=MW ar Wo v Law9 • Nature = YMCA- Center I Lino Lake Rice Creek Bunker Hills/Chain of Lakes — -----� Chain of LakesHugo Regional Trail -� Central Anoka County Library Regional Park Reserve- Regional Trail ii + y �I Express Paul Hugo I Farms WMA Lino Lakes 4. —, o Q c -' 1 i_ Rice Creek _ I__I:___,;I,_ ANOKA ai T- * ' ---- ---=---JI ----- =-,= o - =---==Bald_Eagle=3f...�e��;ate. Fiel s RAMSEY -= Otter Lake Park I I” J Tamarack White Bear --------- !I' Mounds View �- --�--,----'■ .I. ite I ,B,_,Cter Turtle Lake North Oak: arLakV County Park _--wjCou-nty1Pa, , lig --� " ail; r c \ Lake it -- Long Lake J JI' �� l ;l; =_. Links Re t iii Park �' Shoreview - + �� m I �� ;�; �� ,� �at Trait Frirllav � (�'--+ _ Commons ��♦ Shoreview Vadnais-rS,nail l 'z i. New Brighton Arden Hills%, Lake Park ��' �_�"i ��j,v�, 5 11 1111 Mahtomedi -----illi '--� Vadnais-Snail Lakes ��' /7 White ;I;�~— + �a Regional Park ,t Bear 11 7_ Hilltop ;II; �• -(Sucker Lake Lake ,I L_ -j r 1k Wildwood Ill ' J Library �'l --I '0 ��. i � � �rl_, YMCA- White 'lir _ Columbia „ • Vadnais' ��i--_HeightsV dnais Bear Lake Heights 9 r- ii I •••.I Sports * 'I I .......''I` :— J -------IL----------- 1 -----II `•. ----- C'enter --, -- I'I , ------ ............ " .•� - Min�ne�a olis :I: Littl( 'nada ,�� Maplewood --J 11 = ,►.•'Lake Elmo e 'l: +�•,•_+= Nortll ilk Oakdale ,►►`"� +'• Saint Paull I oil •` T Chisago Lake ••�•"•. Fall '. RL '• 1 Scandia W%!a Q F f , VI -------------- Big Ma"r..ine ;I N Park Reser�re Wilder Forest Nature Center- PriXe Non -Profit= — War er Nature May Center o - W .R Squaw.:Lake 3 Park d C N c� o - a ` d 13 U Pine Point Park I • I • I • Browns Creek a ems_ � g Stillwater ,•° Pub'lic� Library a� ---- - — -- --Ir-1 Park` Hei Washington g 9 h, ne CITY OF EST, fg09 DRAFT Regional Parks and Trails Map * Regional Facilities Existing Parks/State Lands St. Croix River 2 Mile Buffer =i\ii11\� 5 Mile Buffer = 10 Mile Buffer �IIIIL �r Counties Municipal Boundary l City Boundary State Trails Regional Trail Existing • Planned Proposed 0 0.5 1 2 O ---Baypo)/// R� lic * Libbrar+ Miles NORTH 12/11 /2017 Map 6-3 2040 Parks, Trails, and Open Space Guiding Principles Connected, Multi -functional Parks System 1. Create a connected, multi -functional park system that supports the recreational, ecological, and social needs of the community. Objectives: High Quality Parks 2. Continue investment in creating high-quality user experiences which creates value throughout the community. • Provide high quality experiences in nature. • Maintain and upgrade existing facilities to create high quality user experiences so that people return to the parks and value the parks system. • Develop a capital improvement budget that provides resources for high -demand amenities. Access • Prioritize connecting greenway areas with natural amenity value that can be enjoyed by all residents 3. Develop and maintain parks and trails to provide access to all ages and abilities which supports when developing parks, trails, and open space. active and healthy lifestyles. • Provide access to and protect Hugo's water resources including wetlands, lakes, and streams. • Ensure that Hugo's facilities support active lifestyles beyond providing recreation and leisure services. • Build community identity and neighborhood connections by providing community gathering spaces. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE • Connect the community with trails and sidewalks. o Trails or sidewalk connections should be provided along greenway corridors. o Off-road bike and pedestrian facilities should be encouraged in all new housing develop- ments. o Sidewalks on both sides of the street are most desirable o Provide trails that link important areas of the City, such as residential neighborhoods, schools, downtown, other parks and Regional trails. • Ensure residents can easily and safely access a park from their home. • Support multi-purpose trail development for variety of users including horseback trails and snowmobile trails. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 132 Innovation and Collaboration focused on preservation of natural resources throughout the City. 4. The City should use partnerships and innovative approaches to develop and manage parks, Identify and prioritize connected open space with natural amenity value that can be enjoyed by all trails, and open space. residents as the Greenway corridor. • Seek out strategic partnerships with a wide range of parties including school districts, neighboring jurisdictions, private landowners, state and county agencies, and not-for-profit agencies. • Involve residents in the park planning process whenever possible. • Continue City's policy not to use eminent domain to acquire and develop parks, trails, and open space, but instead use park dedication to expand the parks system. Natural Resources 5. Preserve and protect Hugo's natural features, including water resources, which form part of Hugo's identity. • Set a good example by designing and constructing all City projects in an ecologically sensitive manner. • Work with landowners to promote conservation practices and to coordinate efforts to protect natural areas. • Continue to innovate stormwater management practices through park improvement projects. • Support Washington County's groundwater plan. • Protect wooded upland communities that are more easily developed than wetland communities. • Evaluate design of developments to ensure that both ecological and recreational needs are met. • Support programs to educate residents and encourage community awareness and involvement HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 133 Parks Assessment Multiple sources must be considered when identifying the needs of a parks system. This needs assessment relies on community engagement as part of the Comprehensive Plan Update, research on trends, findings from benchmark communities and analysis completed by nearby communities. Included in this assessment is feedback from "Citizen Input on Parks and Recreation in the City of Hugo, MN" completed in 2010, the White Bear Lake Area Athletic Facilities Needs Assessment, and feedback from the survey completed as part of the Comprehensive Planning Process. DRAFT Dec 14-17 :)r review only T r 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 134 Recreation Outdoor recreation is an important part of the overall health and happiness of Hugo's residents. Residents use and enjoy the parks in many ways, specifically residents actively use or would like to use: Parks that are close to home. Residents indicated parks that are close to home that are accessible by walking or biking were important to them. Natural areal. Natural areas are an important part of the community and residents value them as adding to the rural feel. Trails and parks should be connected and feel like a linked park system. Trails. In survey feedback trail maintenance and development was identified as high-value and of high -importance to the community. Trails are used for many types of activities including walking, hiking, biking, and jogging and in the winter cross-country skiing. The City also has residents that use privately managed snowmobile trails. A limited number of people use trails for horseback riding. Outdoor Activities. Residents also value fields and courts that can be used for different activities such as a dog park, soccer, baseball, tennis, pickleball or basketball Multi -Access Facilities. Facilities that are useful and appealing to residents of all ages are appealing to residents and important as the population ages. Residents want to see activities and amenities that serve a wide range of users. Water Recreation. Residents expressed a desire to see constructed and natural water amenities such as a pool, splash pad and outdoor activities such as boating and winter fishing. The themes resulting from resident feedback indicates that policy makers should continue to develop amenities that use the natural features of the region, provide park amenities that are close to home, continue to maintain and develop trails, and to provide active recreation facilities that serve a variety of purposes and ages. In the near term, policy makers should incorporate these recreational amenities into Lions Park and Irish Avenue Park. As such, plans to incorporate those amenities are under discussion by the City at this time. Recreation in Community Parks The following is a list of Community Parks that have land that has recently been acquired or have opportunities for enhanced amenities: HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 135 �14. i .5. A , r 4 ' i' he - mf' y; � -_ L -ice 6.-= Irish Avenue Park Irish Avenue Park is currently a passive community park. The park is largely prairie open space with several looped nature trails. The trail surface is grass/dirt/gravel and has limited improvements. Winter use includes cross country skiing. The property is accessible from a parking lot off Irish Avenue. An electric remote -control car track, maintained by volunteers and users, is available for public use near the parking area. Purchasing a large tract of land in eastern Hugo was a long-standing goal of the Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Commission. Before the City acquired the property in 2010, it was the location of a controversial gravel pit. Following cleanup of the site, the property was purchased by the City and was immediately made available for public use as a passive park. Prior to the purchase of the property, the future uses of the property as a park were outlined with residents. In the interim, the park is to be used for passive recreation including hiking, allowing off -leash dogs, horseback riding, archery hunting. In the future, facilities would be constructed to provide residents with a large variety of recreation options that include both active and passive recreation options. In a 2017 survey, Hugo residents stated that their top three preferred park amenities for Irish Avenue Park are a pool, playground, and open space. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Hanifl Fields Athletic Park/ Rice Lake Park Hanifl Fields Athletic Park is an active community park that overlooks the passive recreational areas of Rice Lake Park and Paul Hugo Farms State Wildlife Management Area. It is also near Hugo Public Works and the Rice Lake Centre community room. Facilities at the park include up to 5 full sized soccer fields, off-street parking, a large playground structure, and campfire pit. The large park building includes the Hanifl Gathering Room and concession stand which are available to rent. It also has a large outdoor covered pavilion adjacent to the building and playground. It is suitable for large gatherings and special events. A paved path wraps the park property. Rice Lake Park is located 100 yards north of the active areas of Hanifl Fields Athletic Park and Hugo Public Works. The park provides unique opportunities for passive, nature oriented recreation. The parks were formerly developed and used as private gun club prior to being purchased for a future park and Public Works Facility. Development of Hanifl Fields Athletic Park began in 2008 with construction of the soccer fields and parking areas. The shelter and playground were completed in 2010. In the future, the park should be connected by trail to residential and commercial areas in Hugo. A future phase of Hanifl Fields Athletic Park may include an outdoor ice skating rink. "'W PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 136 Lions Park Lions Park is a centrally located community park and home to Hugo Good Neighbor Days. It has a large picnic shelter, tennis/pickleball courts, skate park, playground, ball fields, and grass open space. The picnic shelter and garage is maintained and rented out by the Hugo Lions Club. The park is near Hugo City Hall and the Hardwood Creek Regional Trail. Lions Park was the only public active recreation park in Hugo for many years. There were once lit fields that attracted people from all over the metro to see baseball games in Hugo. Lions Park was home to the first playground in Hugo. The property was once the location of Hugo City Hall and a water tower. Hugo City Hall has since been re -built on property adjacent to Lions Park. A master plan for the park was approved in 2015. Future re- development is to include a large park pavilion with picnic spaces, a warming house/ community room, and restrooms. Park amenities would also include a community sports pad (for tennis, basketball, Pickleball and more) open lawn spaces (for gatherings and sports), an amphitheater, and event plaza/splash pad. The park would also feature landscaped entry plazas at the corners as well as internal and external trails. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE ar�ir< P��Par F Peest manir<uM[ nw�wm,wi,. Park Ame..,.m.i n=e..,w im�on..e...�nrc a. , - - t •_ 5* # .na � P—DROUND EXAMPLES _J�41- Clearwater Creek Preserve Clearwater Creek Preserve is a 105 acre passive community park that provides unique opportunities for nature oriented recreation. The park is currently used primarily for hiking and dog walking and features an un -improved trail that follows Clearwater Creek. The property was acquired in 2004 and has since been expanded with adjacent development. The property has been used for storm water management but also has recreational benefits. The park does not currently have a master plan. The City's general vision has been to continue to offer passive park recreation at the park. Currently, there is an improved access with parking at the south end of the park. Trail connections from additional access points around the park are anticipated. Bernin Property The City of Hugo owns a 24 acre property adjacent to Oneka Lake Park on the south west corner of Oneka Lake, nicknamed the Bernin Property. The Bernin Property is currently not open for public use but will one day be home to a passive park. The The property was acquired in 2002 from the Bernin family, who operated a tree farm on the property. The park does not have a master plan. The City's vision has been to continue to offer passive park recreation at the park. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 137 Parkland Using the standards identified in the 2008 plan and benchmarking metrics from the National Parks and Recreation Association (NPRA), shows that Hugo provides a significant amount of parkland, but that the location of parkland does not necessarily serve residents in future buildout of the City. City Parks According to NRPA standards, there should be one neighborhood park per 5,000 people within 1/2 -'/4 mile of their home, and one community park per 15,000 people within 2 miles of the residents. Hugo today provides more parks per capita than the minimum recommended number of parks for the total population of Hugo, however, the parks are not necessarily located within the recommended service areas. Hugo would need a total of 3.3 neighborhood parks and 1.1 community parks to serve a population of 16,900 (2020 population). If the population grows to 29,000 by 2040, the City will need a total of 5.8 neighborhood parks and 1.9 community parks to meet the minimum NRPA standards for the entire HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE community. The City currently provides and manages 18 parks (13 neighborhood parks and 5 community parks), not including open space and regional parks. While the overall acreage of parkland, exceeds the standards set by the NRPA, not all neighborhoods have neighborhood or community parks within the recommended service areas. As population increases in each neighborhood, the City should acquire parkland in those neighborhoods to serve populations within each neighborhood. The 2030 Comprehensive Plan identified locational criteria and facility needs for Community Parks. Since 2008, the City has acquired land in locations that meet the locational criteria identified in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. A community park at Hanifl Fields with a multi- purpose sports complex was constructed in 2011, the master planning process for Lions Park in downtown has been completed, and the City recently acquired land in Eastern Hugo for Irish Avenue Park. The location of these parks meets the service area needs for the eastern and southern parts of the City. However, the community is still lacking a community park in the northwest corner of the City. Therefore, Map xx — Neighborhood Service Areas, shows a Community Park Search Area in the northwest corner of the City. It is the City's policy that each neighborhood should have parks that serve residents to this standard and that neighborhood and community parks may meet the service area need of the population. Table 6.5 — Parks Servicing Neighborhood Service Areas shows the minimum number of parks needed to serve the population in each neighborhood. As noted previously, the NRPA is moving away from the minimum standards of service, as findings indicate that each City has unique needs. Therefore, if more parkland than the minimum standards is required to serve the population in each neighborhood, the City may acquire land that to meet this need. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 138 NP -1 150 NP -2 17 NP -3 153 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 0 Lions Park* 1-3 NP -4 Frog Hollow Park 4,215 1-3 Heritage Ponds Park 0 0 0 1 Arbre Park Yes 46.7 Aspire Park 1-3 No Val Jean Park 0 1 1-3 Victor Square 10.3 NP -5 Clearwater Creek 1,840 Yes Preserve* 0 0 1 McCollar Park Yes 0 Cove Park 0 1 NP -6 Tower Park 1,329 3 Oak Shore Park N/A NP -7 Beaver Ponds Park 990 N P-8 1,508 NP -9 Diamond Point Park 1,222 NP -10 Oneka Lake Park 1,685 NP -11 102 NP -12 163 Rice Lake Park* Hanifl Fields Athletic Eastern Hugo Park* 3,171 Irish Avenue Park* *Indicates Community Park. All others are Neighborhood Parks HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 0 0 0 1 1-3 Yes 0 0 0 1 1-3 Yes 0 0 0 1 2-3 Yes 46.7 3 1 1.2 1-3 No 115.27 7 C 1-3 No 11.2 2 0 1 1-3 No 15 1 0 1 1-3 Maybe 0 0 0 1 1-3 Yes 12.6 1 0 1 1-3 No 10.3 1 0 1 1-3 Yes 0 0 0 1 1-3 Yes 0 0 0 1 1-3 Yes 195 3 0 N/A N/A N/A PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 139 Trails Trails are a critical component of the Hugo Parks system and beloved by the residents. Table 6-7 — Description of Major Trails and Greenways provides a description of trails that currently exist in the community. Today, trails owned and maintained by the City are primarily constructed along roadways because trail development along roadways allows for reduced construction costs, land that is more easily acquired due to high availability of sufficient right-of-way and landowner acceptance of trails that are integrated with the roadway system. However, residents have expressed a strong need for a variety of trails that connect parks and natural areas. They want trails where they can walk, hike, cross country ski and ride horses. Trails along roads are not suitable for all trail users, therefore, there is a need for Greenways in the City. As neighborhoods grow and new roads are constructed trails will continue to be developed. Table 6-6 — Total Mileage of City and Regional Existing and Proposed Trails shows the total mileage of trails in the City. Table 6-7 Description of Major Trails and Greenways Hardwood Creek Regional Trail DII, • Part of North Star Bicycle Route (US Bicycle Route 41) that extends from the State Capitol to Canada �� • Aligned with Rush Line corridor, designated for a future commuter rail or rapid bus service line 1 • Informational Kiosks and Rest stops at City Hall and 170th Street Table 6-6 Total Mileage of City and Regional Existing and Proposed Trails 12.1 5.2 7.7 69.5 94.5 Oneka Parkway City Trail North / south alignment along Oneka Parkway. Connects residential areas to commercial areas near Frenchman Road Trail Existing with planned future connections. 159th Street/ Heritage Parkway City Trail East / west alignment from western border of Hugo to Hwy 61. Connects residents to Oneka Elementary, Hardwood Creek Trail Existing with planned future Trail, and surrounding residential neighborhoods. connections. Oneka Lake Boulevard East / west alignment from Highway 61 to Green Ave. Connects residents to Hugo Elementary, Hardwood Creek Trail, and Trail Existing with planned future surrounding residential neighborhoods. connections. Clearwater Creek City Trail Follows Clearwater Creek east / west through the Victor Gardens and Clearwater Cove neighborhoods. Connects residents Greenway / Existing with planned future surrounding residential neighborhoods, commercial areas, and nearby parks. Trail connections. Europa Trail/ Fable Hill Parkway City East / west and north / south on Fable Hill Parkway and Europa Trail. Connects residents to Clearwater Creek Preserve, Trail Existing with planned future Trail other nearby parks, Bald Eagle Lake and surrounding residential neighborhoods. connections. Fenway Boulevard Trail North/ south alignment along Fenway Boulevard. Connects residential areas to commercial areas and parks. Trail Existing with planned future connections. Flay Avenue Trail North/ south alignment along Flay Avenue and other roads. Connects residential areas to parks. Trail Existing with planned future connections. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 140 Glacial Hills Regional Trail Regional trail search corridor within Hugo. Proposed east / west alignment along CSAH 4, east of TH 61 to the Washington Final In Washington County County border. alignment to Proposed trail be determined. Hardwood Creek Regional Trai Central Greenway Regional Trail In Washington County Lake Links Regional Trail In Washington & Ramsey Counties Chain of Lakes - Otter Lake Regional Trail In Anoka County Bruce Vento Regional Trail In Ramsey County Frenchman Road Trail / Central Anoka County Regional Trail Bunker Hills / Chain of Lakes Regional Trail EaMEW Gateway State Trail Browns Creek State Trail Located along the west side of Highway 61 from 140th Street to beyond Hugo's northern border. Future extension planned Existing with planned future to Hugo's southern border. Connects trail users to other local trails and parks, natural areas, residential neighborhoods, Trail connections. commercial areas of Hugo to neighboring Forest Lake Regional trail search corridor near Hugo. North / south alignment east of Hugo along County Road 15 through the middle of Final Washington County alignment to Proposed trail be determined. Planned regional trail near Hugo. Future connections proposed between Bruce Vento Regional Trail and the Gateway State Trail Existing with planned future Trail. connections. Final Regional trail search corridor near Hugo. alignment to Proposed trail be determined. Planned regional trail near Hugo. Proposed connection to Hardwood Creek Trail. Trail East / west alignment connecting to Hardwood Creek Trail along Frenchman Road Trail Connects Hugo to Centerville, Lino Lakes, and Rice Creek Chain of Lakes Regional Park. Connects trail users from Hugo to Lino Lakes via the Central Anoka County Regional Trail. Greenway / Trail Located roughly two miles southeast of the City. Access provided via Bruce Vento Regional Trail and Lake Links Regional Greenway Trail. Located roughly nine miles southeast of Hugo. Connects trail users to Gateway State Trail and Stillwater via proposed Lake Greenway Links Regional Trail. Existing with planned future connections. Existing trail Existing trail Existing trail Existing trail Trails and greenways will continue to be developed in the City when new roads are constructed and housing is developed. Trails will align with final location of road and greenway alignment will be determined as part of a development project. Therefore, proposed trail connections may differ than what is shown on the Existing and Proposed Trails Map. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 141 Development Guidelines for Parks, Trails, and Open Space It is important to recognize that most new development will occur in areas where municipal sewer and water area available. Hugo can, therefore, expect a denser population and a higher demand for neighborhood parks and trails in these urban areas of the City. Hugo's neighborhood parks should relate to residential developments. The park system could also serve to buffer incompatible land uses. For example, a park could help provide a buffer between industrial development and residential development. This section provides general guideline for park and trail location and design. Vi�r r - _ 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 Dr review only PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 142 Developing City Parks The City will follow the locational parameters of the NRPA for neighborhood parks and community parks, as shown in Table 6.8 — NRPA Locational Criteria and Activities for Neighborhood and Community Parks. Neighborhood Park Boundaries and Community Park Search Area In 2008, the City identified Neighborhood Park Service Areas within the MUSA based on physical barriers in the landscape. Based on projected population, the neighborhood boundaries were updated in 2017 to better capture expected population growth in those areas. Each neighborhood is approximately 1 square mile. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 'ted r,. -r 1yT.�. -_•Y•� - — _-Cr Table 6-8 NRPA Locational Criteria and Activities for Neighborhood and Community Parks In Urban Service Areas 1 park/ 5,000 5-20 Typically include a playground, athletic fields, defined by physical features Neighborhood Park people 1/4-1/2 Mile Acres natural scenery, and picnic shelter. such as roads and water bodies. May include facilities for hiking or other 1 park/ 20-200 passive recreation activities. May include Near natural amenities Community Park 15,000 2 miles Acres picnic shelters, large sports facilities or other Easily accessible off a major people active recreation facilities that accommodate road. significant gatherings. *Acreage may be distributed within a neighborhood or in the case of community parks, throughout the community. For example, a neighborhood may have two, 2'h acre parks PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 143 Since the City still does not technically have a community park in the northwest corner of the City, the Neighborhood Park Service Area Map (Map also identifies a community park search area in the northwest corner of the City. As noted previously, in this case a community park or a neighborhood park could provide services to the residents of this area. Generally, this location is appropriate for a community park because of high regional access via County Road 4, it offers the opportunity to take advantage of and protect existing natural resources and is located near neighborhoods that are projected to be more densely populated, thereby increasing the demand for parks in that area of town. ViO60 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 144 Development Design for Neighborhood and Community Park Developmnet It is the City's goal to work with developers to provide ecologically sensitive developments. Park dedication and construction of trails and sidewalks is required to provide for the needs of the residents. Preserve and enhance high quality natural areas through development. Obtain land using park dedication as development occurs. Only suitable land is accepted for parks or trails. The City might accept wetlands or other undevelopable land areas that could be incorporated into the park system but dedication credit will not be given for these areas. • Require construction and dedication of trail corridors when the land is developed. • Require developments to incorporate greenways where proposed. This could be done through site design, storm water management, park land dedication, trail construction, or other means of accommodating the greenway corridor. • Encourage buffers around wetland and shoreland areas. • Encourage preservation of trees and other significant natural resources. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE When locating parks within the neighborhoods, the City should refer to the following general guidelines for neighborhood and community park development: General Guidelines for Neighborhood and Community Park Development Accept only suitable land as dedicated parkland. The City might accept some wetlands and undevelopable land areas that could be incorporated into the park system but dedication credit will not be given for these areas. 2. Locate parks in areas where they can be expanded to accommodate future residential growth in the area. 3. Try to locate parks in a central area that provides safe and convenient access to all residents of the neighborhood service area. 4. Integrate trails and natural areas into the parks. Where wetlands exist, consider locating parks next to wetlands to expand the visual area of the park. 5. Park land should preserve natural resources and wildlife corridors, preferably within the Greenway Corridor. 6. Trails or sidewalk connections should be provided between parks and neighborhoods and along wildlife and greenway corridors. 7. When locating parks, the City should balance walkability with population density. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 145 I,I 11 1111■■■�■ �� II■■I�r.■■� i � D sur , . :. ■=� rl - ; �. �I■IIIIIII ®: ■ _ ■ ■■■�� ■� � 11 W-11 oil Y=�ark � � r�■�IYJI■ 5 I 20 I ' _ 16 • �� ■■111■ �1\I■ .I Il 27 Rice Lake_■■ 17 1 7th �IIIIIII � _= 111■■ .- --� -, �I - ■11111 ,,y ■■ . - . �� r. - 111 ■ _� I13 3 I ■� 1 ' ■ , . x,11111 IIII ...■_ 23 ._= - ■�■r �■■ \ t_ 1 ■ 21 � �: ■ ..�'r .. NONE --- ■ II11 >,- X11 11_ �M�■�L��'_l__=��i� ��. ---��r'`..�III■�■I DRAFT Dec14-17 for rev; C17Y F E-ST.1g06 DRAFT Neighborhood Park Service Area Map Neighborhood Park Service Area Community Park Search Area City Park DNR Park Undeveloped City Property - City Facility School .. —, Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary LParcel Street 1. Paul Hugo Farms WMA 15. Rice Lake Park 2. Lions Park 16. Oneka Lake Boat Launch 3. Beaver Ponds Park 17. Irish Avenue Park 4. Tower Park 18. Cove Park 5. Frog Hollow Park 19. Aspire Park 6. Victor Square Park 20. Oneka Lake Park 7. Arbre Park 21. Bald Eagle Lake Access 8. Clearwater Creek Preserve 22. Bernin Property 9. Heritage Ponds Park 23. Sunset Lake Access South 10. Val Jean Park 24. Sunset Lake Access North 11. McCollar Park 25. Goodview Property 12. Diamond Point Park 26. Plaisted Property 13. Oak Shore Park 27. Property North of St. John's Cemetary 14. Hanifl Fields Athletic Park 28.1920 School House Site 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 6-4 Developing Trails and Sidewalks Trails and sidewalks serve many purposes. They are the recreational connectors of the neighborhood and can provide opportunities for traveling to school and work. While the culture has moved to cars to provide the primary mode of transportation, trails and sidewalks remain one of the most used parks amenity in communities. People use trails for several purposes. Some use trails primarily for transportation (traveling from a home to a school, park, or place of business). Others use trails for recreation (nature walks, cross- country skiing, and horseback riding). Although a trail can function for transportation and recreation, transportation trails are mostly concerned with getting trail users from one place to another safely and efficiently. As a result, they often follow the road system. Trails used primarily for transportation are identified as "trails" or "paved shoulders" in this Comprehensive Plan. Recreation trails, on the other hand, are mostly concerned with the recreational experience of the user. These trails take advantage of a variety of natural and cultural amenities. For example, they are often found next to creeks, lakes, and woodlands. These trails are identified as "Greenways" in this plan. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 147 Sidewalks serve several purposes within a community, including providing alternative transportation routes for individuals who choose not to drive, provide safe routes for exercise, provide connections to neighborhood parks and provide opportunities for neighbors to connect with each other. The City should encourage sidewalks as part of new developments within the urban area. The City has completed an update to the existing Existing and Proposed Trails Plan (see Map xx — Existing and Proposed Trails). This new plan shows the potential trail routes in the City that are desired by the community. Different trail types require different locational needs. Table 6-9 (Locational Criteria for Trail Types) provides guidance on the most desirable locations for different trail types. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE General Guidelines for Greenway, Trail and Sidewalk Development The following guidelines apply to Hugo's trail system: Use the Existing and Proposed Trails Map (Map 6-5) as a general guide for trail development, but work with residents, landowners, and developers in designing and constructing specific trails. This plan does not recommend acquiring land for trails through eminent domain. 2. Provide trails that link important areas of the City. For example, provide trails that link major residential areas to schools, the downtown area, parks, and regional trails. 3. Do not expect the City to design, fund, build, and maintain every trail in Hugo. Snowmobilers and equestrians, in particular, have worked with private landowners to provide trails on private land and they should continue to do this. The City can help coordinate planning efforts between the various organizations that are interested in developing trails in Hugo. 4. Design the trail system to be accessible to people with physical disabilities. Guidelines for developing accessible trails are available from many sources, including the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. 5. Provide trail loops of various lengths that allow users to return to their starting point without backtracking. 6. Although topography can add interest to a trail, avoid constructing trails in areas that will require extensive cut and fill. 7. Design and construct trails with proposed development. Do not wait until after development has already occurred. 8. Provide a maintenance program that ensures trails will be properly maintained. Poorly maintained trails are more of a liability than an asset. 9. Trails should be planned to connect to other nearby regional trials and trails in other communities. PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 148 Table 6-9 General Guidelines for Trail Development Greenway (Paved) Generally located in areas not along roadways as shown on the Existing X X X X X X and Proposed Trails Map Trails Located along -side roads shown on Existing and Proposed Trails Map X X X X X X X X Sidewalk Located along local streets in MUSA X X X X X X X Paved Shoulder The City will support paved shoulder trail development if required X X X X X X by Washington County, however, it is generally not a desirable trail development type in the City *This table is not intended to be prescriptive, rather, it is a recommendation on best practices in the City. There may be cases where locating a trail according to the table is not practical or feasible. Therefore, policy -makers should consider a variety of factors when considering how to locate a new trail. �-JW A. FIT _ , *A r�F � 14 e-0 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE 149 +�— -keake J�� zllll��lls� i SunsetLake g a Round Lake I E OL— Lake Trail DRAFT Existing and Proposed Trails Map City Park DNR Park Undeveloped City Property Regional Trail - Existing Regional Trail - Proposed City Trail - Existing - - City Trail - Proposed Sidewalks - -, Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels EOpen Water - Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 6-5 )RAFT Dec 14-17 for review only .Ihil I III i SunsetLake g a Round Lake I E OL— Lake Trail DRAFT Existing and Proposed Trails Map City Park DNR Park Undeveloped City Property Regional Trail - Existing Regional Trail - Proposed City Trail - Existing - - City Trail - Proposed Sidewalks - -, Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels EOpen Water - Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 6-5 )RAFT Dec 14-17 for review only 41� lb� Chapter 7 k z k" 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE A variety of factors such as natural or manmade disasters, environmental and economic instability, and lack of community cohesion test and define a City's resiliency. Resilient communities seek solutions to today's problems and prepare for potential outcomes. This chapter outlines how the City of Hugo is approaching resiliency through disaster preparedness and proactive planning. RESILIENCE 151 Disaster Preparedness Natural disasters are sudden and unpredictable. Extreme weather events such as ice storms, extreme heat, tornados and floods can have devastating effects on a community. To prepare, the City should evaluate probable outcomes of these events and continually update its emergency operations plan. The City should also ensure critical infrastructure is backed -up where possible and will continue to function in times of need. Guiding principles of the City's approach to disaster preparedness include: • Ensuring swift, immediate response to disasters • Provide fast and effective recovery efforts • Promote measures to minimize or prevent effects of disasters 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Protecting Critical Diversifying the Energy Supply Infrastructure Electricity In addition to the physical damage caused by natural disasters, energy supply is an important concern due to its critical role in urban infrastructures. In the event of a natural disaster or cyber -attack, lack of electricity could jeopardize systems that provide necessary services like water, sewer, food and potentially vital heating or cooling. Hugo is served by two electric providers, Xcel and Connexus, which provide valuable redundancy in the City's energy supply. In the event that standard systems are down, it is important the City is well-trained to respond and has back-up power sources in place. To accomplish this, the City should: • Regularly train City staff, first responders and maintenance crews in disaster preparedness. • Diversify energy supply and backup infrastructure with solar, natural gas and gasoline generators. • Evaluate the feasibility of backing -up critical infrastructure such as wells, pumps and sewer lift stations with alternate power sources such as the City's existing natural gas network. • Designate safe areas where the City's portable generators and emergency supplies will be located to provide continued support to the public. Solar Solar energy is an independent form of energy that demands less of natural resources. This form of power can be stored and used in times of need by Hugo residents, businesses and institutions, making it a reliable alternate power source. Solar energy also adds to a community's resiliency by lessening its dependence on fossil fuels and other finite energy sources. The dual benefits of solar energy makes it an important resiliency element, thus the City should promote and reduce barriers to its development through policy and goals: RESILIENCE 152 Solar Access Protection Goals The following are the City's goals for solar access protection: • To ensure reasonable access to direct sunlight is available to all parcels so that alternative forms of energy can be used to supplement or replace conventional forms of energy. • To reduce maintenance and energy costs of public facilities and infrastructure. Policies for Solar Access Protection It is the city's policy to: 1. Ensure existing levels of solar access are maintained in developed neighborhoods. 2. Encourage future site and building plans to maximize efforts to design for efficient use of solar energy 3. Evaluate and use where possible solar energy design elements for future public facilities and infrastructure development. 4. Work with the League of Minnesota Cities, University of Minnesota Extension Services, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Washington County, the Builders Association of the Twin Cities and other agencies to develop programs that increase use of solar energy systems. The City has adopted a solar ordinance to allow solar energy systems on individual homes and solar farms in the Long Term Agricultural (LA), Agricultural (AG), Rural Residential (RR), and Future Urban Service (FUS) Districts. The gross solar generation potential and the gross solar rooftop generation potential are estimates of how much electricity could be generated using existing technology and assumptions on the efficiency of conversion. The Metropolitan Council estimates that the potential for solar in the community is shown in Table 7.1 and the locations where there is the most potential for solar generation is shown in Figure 7-1. Gross Solar Potential is not an indication of suitability for the siting of solar in the community. It only indicates potential. Table 7-1 Solar Potential in H 59,424,502 I-evzol-61:1 5,942,450 4.- 12/20/2016 Figure 7-1 Gross Solar Potential, Hugo 0.s 3 Miles Gross Solar Potential (Watt-hours per Year) - High : 1327589 Low: 900001 - Solar Potential under 900,000 watt-hours per year -_-_� County Boundaries _ I City and Township Boundaries Wetlands and Open Water Features Source: University of Minnesota U -Spatial Statewide Solar Raster. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE RESILIENCE 153 Cyber Security With the increasing reliance on computers and wireless services for infrastructure and operational control, there is more risk of the City becoming susceptible to cyber security threats. Hugo will continually evaluate strategies to mitigate cyber security threats and prepare for disaster response. Proactive Planning Cities should remain in -tune with their economic, environmental and regional context through proactive planning. A holistic and forward -thinking approach when managing development, resources, and community connections are important means of enforcing resiliency. A guiding principal of the City as it implements proactive planning is the idea of being able to function independently and sustainably while maintaining strong regional connections. The City of Hugo has become a highly regarded community due to its stewardship of water resources and thoughtful community planning. The City should continue to implement these measures and build on its resiliency. 'Mm� (Aob% HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE RESILIENCE 154 Water Resources Stormwater Stewardship When it rains, stormwater collects on the landscape and recycles back into the water supply. In urban environments this stormwater can have a damaging effect on buildings and roads if it stays on the ground for too long. As a result, storm sewers have played a vital role in the development of cities by directing storm water away from infrastructure and into surrounding waterbodies. This disruption to the hydrologic cycle creates a number of problems for our water supply and the health of the rivers, lakes and streams we rely on. As water issues become more pressing, urban environments have begun to recognize this untapped resource as a solution. The City of Hugo has been at the forefront stormwater reuse in the state of Minnesota by irrigating large portions of the City with stormwater instead of valuable drinking water. This enforces the City's resiliency in three ways: 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 1. Diversifying the Water Supply - By irrigating large portions within the City with stormwater, Hugo has reduced its costs and demands on the drinking water supply. Stormwater reuse also allows more opportunity for stormwater to seep into the ground and replenish the aquifer — which is important to Hugo because the community often relies on groundwater from wells. As water becomes an increasingly valuable and debated resource throughout the nation, the ability to use alternative water resources will play a crucial role in ensuring the City can supply enough safe drinkable water to the community. 2. Flood Control —As traditional urban environments develop, more roads, buildings and unpaved surfaces will route water into downstream water bodies. Rivers, lakes and streams have a finite capacity and will flood when overwhelmed. The City of Hugo's water reuse efforts capture and utilize millions of gallons of stormwater each year before it reaches downstream water bodies. This frees up capacity in our rivers, lakes and streams and reduces the risk of flooding. 3. Environmental Protection —Infiltration of stormwater into the ground serves two important functions: replenishing groundwater supply and filtering out pollutants. When stormwater does not filter through the ground, it is full of contaminants when it reaches larger water systems. As a result increased levels of phosphates, chlorides and other pollutants are compromising water quality throughout the world. By reusing stormwater instead of discarding it, Hugo's contribution to pollutants entering downstream water bodies is admirably minimal and creates safer and more resilient water resources. Stormwater reuse is one approach to finding innovative solutions to today's problems. Hugo has played a role in shaping the conversation around this practice and should continue to educate and reduce barriers to its implementation. As a resiliency tactic, stormwater reuse proves many benefits and is becoming an increased priority in the City. Hugo should develop policy and incentives for stormwater reuse in new development projects, and continue its efforts to retrofit existing systems. RESILIENCE 155 Community and Economic Cohesion The physical structure of a City also influences resiliency. A holistic understanding of a community's character, goals, and regional context will guide strong planning and facilitate cohesion among community and economic realms. Community and economic cohesion occur when a City's residential and business communities have the resources necessary to support each other and succeed. This would not be possible without strong partnerships and thoughtful planning. To accomplish this, the City should incorporate the following into its planning of community and economic growth: • Plan for future transit and multimodal oriented development. • Increase walkability and expand trail connections. • Develop streets with multiple functions and experiential opportunities. • Create desirable spaces through place -making efforts. • Coordinate transportation with regional job clusters. • Establish/encourage design standards that complement the community's character. • Conserve historic and natural resources. • Implement green infrastructure and energy conservation. • Discourage development in hazardous zones. • Brand the community. • Think beyond community boundaries. • Build partnerships. • Do what is feasible and not premature HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE RESILIENCE 156 3-71 Lr M"?r Chapter 8 Transportation 4P 10 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFTDecl4-17 A —LTXT for review only The purpose of this Transportation Plan is to set a multimodal transportation vision for the City of Hugo through the year 2040. The transportation system in Hugo generally operates well today. The City's multimodal transportation system includes facilities for vehicles, freight, walking, bicycling and transit. Facilities are operated by a number of agencies, including the City of Hugo, Washington County, the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT). As the owners of the transportation network in Hugo (i.e. City of Hugo, Washington County and MnDOT) advance their respective Capital Improvement Programs (CIPs), this Plan is intended to serve as an important resource and reference in establishing priorities and advancing transportation projects for implementation. Advancing these projects from a planning to implementation phase will require collaborative discussions among the City, County, MnDOT, adjacent communities, Metropolitan Council, residents and others to conduct traffic studies, finalize designs, preserve rights-of-way, obtain environmental clearances and leverage necessary financial resources. Effective transportation planning is an important part of the City's Comprehensive Plan. Residents must be provided with transportation facilities and services which meet mobility needs in an efficient and safe manner. Transportation facilities, at the same time, need to be planned and constructed so as to limit negative social, environmental, and aesthetic impacts to the greatest degree feasible. In addition, residents who cannot or choose not to drive need to have transportation options to meet their daily needs. This transportation chapter has been prepared in compliance with State of Minnesota Statutes and applicable Metropolitan Council guidelines. As part of this Plan, the City has reviewed existing and future conditions for each mode and identified safety, operations, and network improvements that will be important to address over the 2040 planning horizon. Goals, objectives and specific strategies have been identified collaboratively by the City, Washington County, MnDOT and citizens within the framework of Metropolitan Council requirements. The vision and associated strategies outlined in this Plan were established by considering existing and forecasted conditions, City of Hugo priorities, regional travel patterns and a variety of other factors. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 158 Objectives There are three primary objectives of this Transportation chapter: 1. To provide a guidance document for City staff and elected officials regarding the planning and implementation of effective transportation facilities and systems over the planning horizon. 2. To give private citizens and businesses background on transportation issues and allow them to be better informed regarding the City's decision-making on transportation issues. 3. To communicate to other government agencies Hugo's perspectives and intentions regarding transportation planning issues. The preparation of the document also has provided stakeholders with the opportunity to have input into the transportation planning process. Transportation Glossary CIP: Capital Improvement Plan — five-year plan for capital investments in the transportation system and in other capital assets owned by the City (equipment, buildings, etc.). CR: County Road — county -owned roadway that does not receive State funding. Critical Crash Rate: Statistical indicator of a safety problem at a location. If crash rates at a location are above the critical crash rate, it indicates that the location has a crash rate that is statistically significant compared to similar roadways. CSAH: County State Aid Highway — county -owned roadway that receives State Aid funding. MOOT: Minnesota Department of Transportation. RBTN: Regional Bicycle Transportation Network — existing and planned regional bicycle network established by the Metropolitan Council. TH: Trunk Highway — State highway owned and operated by MnDOT. TPP: Transportation Policy Plan — Regional transportation plan for the Twin Cities metropolitan region, developed by the Metropolitan Council. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 159 Transportation Planning Context Transportation facilities should effectively serve land uses which the City supports and/or anticipates. The remainder of this chapter was prepared with the goal of supporting the land -use vision identified and discussed in Chapter x. Other aspects of the planning context are studies that the City has performed such as the Downtown Redevelopment Study, the County Road 8 Corridor Plan, and the TH 61 Corridor Plan. A key aspect of transportation planning is effective coordination between different governmental agencies as transportation authorities In the case of Hugo, this includes the Metropolitan Council, Mn/ DOT, Washington County, and neighboring communities. As part of the process of preparing this transportation chapter, transportation planning documents prepared by other agencies were reviewed and considered. This included the following: • Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan • MnDOT Statewide Transportation Plan • Washington County Transportation Plan • Anoka County Transportation Plan • Transportation plans of adjacent communities (Lino Lakes, Forest Lake, Grant, and White Bear Township) • TH 61 Corridor Memorandum of Understanding Previous Transportation Plan The previous Hugo Transportation Plan was prepared in 2008. The work included as part of this chapter has used that document as a base. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 160 Summary of Regional Strategies This plan has been prepared to be consistent with the regional transportation strategies outlined in the Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan (TPP). The TPP is a regional plan that evaluates the existing transportation system, identifies transportation challenges to the region, and sets regional goals, objectives, and priorities to meet the transportation needs of current residents while accommodating the region's anticipated growth. The TPP also guides local agencies in coordinating land use and transportation and establishes regional performance measures and targets. Funding is a key constraint that is acknowledged in the TPP. Current transportation revenue will not meet the region's transportation needs through 2040. As a result, the TPP includes two long-term investment scenarios: a fiscally -constrained scenario that identifies projects anticipated to be funded based on current revenue projections, and an increased revenue scenario that identifies project priorities should additional transportation funding become available. Under the current fiscally constrained revenue scenario, the TPP is focused on operations and maintenance of the existing transportation system. Investments in highway mobility and access are limited to those projects that address multiple TPP goals and objectives. The increased revenue scenario would allow additional investments in operations and maintenance, as well as regional mobility, access, safety, and bicycle/pedestrian improvements. However, congestion 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE cannot be greatly reduced under even the increased revenue scenario. Under both scenarios, proposed investments are focused on areas of the metro with the greatest existing and future challenges and anticipated growth. Hugo is classified by the Metropolitan Council under the Emerging Suburban Edge and Diversified Rural community designation. Emerging Suburban Edge communities are in the early stages of transitioning into urbanized levels of development. Emerging Suburban Edge communities are expected to plan for forecasted population and household growth at average densities of at least three to five units per acre for new development and redevelopment. They are expected to target opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments at densities and in a manner articulated in the 2040 Transportation Policy Plan. Diversified Rural communities include large -lot residential, clustered housing, hobby farms and agricultural uses. They have an anticipated growth not to exceed forecasts and in patterns that do not exceed four units per 40 acres. They are also expected to manage land uses to prevent the premature demand for extension of urban services, and so that existing service levels will meet service needs. The TPP does not include any planned regional transit investments in Hugo. The TPP is guided by the following goals: • Transportation system stewardship: Sustainable investments in the transportation system are protected by strategically preserving, maintaining, and operating system assets. • Safety and Security: The regional transportation system is safe and secure for all users. • Access to Destinations: People and businesses prosper by using a reliable, affordable, and efficient multimodal transportation system that connects them to destinations throughout the region and beyond. • Competitive Economy: The regional transportation system supports the economic competitiveness, vitality, and prosperity of the region and State. • Healthy Environment: The regional transportation system advances equity and contributes to communities' livability and sustainability while protecting the natural, cultural, and developed environments. • Leveraging Transportation Investment to Guide Land Use: The region leverages transportation investments to guide land use and development patterns that advance the regional vision of stewardship, prosperity, livability, equity, and sustainability. TRANSPORTATION 161 Existing Roadway System The sections below provide information about the existing roadway system in Hugo, including existing number of lanes, existing roadway jurisdiction, existing functional classification, existing traffic, existing safety, and access management. This chapter also includes summary recommendations from recent plans and corridor studies. The City of Hugo within the regional roadway network is depicted on Figure 8-1. Important regional roadways which pass through or adjacent to the City are: 1-35E and Trunk Highway (TH) 61. Communities which are adjacent to Hugo are: Forest Lake, White Bear Lake, White Bear Township, Lino Lakes, May Township, and Grant. A 1 +I - _ r dMelift. r r. '9,• 7 4• - � F • ' r Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 162 Functional Classification DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only The functional classification system groups roadways into classes based on roadway function and purpose. Functional classification is based on both transportation and land use characteristics, including roadway speeds, access to adjacent land, connection to important land uses, and the length of trips taken on the roadway. Four classes of roadways are included in the seven -county metropolitan area functional classification system: principal arterials, minor arterials, collector streets, and local streets. Figure 8-2 shows the existing functional classification of each road in the City of Hugo. The following sections describe each functional class in greater detail and indicate which roadways fall into each classification. The functional classification system organizes a roadway and street network that distributes traffic from local neighborhood streets to collector roadways, then to minor arterials and ultimately the principal arterial system. Roads are placed into categories based on the degree to which they provide access to adjacent land and mobility for through traffic. Functional classification gives an indication of the relative hierarchy of roadways in the transportation network. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 163 Principal Arterials Principal arterials are roadways that provide the greatest level of mobility and access control. Within the metropolitan area, the great majority of principal arterials are under MnDOT jurisdiction. Principal arterials are typically Interstate highways or other state or US freeways or expressways. These facilities are intended to serve trips greater than eight miles and express transit trips. Spacing of principal arterials varies within developing areas of the metropolitan area. Typically, these facilities are spaced between two and six miles apart. These facilities connect regional business and commercial concentrations, transportation terminals, and large institutions within the metropolitan area. Principal arterials also connect to other cities, regions, and states outside of the metropolitan area. Principal arterials are intended to maintain average speeds of 40 mph during peak traffic periods. To maintain mobility and speeds on principal arterials, land access and transportation system connections are limited. There is little to no direct land access from principal arterials. Intersections are limited to interstate freeways, other principal arterials, and "A" Minor arterials. Access points are typically grade - separated or controlled with a signal and are spaced one to two miles apart. One existing principal arterial is located adjacent to the City of Hugo. As part of the interstate highway system, 135E runs adjacent to the west boarder in the City of Lino Lakes, connecting the city to the rest of the metropolitan area, state, and nation. The 2040 Transportation Policy Plan does not propose any additional principal arterials within the City. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 164 Minor Arterials Minor arterials maintain a focus on mobility, but provide more land access than principal arterials. Minor arterials are intended to serve trips of four to eight miles in length. Within developing areas of the metro, these facilities are spaced between one and two miles apart. Minor arterials connect cities and towns within the region and link to regional business and commercial concentrations. Access points along minor arterials are generally atgrade and typically controlled with signals or stop signs. During peak traffic, minor arterials in developing areas are intended to maintain 30 mph average speeds. As a result, transportation system connections are limited to interstate freeways, other principal arterials, other minor arterials, collectors, and some local streets. Land access is limited to concentrations of commercial and industrial land uses. The Metropolitan Council has established a system of "A" Minor and "Other" arterials. "A" Minor arterials are eligible for federal funding administered by the Metropolitan Council. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only The Metropolitan Council has further split "A" Minor arterials into four types, described below: • Relievers: Arterials located parallel to congested principal arterials. The purpose of "A" Minor Relievers is to provide additional capacity in congested corridors. • Augmenters: Arterials that supplement the principal arterials system within urban centers and urban communities. • Expanders: Arterials that supplement principal arterials in less -densely developed areas of the metro area. • Connectors: Arterials that provide connections between rural towns and connect rural areas with the principal arterial system. Table 8-1 summarizes the "A" Minor Arterial roadways within Hugo: Table 8-1 "A" Minor Arterials Roadway From 1W 'k-- Wr TO .- TH 61 Southern City Limit 170th St (CSAH 4) Expander TH 61 170th St (CSAH 4) Northern City Limit Connector Frenchman Rd (CSAH 8) Western City Limit TH 61 Connector 170th St (CSAH 4) TH 61 Eastern City Limit Connector 120th St/122nd St (CSAH 7) Southern City Limit Eastern City Limit Connector Keystone Ave (CSAH 9) 122nd St (CSAH 7) Southern City Limit Connector "Other" Arterials (formerly known as "B" Minor Arterials) have a similar focus on mobility above land access. These roadways connect major traffic generators in the region. "Other" Arterials are not eligible for federal funding. Currently there are no "Other" Arterials within Hugo. TRANSPORTATION 165 Collectors DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Major and minor collector roadways provide linkages to larger developments and community amenities. They generally do not link communities to one another. Collector roadways generally favor access to the system over mobility, but try to balance the two competing needs. These roadways are generally lower speed than the principal or minor arterial routes. They are usually owned and operated by cities, although counties operate some of these facilities. Within the City of Mahtomedi, one major collector roadway is owned and operated by the City of Hugo. Collectors are intended to serve trips of one to four miles in length. Collectors link minor arterials, other collectors, and local streets. Major collectors typically serve higher density residential areas and concentrations of commercial and industrial land uses. These facilities tend to serve longer trips than minor collectors. Minor collectors serve fewer trips than major collectors and typically link lower density residential and commercial land uses. The Major and Minor collectors within the City of Hugo are summarized in Table 8-2. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table 8-2 Maior and Minor Collectors 137th St / 140th St / Isleton Ave / 130th St / Jody Ave (CSAH 8) 170th St (CSAH 4) Jeffrey Ave / 152nd St / Keystone Ave / Keller Ave (CR 57) TH 61 Western City Limit 170th St (CSAH 4) 122nd St (CSAH 7) TH 61 122nd St (CSAH 7) Major Collector Minor Collector Minor Collector TRANSPORTATION 166 .ocal Roadways The primary function of local roadways is land access. Local roadways are all roadways that are not arterials or collectors. Local roadways connect individual land parcels with other local roadways and collectors. Trips on local roadways are typically less than two miles and speeds are typically low. Local roadways are under the jurisdiction of the City of Hugo. Planned Functional Classification Several functional classification changes are recommended in response to changes in traffic patterns, development patterns, and increased population and employment in the City. Planned functional classification changes are listed below in Table 8-3. Figure 8-3 provides a map Illustrating the planned 2040 Functional Classification system for the City of Hugo. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Table 8-3 Planned Functional Classification Changes 170th Street (CR 4) TH 61 1-35E Minor Collector to "A" Minor Arterial Connector (1) Ingersoll Ave / 155th St / Irish Ave 170th St (CSAH 4) 140th St (CSAH 8) Local Street to Major Collector 157th St / Oneka Lake Blvd / 147th St Ingersoll Ave TH 61 Local Street to Major Collector 147th St / Rosemary Way TH 61 Elmcrest Ave Local Street to Major Collector Oneka Pkwy Frenchman Rd (CSAH 8) Northern City Limit Local Street to Major Collector Goodview Ave Southern City Limit 170th St (CSAH 4) Local Street to Minor Collector Finley Ave 159th St Northern City Limit Local Street to Minor Collector Oneka Pkwy 140th St Frenchman Rd (CSAH Local Street to Minor Collector Fenway Blvd 130th St Frenchman Rd (CSAH Local Street to Minor Collector Elmcrest Ave Frenchman Rd (CSAH 8) Northern City Limit Local Street to Minor Collector 165th St Ingersoll Ave Elmcrest Ave Local Street to Minor Collector 159th St TH 61 Oneka Pkwy Local Street to Minor Collector Heritage Pkwy Oneka Pkwy Elemcrest Ave Local Street to Minor Collector 140th St TH 61 Western City Limit Local Street to Minor Collector 130th St Goodview Ave Fenway Blvd Local Street to Minor Collector 125th St Goodview Ave TH 61 Local Street to Minor Collector (1) With the future interchange identified by Anoka County at 1-35E. This roadway will provide an important connection to the freeway system from northern Washington County. The City anticipates working with Mn/DOT, Washington County, and Anoka County on these proposed changes. TRANSPORTATION 167 wow _� i >r Dayton ► 169 f Blaine ® Centerville Hugo Lakes y-� -70 • Maple Grove % Brooklyn Park .Sr. 'ry t C , • t ` ,' \ ` 61 • - 12 i 952 y Minneapolis t �•• �Ole St. Louis Park _ 952 \�++ ' • I r i I } h tr Woodbury. 169 f Edina. • Richfield / t, 52 r" den,Prairie ♦ •I 1V t ' Bloomington _ 10 ` �00'.�2� _• ® � „Eagan I r n Document Path: K:\03288-140\GIS\Maps\Transportation\Figure 1 - regional—d Date Saved: 12/14/2017 12:43:34 PM Of �r C17Y C)F fw,w Regional Road Network Map Project Location County: Washington District: MMrO 0 1.25 2.5 5 (1 Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 Map 8-1 )RAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Document Path: K:\03288-140\GIS\MapskTmnsportation\Figure 2 - functional—d! Date Saved: 12/14/2017 12:43:58 PM K ST 04(Vf Existing Functional Road Classification Map Principal Arterial A Minor Expander A Minor Connector Major Collector Minor Collector Railroads Lakes Wetlands Regional Park I Hugo 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 on 4%J - CI-rY OF EST, ING 2040 Functional Road Classification Map Principal Arterial A Minor Expander A Minor Connector Major Collector Minor Collector Future Roadway Railroads Lakes Wetlands Regional Park L Hugo 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 -)RAFT Dec14-17 for review onh ' Map 8-3 Jurisdictional Classification Roadways are classified on the basis of which level of government owns and has jurisdiction over the given facility. The three levels of government that have involvement are the State of Minnesota (Mn/ DOT), Washington County, and the City of Hugo. Mn/DOT owns/ maintains the Trunk Highway (TH) system and Washington County the County State Aid Highway (CSAH) and County Road (CR) system The City owns/maintains the local streets, including Municipal State Aid (MSA) streets. Figure 8-4 provides a map depicting the jurisdictional classification of the overall roadway network serving Hugo and its residents and businesses. Municipal State Aid Streets Cities in Minnesota with populations greater than 5,000 are eligible to receive Municipal State Aid (MSA) funding from the state Highway User Tax Distribution Fund. The basic purpose of this program is to help local governments construct and maintain collector and arterial roadways which have consistent design standards and which are well integrated into the overall network of collector and arterial roadways. The State Aid system typically consists of a maximum of 20% of the City's roadway mileage. The State Aid office of MnDOT has established clearly defined design requirements for MSA streets. These requirements ensure that capacity, operational, and safety goals are met in a uniform manner from community to community, and that street systems are well coordinated with each other. Based on State Statute, Sections 169.80 and 169.87, MnDOT does not allow cities to restrict truck traffic on MSA streets. DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 171 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only I " - T ly TT TA" !3 FST. V)(If, Jurisdictional Road Classification Map 0 0.25 0.5 12/14/2017 U.S. Highway (MNDOT) Washington County Roads Hugo Municipal Streets Railroads Lakes Wetlands Regional Park Hugo )RAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Existing Roadway Capacity and Safety Roadway capacity and roadway safety are two key indicators of how well the roadway system is meeting the City's transportation needs. The sections below provide information to better understand capacity and safety issues within the City of Hugo. Existing Roadway Capacity A roadway's capacity indicates how many vehicles may use a roadway before it experiences congestion. Capacity is largely dependent upon the number of lanes. Table 8-4 below lists planning -level thresholds that indicate a roadway's capacity. Additional variation (more or less capacity) on an individual segment is influenced by a number of factors including: amount of access, type of access, peak hour percent of traffic, directional split of traffic, truck percent, opportunities to pass, and amount of turning traffic, the availability of dedicated turn lanes, parking availability, intersection spacing, signal timing and a variety of other factors. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Table 8-4 Planni Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000 Arterials Two-lane divided or three -lane undivided 15,000 17,000 Four -lane undivided 18,000 22,000 Four -lane divided or five -lane undivided 28,000 Four -lane freeway 60,000 Freeways Six -lane freeway Eight -lane freeway or higher 32,000 80,000 90,000 120,000 Calculated on a segment by segment basis Source: FHWA Highway Capacity Manual and WSB Experience from Previous Projects 11UG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 173 Existing Capacity Problems on Arterial Roads At the planning level, capacity problems are identified by comparing the existing number of lanes with current traffic volumes. Table 8-5 illustrate the existing number of lanes on arterial roadways within the City. Figure 8-5 illustrates existing traffic volumes on Principal Arterial, A -Minor Arterials and other significant roadways within the City. As shown in the table, no arterial roadway located within or adjacent to the City have more than four lanes. All other arterial roadways have four or fewer lanes. TH 61 is the only roadway that transition between two lanes and three lanes (one travel lane in each direction with a dedicated left -turn lane). All City of Hugo existing volumes are below or within the planning level capacity thresholds shown in Table 8-4, however, some congestion does occur along some primary routes, such as TH 61, due to operational constraints at intersections. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only ... El Functional Classification Roadway Name Location Number of Lanes "A" Minor Expander TH 61 Southern City Limit to 170th St (CSAH 4) 2 - 3 "A" Minor Connector TH 61 170th St (CSAH 4) to Northern City Limit 2 "A" Minor Connector Frenchman Rd (CSAH 8) Western City Limit to TH 61 4 "A" Minor Connector 170th St (CSAH 4) TH 61 to Eastern City Limit 2 "A" Minor Connector 120th St/ 122nd St (CSAH 7) Southern City Limit to Eastern City Limit 2 "A" Minor Connector Keystone Ave (CSAH 9) 122nd St (CSAH 7) to Southern City Limit 2 TRANSPORTATION 174 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Existing Safety and Operational Issues The primary issue locations are identified below: Trunk Highway System Congestion Peak -period congestion occurs on nearly all the trunk highway segments passing or adjacent to the City. This includes 1-35E and TH 61. Current traffic volume on TH 61 ranges from 9,000 north of 170th Street (CR4/CSAH 4) to 10,300 between 170' Street (CR4/CSAH 4) and Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) to 13,700 south of Frenchman Road (CSAH 8). With the number of access locations, together with the traffic volume levels, this roadway is approaching the need for expansion to a four -lane facility. In addition to the mainline congestion, queuing at existing signalized and un -signalized intersections provides a source of localized congestion on the City street system. Specific intersections along TH 61 that have been identified as having either existing issues or where potential issues are anticipated include: • 145th/146th Street • 152nd Street • 165th Street HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE North/South — EastMest Collector Street Network Currently, there is not an adequate system of north/south or east/west collector streets to support the arterial street network. Specifically, this system is needed in the developing area between 1-35E and just east of TH 61 within the 2040 urban service boundary. A fragmented street network is in place that can be completed to provide this roadway network. These roadways include: • Elmcrest Avenue (shared roadway with Lino Lakes) • Oneka Parkway/Everton Avenue • Fenway Boulevard • Goodview Avenue • 159th Street/Heritage Parkway • 147th Street • 140th Street • 125th Street The completion of this collector street network would provide relief to the local street network, provide additional options for motorists, and minimize cut -through traffic on local streets. TH 61 Corridor Planning The City, Washington County (Transportation and Regional Rail Authority), and MnDOT have developed a corridor plan for Highway 61 within the City limits. The corridor plan includes a multi -modal cross section to accommodate an expanded roadway, pedestrian/ bicycle trail, and transit. The plan includes a preliminary cross section, alignment, right-of-way needs, access management, and potential traffic signal locations. The City, County, and Mn/DOT have entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) identifying access locations and plan details for the corridor. TRANSPORTATION 175 CR 41CSAH 4 Corridor Planning MOOT, Anoka County, and Washington County long-term plans include an interchange to be located at County Road 4 and 1-35E to replace the current overpass. This has shaped the City's vision for the northern portion of the City located along the corridor from a land -use perspective. It will be important that the City develop a long- range corridor plan for CR 4/CSAH 4 to include right-of-way, roadway section, and access management considerations. Elmcrest Avenue Elmcrest Avenue is a shared roadway with the City of Lino Lakes. The roadway continues to the north of the City to Highway 97 within Forest Lake/Columbus. With a minor realignment to the north of County Road 14 (Anoka County), the roadway could serve as a connection between Ramsey County Road J in White Bear Township and Highway 97. A plan for this roadway, including right-of-way, cross-section, alignment, and jurisdictional considerations should be developed between Washington and Anoka County, along with Lino Lakes, Forest Lake, Columbus, and White Bear Township. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 176 Table 8-6 MnDOT Access Man High Priority Interregional Corridors & Interstate System (IRCs) HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE R See Section 3.2.5 for Signalization on Interregional Corridors See Section 3.2.5 for Signalization on Interregional Corridors '/4 mile Interim See Section 3.2.5 1/2 mile 1/4 mile Interim See Section 3.2.5 1/2 mile 1/4 mile TRANSPORTATION 177 1 F Interstate Freeway Interchange Access Only 1AF Non -Interstate Freeway Interchange Access Only (see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) 1A Rural Principal Arterials 1 mile 1/2 mile 1B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile Access Management 1C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length The purpose of access management is to provide adequate access to 2 Medium Priority Interregional Corridors adjacent land development while maintaining acceptable traffic flow on 2AF Non -Interstate Freeway Interchange Access Only higher level roadways. Management consists of carefully controlling (See Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) the spacing and design of public street intersections and private 2A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile access points to the public roadway system. Arterials, being designedPrincipal 2B Urban/Urbanizing Arterials 1/2 mile 1/4 mile for higher speed, longer distance trips, generally have reduced 300-660 feet, dependent upon block or restricted access, while local streets can accommodate much 2C Urban Core length greater access. Collector roadways fall in between arterials and local roadways regarding the amount of access that is permitted. 3 Regional Corridors 3AF Non -Interstate Freeway Interchange Access Only The agency with jurisdiction over a roadway sets access management (see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) guidelines. Access to TH 61 must meet MnDOT access management 3A Rural Principal and Minor 1 mile 1/2 mile guidelines and is permitted subject to conditions. The City worked with 3B Urban/Urbanizing Arterials 1/2 mile 1/4 mile MnDOT and Washington County to establish a Category 7, Specific 300-660 feet, dependent upon block Area Access Management Plan for the TH 61 corridor within the City. 3C Urban Core length Table 8-6 shows the MnDOTAccess Management Guidelines tables. Based on existing development conditions, additional direct access to 4 Principal Arterials in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area TH 61 is generally discouraged. and Primary Regional Trade Centers (Non-IRCs) 4AF Non -Interstate Freeway Interchange Access Only (see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) 4A Rural Principal 1 mile 1/2 mile 4B Urban/Urbanizing Arterials 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 4C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE R See Section 3.2.5 for Signalization on Interregional Corridors See Section 3.2.5 for Signalization on Interregional Corridors '/4 mile Interim See Section 3.2.5 1/2 mile 1/4 mile Interim See Section 3.2.5 1/2 mile 1/4 mile TRANSPORTATION 177 Washington County has established access management guidelines for urban (areas within the 20 -year MUSA boundary) and rural areas (areas outside the MUSA boundary). Washington County access management guidelines are displayed in Table 8-7. Washington County requires permits for new driveway access to county roads and when land uses change at a site adjacent to a county road. Washington County typically requires that new access points meet its guidelines; however, the county can make exceptions to the guidelines with sufficient justification. The City of Hugo does not have access management guidelines for City streets. The City evaluates new and modified accesses to its City streets through a permitting process on a case-by-case basis. It should be noted that there are existing access points that do not meet County and MnDOT access spacing guidelines. In many cases these access points were established prior to agency access spacing guidelines. In other cases, the agency has granted an exception to the existing guidelines. As roadways are reconstructed, each of these agencies generally works to modify and/or relocate access points that do not meet current access spacing guidelines. Table 8-6 (cont): MnDOT Access Management Manual (Table 3.2 — Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for Non-IRCs) 5A Rural 1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5 5B Urban/Urbanizing Minor 1/4 mile 1/8 mile 1/4 mile Arterials 300-660 feet, dependent upon block 5C Urban Core 1/4 mile length 6 Collectors 6A Rural 6B Urban/Urbanizing 6C Urban Core Collectors 7 Specific Area Access Management Plans 7 All All Table 8-7 Washin 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/8 mile Not Applicable 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length By adopted plan See Section 3.2.5 1/4 mile 1/8 mile Private residential driveways No direct access No direct access Variable Variable 13> Variable Commercial driveways or non- No direct access No direct access 1/8 mile 1/8 mile Variable �3> continuous commercial streets Non -continuous residential streets No direct access 1/8 mile with no 1/8 mile 1/8 mile Variable (4) median opening Continuous local streets and 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/4 mile 1/8 mile 1/8 mile collector streets Minor arterials 1/2 mile 1/2 mile 1/2 mile 1/2 mile 1/2 mile (1) Distances shown are minimums. The county reserves the right to increase the minimum distances based on other criteria. The type of traffic control, turn lanes and bypass lanes required are determined based upon the projected traffic volumes on the type of access requested. (2) ADT is the 20 -year forecast for average daily traffic. (3) Spacing is based on criteria such as sight distance, speed, traffic volumes, etc. (4) Cul-de-sac or short -length streets (less than'/2 mile) that do not cross a county highway. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 TRANSPORTATION 178 for review only Existing Traffic Volumes Map LEGEND XXX- Existing Traffic Volumes* * MnDOT Traffic Count Website 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 )RAFT Dec14-17 for review only MaD 8-5 Future Roadway System This section addresses future roadway improvement needs and roadway design guidelines. Roadway Capacity - Traffic Forecasting To determine future roadway capacity needs, year 2040 traffic forecasts were prepared using the Metropolitan Council travel demand model. The model was refined for application specifically for the City of Hugo. The 2040 projections were compared against the assumed 2040 roadway network to see where roadway segment capacity deficiencies may result. The 2040 roadway network assumed for this analysis is the same as the current roadway network, as the City and County Capital Improvement Programs (CIPs) do not include any projects that add significant capacity to the roadway network. While the travel demand model is a valuable tool for identifying future traffic based on the proposed land use impacts, it is not meant for use in detailed traffic operations studies. For a more accurate representation of the transportation impacts from specific developments, detailed traffic studies should be conducted to determine the operational impacts on adjacent roadways and intersections. A central concept of travel demand forecasting is the use of Transportation Analysis Zones (TAZs). Each forecast study area, in HC� 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 180 Table 8-8 Metropolitan Council Current TAZ Data - Ci tion 2294 318 120 67 519 198 90 1045 2295 155 51 19 439 173 49 1417 2296 4048 1611 577 6185 2508 847 8689 2297 1683 619 292 2179 834 424 3014 2298 1314 460 81 1535 587 121 1832 2299 2567 995 765 2900 1178 1198 3361 2300 1818 653 86 1772 690 155 1957 2301* 918 301 17 809 316 26 859 2302 384 135 66 443 169 88 500 2322* 127 45 1 120 47 1 125 Total 13332 4990 1971 16901 6700 2999 22799 *TAZ boundary and associated data include areas outside the City of Hugo. Source: Metropolitan Council this case the City of Hugo, is divided into a series of TAZs. Each TAZ has land use data which indicates trip generation and trip attraction including population, household, and employment data. Figure 8-6 displays Metropolitan Council TAZs within the City of Hugo. The results of the City of Hugo modeling process are summarized on Figure 8-7, which displays 2040 projected average daily traffic volumes. Table 8-8 provides the initial population, household, and employment allocations by TAZ assumed in the Metropolitan Counci model. DRAFT Dec 14-17 r l 1 Forecast 2040 Forecast Households Employment e-opRation Lm Households Employment 402 132 1889 733 AL 186 581 87 3032 1276 144 3594 1041 10477 4424 1219 1163 529 3957 1547 629 705 144 1955 759 162 1393 1280 3909 1643 1367 778 156 2252 908 157 341 27 915 369 27 193 103 486 189 108 50 1 129 52 1 9200 3500 29001 11900 4000 HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 181 Table 8-9 C TAZ 2294 318 120 67 1114 427 120 1798 688 166 2480 967 207 2295 155 51 19 1924 738 94 3103 1188 130 4280 1669 152 2296 4048 1611 577 6698 2549 801 10758 4129 1110 14880 5803 1395 2297 1683 619 292 2236 897 408 3770 1443 565 5200 2028 707 2298 1314 460 81 1314 460 104 1856 710 144 2560 998 180 2299 2567 995 765 2567 995 883 4002 1532 1222 5520 2153 1539 2300 1818 653 86 1818 653 101 2204 844 140 3040 1186 176 2301* 918 301 17 918 301 18 918 344 25 1240 484 32 2302 384 135 66 384 135 70 464 177 97 640 250 111 2322* 127 45 1 127 45 1 127 45 1 160 62 1 Total 13332 4990 1971 19100 7200 2600 29000 11100 3600 40000 15600 4500 Table 8-9 provides the population, household, and employment allocations by TAZ based on the City of Hugo Land Use Plan as detailed in Chapter 4. The forecasts assume that the total population, households and employment documented in the 2008 Comprehensive Plan would be moved up one decade (i.e. 2030 forecasts in 2008 plan were moved to 2040 in this plan). Table 8-10 provides a summary of changes between the Metropolitan Council forecasts in Table 8-8 and the City's forecasts in Table 8-9. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 182 Table 8-10 Summary of TAZ Adjustments by Forecast Year TAZ 2294: Added 796 Population; Added 307 Households; Added 53 Employees TAZ 2295: Added 1769 Population; Added 687 Households; Added 75 Employees TAZ 2296: Added 2650 Population; Added 938 Households; Added 224 Employees TAZ 2297: Added 553 Population; Added 278 Households; Added 116 Employees TAZ 2298: Added 23 Employees TAZ 2299: Added 118 Employees TAZ 2300: Added 15 Employees TAZ 2301: Added 1 Employees TAZ 2302: Added 4 Employees TAZ 2294: Added 684 Population; Added 261 Households; Added 46 Employees TAZ 2295: Added 1179 Population; Added 450 Households; Added 36 Employees TAZ 2296: Added 4060 Population; Added 1580 Households; Added 309 Employees TAZ 2297: Added 1534 Population; Added 546 Households; Added 157 Employees TAZ 2298: Added 542 Population; Added 250 Households; Added 40 Employees TAZ 2299: Added 1435 Population; Added 537 Households; Added 339 Employees TAZ 2300: Added 386 Population; Added 191 Households; Added 39 Employees TAZ 2301: Added 43 Households; Added 7 Employees TAZ 2302: Added 80 Population; Added 42 Households; Added 27 Employees TAZ 2294: Added 682 Population; Added 279 Households; Added 41 Employees TAZ 2295: Added 1177 Population; Added 481 Households; Added 22 Employees TAZ 2296: Added 4122 Population; Added 1674 Households; Added 285 Employees TAZ 2297: Added 1430 Population; Added 585 Households; Added 142 Employees TAZ 2298: Added 704 Population; Added 288 Households; Added 36 Employees TAZ 2299: Added 1518 Population; Added 621 Households; Added 317 Employees TAZ 2300: Added 836 Population; Added 342 Households; Added 36 Employees TAZ 2301: Added 322 Population; Added 140 Households; Added 7 Employees TAZ 2302: Added 176 Population; Added 73 Households; Added 14 Employees TAZ 2322: Added 33 Population; Added 17 Households; HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 183 Document Path: K:\03288-140\GIS\Maps\Transportation\Figure 6 - TAZ.mxd Date Saved: 12/14/2017 12:45:10 PM CIT C�F FST. 1006 Existing TAZ Network Map Met Council TAZ i Hugo 0 0.25 0.5 1 Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 Document Path: K:\03288-140\GIS\Maps\Transportation\Figure 7 - ForecastedTrafficCount—d Date Saved: 12/14/2017 12:43:02 PM DRAFT Dec 14-17 2040 Forecasted Traffic Volumes LEGEND XXX- 2040 Metropolitan Council Forecast** '" No Assumed Capacity Expansion; Existing Network 0 0.25 0.5 1 C Miles NORI L 12/14/2017 2040 Future Roadway Capacity Improvement Needs To identify the need for potential future capacity improvements, 2040 forecasts were compared to planning -level roadway capacities for Principal and A -Minor Arterial roadways. Planning -level roadway capacities used for this analysis were illustrated previously in Table 8-4. Existing capacity issues are expected to continue, with constraint issues along TH 61, south of Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) and Frenchman Road (CSAH 8),135E to TH 61. For TH 61 the Corridor Study prepared by the City in coordination with Washington County and MnDOT, a plan showing a future four lane facility with turn lanes and traffic control was prepared. As traffic continues to grow funding should be identified for these improvements. For Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) these issues will be evaluated with the Washington County 2040 Transportation Plan. The forecasted 2040 traffic volumes for the City of Hugo are depicted on Figure 8-7. These volumes were used to identify roadway needs to meet future travel demand levels. Needs can be categorized as a design/capacity of new roadways or upgrades for existing facilities. Roadway needs are summarized in Table 8-11. � r HCT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 186 Table 8-11 2040 Road Improvements Elmcrest Avenue Everton Avenue _ Foxhill Avenue Oneka Parkway TH 61 Frontage Road Fenway Boulevard Goodview Avenue Goodview Avenue North City Limit to CSAH 8 Oneka Parkway to north City limit 159th to North City Limit 140th Street to CSAH 8 152nd Street to 159th Street 142nd to CSAH 8 Street 145th Street to 147th Street 152nd Street to CSAH 4 TH 61 North City Limit to South City Limit vim 173rd Street West City Limit to Foxhill Avenue 159th Street TH 61 to Goodview Avenue 147th Street Elmcrest Avenue to TH 61 Victor Path Everton Avenue to Fenway Boulevard 140th Street Elmcrest Avenue to Fenway Boulevard 125th Street TH 61 to Goodview Avenue CSAH 8 TH 61 to CSAH 7 CR 4A / CSAH 4 West City Limit to Henna Avenue Typical roadway design guidelines are discussed in the following section and shown in Table 8-12. HU 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Upgrade/New Alignment Collector 3 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -lane Urban with Turn Lanes or 2 -Lane Urban Parkway New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban Parkway New Roadway/Upgraded Local 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban with Turn Lanes New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban with Turn Lanes or 2 -Lane Urban Parkway Upgraded Roadway Minor Arterial 4 -Lanes with Turn Lanes New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 3 -Lane Urban or 2 -Lane Urban with Turn Lanes New Roadway Local 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban New Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban Upgraded Roadway Collector 2 -Lane Urban with Turn Lanes Upgrade Roadway Minor Arterial 4 -Lane Arterial TRANSPORTATION 187 Roadway Design and Right of Way Standards DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only A system of design guidelines is an effective tool to help provide safe, efficient, and consistent roadway networks. Some situations may require additional analysis due to unusual or unforeseen conditions, but established baseline standards will minimize design uncertainties in most circumstances. This is not a purely technical issue, and individual communities may have different preferences for design standards. Table 8-12 represents recommended typical roadway cross-sections based upon each functional class. This table represents a range of traffic levels for each roadway functional class and the corresponding design requirements. Right of way standards for the various roadway categories are also presented in Table 8-12. It may be noted that the City prefers and supports an integrated transportation network, with good circulation properties and limited cul-de-sacs. The City also prefers efficient connectivity with neighboring communities. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table 8-12 n Guidelines') Collector (2) 2 -Lane 36 ft 80 ft 40 ft 80 ft 3 -Lane 48 ft 80 ft 54 ft 100 ft Local 2 -Lane 28 ft 60 ft(') 32 ft 66 ft (') As part of a planned unit development (PUD), developments may include reduced pavement widths for local streets, based on a review by the City Engineer of other benefits of narrower roads (e.g. sidewalks/trails, saving trees, stormwater plans, etc.). (2) If State Aid street, parking will need to be reviewed with newer impact width. (3) Cross-section and right-of-way width are not inclusive of intersection locations, when additional right-of-way and cross-section width may be necessary. TRANSPORTATION 188 Traffic Calming Traffic calming is an approach which is generally used to accomplish one or more of the following primary objectives: • Reduce speeds on local streets. • Reduce cut -through (non -local) traffic levels on local streets. • Improve safety and usability for non -motorized traffic. Under certain circumstances, traffic calming can be used on collector level roadways to reduce speeds, primarily at intersections. However, the focus is on "returning neighborhood streets to the neighborhood." Traffic calming measures are best evaluated and implemented within the context of the overall transportation network serving the City; it is never advisable to simply shift a problem from one street or area to another. Since so much of Hugo is rural in nature, traffic calming may not have the same application as in more typical urban settings. However, the types of measures identified below should be kept in mind as possible "tools in the toolbox:" 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE • Traffic circles/roundabouts • Lateral lane shifts — roadway striping • Curb extensions/neckdowns at intersections • Speed humps/tables • Raised crosswalks • Diverters — close access to street • Diver feedback signs It has been suggested that narrowed streets reduce speeds. However, empirical data on this is not conclusive. Traffic calming measures should be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, but should be evaluated within the context of the overall street network and from the perspective broad based policy objectives. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Complete Streets "Complete streets" is the planning, scoping, design, implementation, operation, and maintenance of roads in order to reasonably address the safety and accessibility needs of users of all ages and abilities. Complete streets considers the needs of motorists, pedestrians, transit users and vehicles, bicyclists, and commercial and emergency vehicles moving along and across roads, intersections, and crossings in a manner that is sensitive to the local context and recognizes that the needs vary in urban, suburban, and rural settings (MINN. STAT. 174.75, Subd. 1.). Complete streets is a process for developing a transportation network that best accommodates all modes of transportation. Planners and designers must systematically consider all modes when developing their long-range plans and short-term maintenance and construction projects. The City of Hugo supports considering implementing a complete streets process in roadway reconstruction projects where appropriate and feasible. TRANSPORTATION 189 Transportation Demand Management The primary emphasis of Transportation Demand Management (TDM) is to reduce the number of vehicular trips on congested roadways during peak travel times. Since many, or most of these trips are commuter (work) trips, TDM strategies primarily involve the workplace context and associated travel behavior. The primary methods or strategies are identified below: • transit • car/van-pooling • telecommuting • flex -time • non -motorized commuting HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE In general, the policies or incentives to promote TDM activities are provided through employers. For example, employers can provide monthly discounts or passes to employees to use transit. They can provide coordination services to match up individuals for car/ van pooling activities. They can allow or promote telecommuting, particularly in various industries for which face-to-face contact is not important for task performance. Similarly, employers can allow or promote flex time, which enables employees to travel to/from work at non -peak travel times. Regarding non -motorized commuting, the provision of shower and changing facilities is often helpful to promote bicycle commuting. There are a number of reasons for employers to promote TDM activities. In some cases, vehicle parking is at a premium and anything they can do to reduce parking requirements is beneficial. Another example may be a large employer or group of employers accessed by congested road systems. If these employers can reduce rush hour trips into their facilities and associated congestion, it benefits their workers and makes their places of business more attractive places to work. Some employers wish to reduce vehicle trips to their facilities simply because it is "the right thing to do" for environmental reasons. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Cities can increase TDM activities through promotional activities and by coordinating with key employers to identify and implement TDM plans. Cities may require TDM plans for new developments if they are large enough to have significant traffic impacts. For example, the City of Minneapolis actively uses this approach. Cities can also form or coordinate the formation of Transportation Management Organizations (TMOs). These organizations pool resources and strategies to get the biggest "bang for the buck" for reducing traffic levels in a given area. The City of Hugo is a member of the 1-35W/E Commission which is a TMO that has strived to limit single occupancy vehicle trips on 1-35E. It is difficult to project the quantitative benefits of Transportation Demand Management activities with confidence. However, as fuel prices increase and congestion on major roadways in the metro region increase into the future, the demand for and potential of this approach will increase accordingly. TRANSPORTATION 190 Existing and Planned Non - Motorized Transportation Network This section addresses network needs for walking and bicycling within the City of Hugo. This section also addresses the needs of people using wheelchairs and assistive mobility devices such as mobility scooters, as they are considered pedestrians. Enhancing the non -motorized elements of Hugo's transportation system is a key goal in terms of improving transportation sustainability in the City and in the region. This approach gives residents an alternative to driving, supports transportation options for people who do not have consistent access to a personal vehicle, and encourages healthy activities and lifestyles. This section includes information on the existing non -motorized transportation network within Hugo, connections to land use planning, the planned local non -motorized transportation network, and the planned regional non -motorized transportation network. This section also includes recommendations for intersection improvements and design best practices. F ri W - 4F �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 191 Existing and Planned Non -Motorized Transportation Network The existing non -motorized transportation system consists of sidewalks, multi -use paved trails, bike lanes, and paved shoulders. Most local residential streets do not include separate sidewalk or trail facilities. However, sidewalk and trail facilities are along several streets that connect multiple neighborhoods. Other roads with multiuse local and regional trail and bike lane facilities connect the commercial and employment areas. Existing and proposed trails are illustrated in Figure 6-x in Chapter 6. Several connections are proposed to complete connections between neighborhoods and commercial/ employment areas. The existing and proposed network of sidewalks and pathways serving the City of Hugo is discussed in Chapter 6 of this comprehensive plan 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Connections to Land Use Planning The City of Hugo has development patterns consistent with its designation as a Suburban community. Existing residential development is low density and commercial land uses are separated from residential land uses. This means that people walking and bicycling must cover greater distances to reach commercial areas from their homes. The City's land use planning and coordination with roadway improvement projects and redevelopment opportunities can help improve walking and bicycling for transportation. Additionally, the City can require pedestrian and bicycle connections in areas where the roadway network does not connect, such as greenway trails with developments that provide access for people walking and bicycling. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Planned Regional Non -Motorized Transportation Network The Metropolitan Council established a Regional Bicycle Transportation Network (RBTN) in 2015. The RBTN establishes regional priorities for bicycle transportation so that regional destinations are accessible by bicycle. The Metropolitan Council established RBTN alignments in areas where existing facilities created a clear connection between regional destinations. RBTN corridors were identified in areas where there are several options for connections between regional destinations. The RBTN is further divided into two tiers. Tier 1 alignments/corridors are expected to attract the most bicycle use and are the highest priority for regional investments. Tier 2 alignments/corridors are the second priority for regional investments. Within the City of Hugo, the RBTN identifies two Tier 2 RBTN corridors. One corridor generally follows the Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) corridor. The other generally follows the TH 61 corridor. Both are included as part of the Hugo sidewalk and trail network. TRANSPORTATION 192 Intersection Improvements for Bicycling and Walking Major roadways are often serve as barriers for people walking and bicycling, with limited crossing opportunities and increased traffic and safety concerns. Crossing TH 61 and Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) can be challenging for pedestrians and bicyclists due to lengthy crossing distances, long signal cycles that result in extended waits to cross, and the lack of sidewalk or trail on both sides of the roadways. The City should work with MnDOT, and Washington County to explore opportunities to improve intersection crossing opportunities for pedestrians and bicyclists along these key roadways. DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 TRANSPORTATION 193 Non -Motorized Transportation Design Considerations Design dimensions for sidewalks are recommended to be five -feet or wider, with a minimum of a four -foot wide boulevard between the sidewalk and the curb. Increased separation improves pedestrian comfort and provides space for street signs and snow storage. Several types of bicycle facilities exist within the metropolitan area, with each having its own benefits and limitations depending on the surrounding environment and intended audience. Bicycle facilities include: off-street facilities, protected bikeways, buffered bicycle lanes, conventional bicycle lanes, bicycle boulevards, and wide paved shoulders. Multi -use trails are recommended to be a minimum of eight -feet wide. Regional trails are recommended to be a minimum of ten -feet wide due to higher use and the design requirements to comply with federal funding. Trails must have a two -foot wide clear zone on either side to reduce hazards for bicyclists and provide a recovery zone if a bicyclist leaves the edge of the trail. The clear zone can be paved or turf surface. No signs, furnishings, trees, or other obstructions can be in the clear zone. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Paved shoulders should be a minimum of four -feet wide if intended for bicycle and pedestrian use. Four -foot wide shoulders are adequate on streets with traffic volumes below 1,000 vehicles per day. Six- to eight -foot shoulders are recommended when traffic volumes exceed 1,000 vehicles per day. A wider shoulder improves pedestrian and bicyclist safety and comfort when vehicle traffic speeds and volumes are higher. As non -motorized facilities are planned and designed, the City should consult additional planning and design resources, including: • MnDOT Bikeway Facility Design Manual • Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices • MnDOT Complete Streets Implementation Resource Guide • Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities —American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials • Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities — American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials • Public Rights of Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG) —US Access Board DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Accessibility is a very important consideration for non -motorized design. All new pedestrian and bicycle facilities must meet the ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) accessibility guidelines established in PROWAG. The guidelines in PROWAG address the design needs of people with physical and/or visual impairments. Accessibility will become increasingly important over the next 20 years due to demographic changes. Baby boomers are aging and the population over age 65 is increasing. People over 65 are more likely to have physical and/or visual impairments that affect their ability to get around. To address accessibility issues, it is recommended that the City develop an ADA transition plan to bring sidewalks, trails, and intersections into compliance with ADA. TRANSPORTATION 194 Freight Freight transportation in the City of Hugo is served predominantly by the adjacent Principal Arterial highways, 1-35E west of the City and TH 61 through the City. There is one active Class III railroad line in the City of Hugo operated by Minnesota Commercial that runs parallel to TH 61, ending at 140th Street North. In addition, there is an active Canadian Pacific/Soo railroad line running south and east of the City in the City of Grant and May Township. There are no large freight traffic generators within the city as identified by the Metropolitan Council. Freight generators within the city include a concentration of industrial and commercial land uses adjacent to Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) and TH 61.. The Metropolitan Council's Regional Truck Highway Corridor Study (completed in 2017) identified 1-35E as a Tier 1 regional key truck corridor and TH 61 as a Tier 3 regional key truck corridor. As defined in the Regional Truck Highway Corridor Study, the interstate system serves as the freight backbone, and other tiered roadways provide redundancy to the interstate system, as well as provide door-to-door access to manufacturing facilities, distribution centers, intermodal freight hubs, and ultimately, retailers and customers. Figure 8-8 shows Heavy Commercial Average Annual Daily Traffic (HCAADT) within Hugo on the Principal Arterial and "A" Minor Arterial system. Within the City, the largest amount of heavy commercial vehicles travels on Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) between 1-35E and TH 61 (750 trucks per day) and on TH 61, between Frenchman Road (CSAH 8) to 170th Street (CSAH 4) (550 trucks per day). The 2040 TPP acknowledges several freight challenges that impact the City and the region. Freight traffic and congestion are expected to increase and place pressure on the region's highway and rail systems. Additionally, there are concerns about compatibility between freight traffic and adjacent land use. While the City's industrial and commercial areas are located adjacent to the primary freight corridors, it will be important to ensure that future development is also compatible with freight operations. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only OLW 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 195 Existing Heavy Commercial Traffic LEGEND XXX- Existing HCAADT Traffic Volumes* * MnDOT Traffic Count Website 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 Map 8-8 )RAFT Dec14-17 for rev Transit Existing Transit Service and Facilities DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Scheduled transit service for Hugo residents is currently provided by Metro Transit (a division of the Metropolitan Council). The existing scheduled service for Hugo residents is summarized in Table 8-13 below. No routes currently travel directly through the City of Hugo. However, routes are available from Centerville to the west of Hugo, White Bear Lake, south of Hugo and Forest Lake, north of Hugo. Two Park `n Ride facilities are located adjacent to the City of Hugo. The first is located in Lino Lakes north of Main Street (CSAH 14) on 21St Avenue. The second is located in Forest Lake on TH 61 south of TH 97. 275 Forest Lake/Running Aces/St Paul Express 265 White Bear Lake/Maplewood/St Paul 288 Forest Lake/Minneapolis Express Express HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 197 Tra n s i tways LRT projects are very capital intensive because they require dedicated right-of-way with rail and electric power installations, and the cars themselves are expensive. Due to the costs involved, LRT corridors generally need to be on a regional scale to justify the necessary investments. Therefore, the planning and implementation of LRT systems are primarily the responsibility of the Metropolitan Council and the metro -area counties. Because of their size, the cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul have also been very involved in the planning process for certain corridors. The TPP's transit investment plan does not show any transitway investments planned for the City of Hugo in the current revenue scenario. The transitway corridor which has the most relevance for City of Hugo is the Rush Line Corridor. This corridor would connect downtown St. Paul to Hinckley. The lead agency performing the planning for this project is the Rush Line Corridor Task Force. A locally preferred alternative or "LPA" for bus rapid transit, also called «BRT», within a dedicated guideway from Union Depot in downtown Saint Paul to downtown White Bear Lake generally along Robert Street, Phalen Boulevard, Ramsey County Regional Railroad Authority right- of-way and Trunk Highway 61 was selected in 2017. The guideway will be co -located with the Bruce Vento Trail through the portion of the route that utilizes the Ramsey County Regional Railroad Authority right-of-way. The project also includes further exploration of a connector bus service with feeder bus service along TH 61 to Forest Lake through the City of Hugo. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 198 Aviation Plan Hugo is categorized as "other air space" by the Aviation Air Space Policy Area. Policies on the protection of the community's air space are not applicable. There are currently no existing or planned aviation facilities within the City of Hugo. However, the City is responsible for airspace protection in order to reduce hazards to air travel within the region. The closest airports to Hugo are: • Forest Lake Airport, approximately 2 miles north of Hugo • Surf -Side Seaplane Base, approximately 5 miles west of Hugo • Lake Elmo Airport, approximately 11 miles southeast of Hugo • Anoka County — Blaine Airport, approximately 9 miles west of Hugo • Benson Airport — White Bear Township, approximately '/z miles south of Hugo Given the distance to the nearest airports, there are no radio beacons or other air navigation aids located in off -airport locations in Hugo. The City has no existing structures of 200 feet or more in height and has no plans to permit such structures in the future. Any person or organization who intends to sponsor the construction or alteration of a structure affecting navigable airspace as defined in Federal Regulation Title 14; Part 77 needs to inform the Federal Aviation Agency (FAA) of the project. This notification is accomplished through the completion and submittal to FAA of Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration. In Hugo, this requirement applies to any construction or alteration exceeding 200 feet above ground level. The City's zoning code allows a maximum structure height of 75 feet; therefore, it is unlikely that any structures in the City will require FAA notification. Hugo is located outside the critical and protection air space areas as well as airport search areas. Issues related to aircraft noise are, therefore, not applicable to the City. However, the City will encourage, as necessary, compliance with FAA and Metropolitan Council requirements concerning visual and/or electronic interference with airport communications, air traffic operations, and other aviation land - use capability guidelines. Seaplane operations are permitted on Oneka Lake and on Bald Eagle Lake. Heliports No helicopter landing facilities currently exist or are planned in Hugo. If a heliport facility is proposed in the City, the City will utilize the Metropolitan Council's model heliport ordinance to assist in responding to heliport proposals and to provide a basis for appropriate land -use controls. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only ir -I L -A HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 199 Goals and Policies The guiding principles, goals and policies provided in this section are based on the policies from the 2008 Hugo Transportation Plan and deliberations by the City. )040 Transportation Guiding Principles 1. Provide a transportation system that is designed and maintained to encourage development in accordance with Hugo Land Use Guide Plan. Objectives: • Promote a transportation system which minimizes impacts on the natural environment and which enhances local aesthetics. • Provide for safe, convenient and efficient movement of people and good throughout the City. • Provide another east -west route through the City. • Encourage development of the interchange at 1-35E and CSAH 4. 2. Plan and provide public facilities in an orderly and economic manner. Objectives: • Maintain the existing infrastructure to maximize cost efficiencies in development of public projects • Work with the State, County and/or neighboring communities to coordinate public infrastructure improvements and services. • Discourage leapfrog development. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Goals Maintain and enhance mobility for residents and businesses through creation and maintenance of a balanced system of transportation alternatives. 2. Implement a fully multi -modal transportation system that supports the land -use vision and future land - use plan for managing and shaping future growth. 3. Minimize the impacts of the transportation system on Hugo's environment and neighborhood quality of life. 4. Reduce the overall dependency on and use of single -occupant vehicles by promoting land -use patterns that allow for shorter vehicular trips and the use of alternative travel options. 5. Provide multiple travel options for transit users, pedestrians, bicyclists, and rideshare users, as well as for drivers of private automobiles. 6. Support attractive and high-performance transit service and connections. 7. Manage parking provisions to encourage joint and shared use of facilities, ride -sharing (car pools and van pools), bicycle parking, and increased transit use. TRANSPORTATION 200 Policies Roadway Design 1. Design roadway facilities constructed in conjunction with development projects according to the intended function. 2. Upgrade existing roadways, when warranted, by demonstrated volume, safety or functional needs, taking into consideration environmental limitations. 3. Emphasize improvements to management, maintenance, and utilization of the existing street and highway system. 4. Design/enhance residential street systems to discourage through traffic and to be compatible with biking and walking. This includes consideration of traffic calming measures on local streets and, in some cases, collector streets. 5. Design/enhance collector and arterial roadway corridors to minimize through traffic on local streets in the functional classification system, and to be compatible with other transportation modes including transit, bicycle, and pedestrian. 6. Use adequate transitions and buffers including, but not limited to, earth berms, walls, landscaping, and distance to mitigate the undesirable impact of high volume roadways. 7. Promote use of sound mitigating features for residential development adjacent to high volume roadways, and make property owners and land developers responsible for noise attenuation at new developments near high volume roadways. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only 8. Encourage beautification of local corridors, where appropriate, with amenities such as landscaping, decorative street lighting, and monuments. Roadway Function and Access 1. Provide logical street networks to connect residential areas to the regional highway system and local activity centers. 2. Adequately control access points to the regional roadway system (including minor arterials) in terms of driveway openings and side street intersections. 3. Provide access to the local street system (including collector and local streets) in a manner that balances the need to safely and efficiently operate the street system with the need for access to land. 4. Encourage, through roadway design and signage, intra -area trips on minor arterials rather than the principal arterial system, and promote serving regional trips on the metropolitan highway system. 5. Separate, to the extent possible, conflicting uses on the public street system in order to minimize safety problems. Give special attention to pedestrian and bicycle routes. 6. Provide access to developing sites using current functional classification and standards. 7. Review and update regional and local functional street classification and coordinate with adjacent cities and Washington County. Establish subcategory classifications and criteria for local streets if warranted. Revise local roadway classifications when warranted. TRANSPORTATION 201 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only 8. Review and monitor citywide traffic volumes, congestion, existing traffic calming devices and measures, accident history, vehicle violation history, speed limits and enforcement. 9. Review and recommend traffic calming policies and consider traffic calming implementation where requested by residents. Roadway Maintenance and Operation 1. Cooperate with other agencies having jurisdiction over streets and highways in Hugo to assure good roadway conditions and operating efficiency. 2. Maintain roads by repairing weather-related and other damage. Continue current on-going pavement management plan. 3. Use economic and environmentally sound management techniques for snow and ice removal. 4. Track developments regarding the most current transportation systems and technologies, evaluate, and implement as warranted. 5. Continue to work with Mn/DOT and Washington County on the implementation of the TH 61 Corridor plan. 6. Continue to work with Washington County on development of the County Road 4 Corridor Plan. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Transit/Transportation Demand Management (TDM) 1. Review all major new developments in light of the potential for ridesharing including bus accessibility, preferential parking for carpools/vanpools, and mixed-use development. 2. Include transit planning in the construction or upgrading of streets and highways. Parking 1. Review new developments for adequacy of parking based upon need, the potential for joint use of parking facilities and opportunities to encourage ridesharing. Pedestrian/Bicycle Provide accessibility to pedestrians and bicycles at major activity centers, including necessary storage facilities. 2. Create pedestrian and bicycle interconnections among major generators, with continuity across major roadways and other barriers. 3. Promote safe walking, bicycling, and driving. Promote vehicle driver respect for bicycles and pedestrians along with bicyclists and pedestrian observance of signs and use of designated paths for travel. 4. Support inclusion of pedestrian and bicycle access planning when upgrading roadways, bridges, and redevelopment projects. 5. Provide appropriate signage along areas of conflict with pedestrians and automobile traffic. TRANSPORTATION 202 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Funding and Jurisdiction 1. Pursue and support regional or multi -community funding sources for improvements that provide regional or multi -community benefit. 2. Support research efforts into more efficient and cost-effective management, maintenance, and replacement of street surfaces. 3. Support governmental jurisdiction over roadways that reflect the role of the roadway in the overall transportation system. 4. Encourage the legislature to continue a dedicated source for funding for efficient mass transit. 5. Encourage the legislature to provide stable, long-term roadway funding for capital, operating/traffic management, and maintenance. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE TRANSPORTATION 203 'A Chapter 9 r iTi.Lai r5.r'�}?Ii 9f � G 1'. ensive Water id Distribution '11YAy � ` r , 1. li I �`�ir� R.- +f4A t The City of Hugo, located in Washington County, experienced significant population growth from 2005 to 2008 and slight population growth thereafter. The City anticipates growth to continue. To accommodate the projected population, the City initiated an update to its Comprehensive Water Supply Plan in accordance with Minnesota Statute 473.513. The Department of Natural Resources (DNR) and the Metropolitan Council (MCES) have worked together to develop a set of guidelines for all cities within the Seven -County Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. These guidelines are divided into four parts. The first three parts, Water Supply System Description and Evaluation, Emergency Response Procedures, and Water Conservation Plan, apply statewide. The fourth part relates to Comprehensive Plan requirements that apply only to communities in the Seven -County Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. The information contained in this report follows the DNR Water Supply Plan template, and general introductory paragraphs are often direct citations from that template. ., 0" 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE A It is the policy of the City of Hugo to provide the following to all customers receiving water from the City's water distribution system: Water Quality: Provide the highest quality potable water to meet the domestic needs of the community. • Water System: Provide a distribution system which provides adequate pressure for domestic uses and for fire protection, and extend the mains and hydrants for future developments consistent with provisions of the Comprehensive plan. Conservation: Promote conservation in using the City's water to achieve system efficiency and to reduce costs. The purpose of this study is to provide the City with an updated plan to serve future development and to identify existing system facilities and deficiencies. In addition, a number of conservation and emergency response procedures will be identified as part of this comprehensive plan, particularly as they relate to the North & East Metro Groundwater Management Area (NE GWMA). IJUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Scope This study incorporates the population projections from the Metropolitan Council's Local Planning Handbook to project water system demands within the 2040 MUSA boundary line. The potential 2040 service area was defined as areas that can be feasibly served by the City's water supply system in the future and was based on the current Land Use Plan prepared for the City's 2018 Comprehensive Plan. The 2040 service area for the City is considered to be the full build -out of the proposed 2040 urban service area, generally defined as the western half of the community. Based on the 2040 service area, a trunk water main system, including storage and well supply capacities, was defined. The future water service demands beyond 2040 for the eastern portion of the City were also estimated. Existing and future water demands were calculated for the City based on the historical data and population projections. Projected water system demands were used to analyze the existing trunk system capacity and size future trunk system facilities. Future trunk improvements were defined with the intention that the trunk system would serve the 2040 service area, as well as the eastern portion of the City outside the 2040 MUSA boundary. An approximate layout of potential 2040 trunk system improvements is provided. Future improvements were prioritized and incorporated into a Capital Improvement Program (CIP). DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Data Available In preparing this report, the following sources of information were utilized: • MCES System Statement for the City of Hugo • Water Supply Plan for the City of Hugo prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc. and submitted to the DNR on December 22, 2016 • Existing Water System GIS Information prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc. • Watermain As-Builts provided by the City of Hugo General Contact Information The City of Hugo water supply system has a DNR Water Appropriation Permit Number 1975-6218. The water system is managed by the Public Works Director, Scott Anderson, at 14669 Fitzgerald Avenue North and contact can be made to (651) 762-6326. COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 205 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Existing Water Supply System The first step in any water supply analysis is to assess the current status of demand and supplies and the existing water system infrastructure. Information in this section, including the water system capital improvement plan, was used in the development of the Emergency Response Procedures and Conservation Plans in the subsequent sections. i L- i sa 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 206 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Analysis of Existing Water Demand Table 9-1 presents the actual water demand for the past ten years. The City of Hugo itemizes the water demand by customer category including residential, commercial, industrial, and institutional water sales. The City currently does not sell water on a wholesale basis. Factors that influence trends in water demand include growth, weather, industry, and conservation efforts. The population served by the City of Hugo's water system has doubled since 2005 . Total water demand has fluctuated over the last ten years and shows no clear trend over that time. Per capita water demand has also fluctuated and shows a slight declining trend over the long term. Fluctuation in water demand is likely attributable to fluctuations in climate from year to year. The slight decreasing trend in per capita demand is likely due to conservation efforts and changing attitudes towards water use. Currently, the City of Hugo does not have large water users that utilize over 5% of the City's total water usage. Table 9-2 summarizes the City's largest water utility users. Table 9-1 Historic Water Demand Table 9-2 Large Volume Users 1 . WILSON TOOL (2 PERMITS) 5,765,000 1.670% 2. KWIK TRIP INC 3,258,000 0.944% 3. ONEKA LAKE VIEW 3,029,000 0.878% 4. CREEKVIEW OF HUGO 2,699,000 0.782% 5. WATERS EDGE COMMUNITY CENTER 2,594,000 0.752% 6. WATERS EDGE MANOR 2,305,000 0.668% 7. WATERS EDGE COURTYARD 2,198,000 0.637% 8. WATERS EDGE PATIO 2,013,000 0.583% 9. CARRIAGE HOMES OF BALD EAGLE 1,873,000 0.543% 2005 5,757 1,996 157.9 32.6 190.5 204.6 6.80% 0.56 1.89 Unknown 3.36 75 97 2006 6,261 2,200 214.1 78.9 282.5 293.1 3.40% 0.80 3.09 Unknown 3.86 93 128 2007 8,606 2,611 245.4 111.4 356.8 381.9 6.58% 1.04 4.15 Unknown 3.98 78 122 2008 10,880 2,861 195.9 20.0 337.6 355.5 5.04% 0.97 Unknown Unknown Unknown 49 90 2009 10,125 2,982 224.7 18.1 349.1 413.2 15.49% 1.13 Unknown Unknown Unknown 61 112 2010 10,512 3,066 252.2 20.4 361.8 370.3 2.29% 1.01 Unknown Unknown Unknown 66 97 2011 10,659 3,077 243.4 19.7 336.8 348.9 3.48% 0.96 3.06 08/09/2011 3.20 63 90 2012 10,880 3,202 300.0 22.8 425.5 438.2 2.91% 1.20 4.18 07/01/2012 3.48 76 110 2013 11,024 3,258 282.8 20.1 314.4 386.8 0.19% 1.06 4.92 07/18/2013 4.64 70 96 2014 11,102 3,290 248.1 20.3 323.3 334.9 3.47% 0.92 2.81 08/08/2014 3.06 61 83 2015 11,202 3,356 249.3 95.8 345.1 359.0 3.86% 0.98 2.97 08/01/2015 3.02 61 88 2016 11,444 3,352 275.3 24.0 355.8 361.4 1.57% 0.99 2.90 07/23/2016 2.93 66 87 MG - Million Gallons GPCD - Gallons per Capita per Day C/1/1- Commercial, Industrial, Institutional rr� r :• IC3 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 207 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Existing Treatment and Storage Capacity The City of Hugo does not currently have a water treatment plant. Hugo's water quality meets all primary contaminant standards and treatment is not mandated. Water from all wells is chlorinated and fluoridated as required by the Minnesota Department of Health. In addition, polyphosphate is added to keep iron and manganese in solution. There are two elevated storage facilities serving the City of Hugo's water system with a total storage capacity of 2 Million Gallons (MG). The City is divided into two pressure zone systems, a northern and a southern system, with a tower located within each area. The elevated storage tanks are shown in Map 9-1 which details the City of Hugo existing water supply system. Tower No. 2, which serves the southern portion of the water system, is a water spheroid tower with 0.5 MG of available storage. This tower is located south of County Road 8 and West of Trunk Highway 61. Tower No. 3, which serves the northern portion of the water system, is a composite water tower in which the pillar is constructed of concrete and the storage tank of steel. Tower No. 3 has 1.5 MG of available storage and is located north of 159th Street and west of Trunk Highway 61. } 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 208 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Existing Water Sources Table 9-3 Ground Water Well Summary Information The City of Hugo currently has five wells in service. They are designated Well No. 2, Well No. 3, Well No. ' -' ' 4, Well No. 5, and Well No. 6. The locations of the wells are identified in Map 9-1. Well No. 2 serves the 2 523948 1993 261 625 Jordan Active Use southern water system and is located west of Trunk Highway 61 and south of County Road 8. Well No. 3 3 654497 2000 315 1,200 Jordan Active Use and Well No. 4, both located near Lions Park, serve the northern water system. Well No. 5 along Oneka 4 671642 2002 293 1,200 Jordan Active Use Parkway also serves the northern water system. Built most recently in 2010, Well No. 6 serves the southern 5 686272 2007 275 1,200 Jordan Active Use water system, and is located near 125th St N and the Oneka Ridge Golf Course. 6 773400 2010 355 1,600 Jordan Active Use The City of Hugo's wells draw groundwater from the Jordan aquifer. Groundwater from the wells is treated with chlorine, fluoride, and polyphosphate at each well house. Following treatment, water is pumped into the distribution system. The total capacity of the five existing wells is 5,825 gallons per minute. However, Ten State Standards require that the maximum day demand be satisfied with the largest pump out of service (firm capacity). Therefore, with Well No. 6 out of service, the firm capacity for the City's existing water system is 4,225 gallons per minute. This firm capacity is adequate for the existing maximum day demand of approximately 3,420 gpm. Table 9-3 summarizes the City's current groundwater sources. Copies of water well records and well maintenance information is included in Appendix 9-1. � r HT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 209 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN i I orseshoe ` z 170tn St N z c N — a = I T 3 m z z LL ; y 165th St N a a T I i I _ J � � FZ N I a arke Tower No. 3 m 3 y o LF Pill ka - - 157th St N '� 15jth St Well No. 5 j I I I 152nd St N Q I i Well No. 4 Well•Not 3 147th St N 147th St N Fr1 hman Ry N d Rice a v 1 0 z y T > Y Egg z ' d a o 140th St N laiste z •�-�- No J School a S tiro 132nd St N Tower Well NO � a� T 130th St N Soufh cho I ction I Flay Rd N z J z z •/ ¢ v a z �, Sunset o a Well -No. 6 0 125th St N r n o nd-StN Bald Eagle W I I Round 120th St N Existing Water Supply System Map `Oj Water Tower a Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve ® Interconnection Watermain Diameter 6" $„ 10" 12" — 16" 24" Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water - Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Map 9-1 i -a t- t 1 to 14.17 for review only .4w: • ' 4� t$y • _ j+' �• •, ,r�� `�,'.t�_• - +fir _ 1 Community Interconnections The City of Hugo currently also has two water system interconnections with the City of Lino Lakes. Each interconnection has a capacity of 5,000 gallons per minute or 7.2 million gallons per day. The City has and will continue to explore additional interconnections with neighboring communities. In the short term, this includes Lino Lakes and White Bear Township. In the medium term, Forest Lake, and in the long term, Grant and May Township. The Metropolitan Council recently completed a study which included analysis demonstrating that the City of Hugo can connect to five neighboring water systems. These existing and potential interconnections not only serve as a water source in the event of an emergency, but also create capacity for the sale and purchase of water supply between communities should the need arise in the future. Computer Model A computer model of the City of Hugo's water system was prepared to reflect the existing and 2040 water demands and network configurations. The model was used to evaluate the capacity of the existing system and to verify the improvements that will need to be made through the year 2040. System Pressures and Velocities The Ten State Standards for water distribution system design recommend working pressures of 60 to 80 psi, with a minimum normal working pressure of 35 psi and a minimum at all times at all ground level points of 20 psi. A design target of 50 to 70 psi for working pressures is often used as well. The Minnesota Department of Health requires a minimum pressure of 20 psi during any fire or other emergency water use. Pressures above 100 psi are not recommended. The City of Hugo's water distribution network has two pressure zones, south and north. A map of the existing steady state system pressures calculated by the model, with the tower levels set to the lowest level seen during maximum day demand, is shown in Map 9-2. • The overflow elevation of the south Tower 2 is 1,055.5 feet. Ground elevations within this pressure zone vary between 906 to 950 feet. Therefore, static pressures at ground elevations in this zone when Tower 2 is full vary from 46 to 65 psi. • The overflow elevation of the north Tower 3 is 1,084.0 feet. Ground elevations within this pressure zone vary between 906 to 962 feet. Therefore, static pressures at ground elevations in this zone when Tower 3 is full vary from 53 to 77 psi. It is recommended that velocities in long watermain segments be less than five feet per second (fps) to avoid excessive energy loss and pressure reduction. Under maximum day demand, none of the pipes in the model indicate velocities greater than 5 fps. The greatest calculated velocities, from 3-5 fps, occur primarily in the watermain connecting the production wells and water towers to the network. Fire Flow Capacities The Insurance Services Office (ISO) provides fire flow requirements for individual structures within a community. These requirements, which specify both the quantity and duration of fire flows, are typically focused on large commercial, industrial, and public buildings. The fire flows required for these structures usually fall between 2,500-3,500 gpm. A map of the existing available fire flows throughout Hugo's water distribution system, with the tower levels set to the lowest level seen during maximum day demand, is shown in Map 9-3. The areas that exhibit lower available fire flows in the model are the low density residential areas in the east -central part of the system near Goodview Avenue North; the available flows still satisfy ISO requirements for low density residential development. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 211 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Demand Projections Table 9-4 summarizes the projected population served by the City's water supply system through the year 2040, including the projected total per capita demand, the average day demand, and the maximum day demand each year. It should be noted that the average and maximum projected water demand is the projected water pumped and therefore includes unaccounted water. Projections made are per the 2040 Comprehensive Plan Update and the following assumptions: • Population projections were based on the City's 2030 Comprehensive Plan, and are greater than the Metropolitan Council's 2040 projections. • Average day demands were calculated by multiplying the projected population served by the average total per capita water demand from 2012-2016. A total demand of 93 GPCD was assumed for 2017 through 2040, which includes approximately 2.7% unaccounted water. • The average peaking factor for average day demand to maximum day demand for the past five years is 3.43. This peaking factor was assumed for the year 2017 and then decreased linearly to reach the goal of 2.6 by the year 2030. A peaking factor of 2.6 was applied from 2030 to 2040. Vi�r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table 9-4 Water Demand Proiections 2017 15,729 12,493 93 1.16 3.43 3.99 2018 16,853 13,542 93 1.26 3.37 4.24 2019 17,976 14,591 93 1.36 3.30 4.48 2020 19,100 15,640 93 1.45 3.24 4.71 2021 20,090 16,666 93 1.55 3.17 4.92 2022 21,080 17,692 93 1.65 3.11 5.12 2023 22,070 18,718 93 1.74 3.05 5.30 2024 23,060 19,744 93 1.84 2.98 5.48 2025 24,050 20,770 93 1.93 2.92 5.64 2030 29,000 25,900 93 2.41 2.60 6.26 2040 40,000 37,000 93 3.44 2.60 8.95 GPCD - Gallons per Capita per day MGD - Million Gallons per Day COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 212 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Resource Sustainability Sustainable water use is defined as the use of water to provide for the needs of society, now and in the future, without unacceptable social, economic, or environmental consequences. The City of Hugo has kept well monitoring records in accordance with the resource sustainability requirements of the Department of Natural Resources. Records of water levels are maintained for all production wells and water level readings are taken continuously through a SCADA system. All wells in the City of Hugo utilize the Jordan Aquifer source water. The water levels of Well Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 have maintained a constant level and Well No. 2 has a rising level trend, given the monitoring information provided from 2015. The data indicates the aquifer is a sustaining water supply. The static water leve data is included in Appendix 9-3, and the monitoring procedures are summarized in Table 9-5. In addition to monitoring groundwater levels, the City of Hugo has also begun constructing stormwater reuse systems, which use surface water rather than groundwater for irrigation of the City's green spaces. These projects are described in greater detail in the Water Conservation section that follows. The City of Hugo DNR Appropriation Permit (1975-6218) currently authorizes the City to pump 650 million gallons per year. Historically, the City has pumped between 200 million and 450 million gallons per HC,t TZ 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE year, as shown in Table 9-1. The National Wetland Inventory features within the City are shown in Map 9-4. The impact of groundwater pumping on regional natural resources is currently being studied, and the impact on White Bear Lake is under litigation, as described below. The Ramsey County District Court issued a ruling on August 30, 2017 that the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) allowed over -pumping of the groundwater aquifer in the region of White Bear Lake. The judge ordered the DNR to review groundwater appropriation permits within five miles of the lake and to enforce a residential lawn watering ban when the lake water level drops below 923.5 feet above sea level. On September 26, 2017, the DNR issued a news release stating that it will appeal the Court's ruling. The DNR contends that restricting permits within five miles of the lake will halt important development, and that the watering ban will impose an undue burden on 500,000 White Bear Lake area residents. The DNR recently developed a new groundwater model for the North and East Metro Groundwater Management Area (NEM GWMA), which will aid in understanding how groundwater pumping affects aquifers and lake levels in that region. The model will also help determine what effect pumping reduction or restriction would have on lake levels. The DNR is in the process of drawing conclusions from this model, and the sustainability of the groundwater aquifer is still under study. Roughly the southern half of Hugo falls within five miles of White Bear Lake, and the City has supply wells both inside and outside of this buffer boundary. The City is closely following developments in this case and will coordinate with the DNR to ensure that it is complying with regional and state guidelines. The City of Hugo will review and adjust its Water Capital Improvement Plan as definitive conclusions become available in the case. The City will also continue its water conservation and efficiency programs in an effort to reduce water demand. Table 9-5 Monitoring Wells 523948 Production Daily SCADA 654497 Production Daily SCADA 671642 Production Daily SCADA 686272 Production Daily SCADA 773400 Production Daily SCADA COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 213 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Preventative Maintenance Longterm preventative programs and measures for the City's existing water system will help reduce the risk of emergency situations. The City of Hugo staff has a number of programs to help reduce these risks. The well pumps are critical to the system's supply and do wear out with time due to their extensive use. Public Works Operations staff checks pump oil, bearings, and packing each weekday. Staff changes the pump oil in the spring and fall of each year. Well pumps are annually inspected by a well contractor to ensure proper operation. Annual well functions inspected include voltage, flow rate, vibration, water level, and other maintenance issues. In addition, pumps are pulled and serviced, rebuilt, or replaced as necessary every seven years. The water distribution system components are inspected and replaced when appropriate as part of the City's annual street reconstruction projects. Fire hydrants are flushed twice a year and gate valves are periodically exercised to confirm they are in proper working order and to identify issues within the distribution system. Storage facilities are cleaned and inspected every five years and repainted as necessary. jF•• 1 .• i 'Y 4�_p�'J-L�•Fr ri•�.a _}{�—�-y`�� M ,- - •��77J c 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 214 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN C:I-F C)F f:�'f. 11101,: Existing Water System Pressure Map Pressure - 30-40 psi 40-50 psi 50-60 psi - 60-70 psi - 70-80 psi Water Tower 0 Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve ® Interconnection Watermain Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Map 9-2 )RAFT Dec14-17 for review only ZS7th 0] 3 a 041 al• I Vz ' > z a ; c Q Bald Eagle W �y r I Egg Horseshoe 2 157th St N Rice 147th St N z Q 0 a a Barker) ^^ Plaisted I North I 1 School Section 132nd St N u 130th St N I South School I— Section 1 � a' I 3 Iii a' Sunset 2 > s -2 Long 1 125th St N 7 I C 2nd�StN I S Round -------- --- 120th St NI '---! J W C)F Mill FST. 1#7r,R Existing Water System Fire Flows Map Available Fire Flow Below 1,500 gpm 1,500-3,500 gpm Above 3,500 gpm 0Water Tower CO Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve ® Interconnection Watermain Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 (5 Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Map 9-3 )RAFT Dec14-17 for review only Water Conservation Water conservation programs are intended to reduce demand for water, improve the efficiency in its use, and reduce the loss and waste of water. Longterm conservation measures that improve overall water use efficiencies can help reduce the need for short-term conservation measures. Water conservation is an important part of water resource management and can also help utility managers satisfy the everincreasing demands being placed on water resources. Minnesota Statutes 103G.291 requires public water suppliers to implement demand reduction measures before seeking approval to construct new wells or increase their authorized volumes of water. Minnesota Rules 6115.0770, require water users to employ the best available means and practices to promote the efficient use of water. Conservation programs can be cost effective when compared to the generally higher costs of developing new sources of supply or expanding water and/or wastewater treatment plant capacities. S •�L 1 r �- �• �rJ • }L• 1, M •rs ;.. JL' AA } 0-aw C 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 217 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN i r Conservation Goals The DNR has established water conservation goals for eight major areas of water use: Metering and Unaccounted Water: The American Water Works Association (AWWA) recommends that every water utility system meter all water taken into its system and all water distributed from its system at its customers' points of service. An effective metering program relies upon periodic performance testing, repair, and maintenance of all meters. AWWA also recommends that utilities conduct regular water audits to ensure accountability. Table 9-6 presents a summary of the 2016 number and maintenance schedule for customer meters. Table 9-7 presents a summary of the number and maintenance schedule for water source meters. Currently there are no known unmetered connections to the City of Hugo's water system. The American Water Works Association (AWWA) recommends that unaccounted water not exceed 10% of the City's total average annual volume of water consumed. In the last five years, the City of Hugo's unaccounted for water was approximately 2.7% of the City's average annual volume of water consumed. As this is below the recommended 10%, the City is not required to implement conservation methods in response to unaccounted water; however, it is important to monitor the amount of unaccounted water regularly as it is a good indication Vi�r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE of pipe breaks or system failures. Water audits can be used to identify, quantify, and verify water and revenue losses, and the City evaluates the volume of unaccounted water each billing cycle. In addition, the City performs lead detection and surveys periodically as need, and in conjunction with street reconstruction projects. 2. Per Capita Demand: The DNR recommends a residential per capita water demand goal for communities within the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area of 75 gallons per capita per day (GPCD). In the last five years, the City of Hugo averaged a residential per capita demand of 67 GPCD, which is within the DNR's recommended target. The City will continue enforcement of the lawn watering restriction during the summer months to maintain low residential demand. The City's stormwater reuse projects have also reduced residential water demand for irrigation. 3. Demand Reduction: The City is also making efforts to reduce non-residential water demands. The City will explore opportunities for water reuse with its institutional, commercial, and industrial customers. The City will also continue rebate programs for irrigation which reduce outdoor water use. Table 9-6 Customer Meters Residential 3,161 3,161 12 / N/A Irrigation 97 97 12 / N/A Commercial 76 76 12 / N/A Industrial 22 22 12 / N/A Total 3,356 3,356 Table 9-7 Water Source Meters Water Source 5 When 16 / N/A (Wells) Required COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 218 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN 4. Total Per Capita Demand: The total per capita water demand in the City of Hugo has fluctuated over the last ten years. Over the long term, it shows a slight decreasing trend. This trend is likely due to increased enforcement of lawn watering restrictions and the recent implementation of water reuse projects. 5. Peak Demand Ratio: In the last five years, the City of Hugo's average maximum day to average day ratio was 3.4. The DNR recommends a peak ratio goal of 2.6. The City has implemented, and strictly enforces, an odd/even watering ban during all lawn watering seasons. The goal of the watering ban is to reduce the maximum day to average day demand ratio. The City has also recently implemented several stormwater reuse projects, described below, which are expected to lower the peak ratio. A slight decreasing trend in this ratio has emerged since 2014, which may be attributable to these reuse projects. increasing block rate. The increasing block rate is desirable from a conservation standpoint as it promotes conservation awareness to each individual customer. In addition, the water rates are evaluated on a yearly basis. 7. Additional Strategies: The DNR has identified a number of 6. Rate Structure: The City has implemented a water utility rate structure for all customer categories on a quarterly basis, and the overall rate structure is included in Appendix 9-9. The volume 8' included in the base rate charge for residential customers is 15,000 gallons; however, the City also charges based on the actual usage by the customer (residential, institutional/commercial/industrial, and irrigation). The charges assessed based on the actual water usage is a conservation rate structure, meaning that the rate per unit increases as water use increases. This is also referred to as an additional strategies that communities can use to reduce water use and support wellhead protection planning. The City of Hugo plans to continue implementing or begin to implement the following programs: • Prepare a Comprehensive Open Space Plan • Adopt a Water Use Restriction Ordinance • Adopt an Outdoor Lawn Irrigation Ordinance • Implement a Stormwater Management Program • Implement a Water Conservation Outreach Program • Implement a Rebate Program Tracking Success: The City of Hugo will continue to monitor its per capita water use and its ratio of peak to average day demand. Its per capita water use is already within the DNR's recommended target, but its ratio of peak to average day demand is not. The City will continue to monitor this ratio and pursue a decreasing trend toward the peak ratio goal of 2.6. Stormwater Reuse One particular water conservation goal and initiative of the City of Hugo is stormwater reuse, for which the City has already implemented several systems. These systems draw stormwater from storage ponds for irrigation which would otherwise discharge to nearby surface waters. These projects have the benefits of improving the water quality of the City's surface waters by reducing stormwater runoff and reducing the burden on the potable water supply system for irrigation. The existing project sites include the Oneka Ridge Golf Course, Beaver Ponds Park, and Water's Edge development. Together these projects reduce groundwater demand in the City by approximately 80 million gallons per year. Several new reuse systems are already included in the development plans for the coming years, and the City will continue to identify and pursue stormwater reuse opportunities for existing development. The City has a goal of including stormwater reuse systems in all future major development projects. ,t 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 219 W AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only Regulation Education and Information Programs Table 9-8 Current Education Programs The City of Hugo has a number of regulations for shortterm reductions in demand and longterm improvements in water efficiencies. The City has a year-round odd/even water ban to help reduce peak demand during summer months. A copy of the adopted regulation is included in Appendix 9-10. In addition to the City regulations, there are a number of mandated State and Federal Regulations that the City enforces. These regulations include Minnesota Statute 103G.298 requiring all automatically operated landscape irrigation systems to have furnished and installed technology that inhibits or interrupts operation of the landscape irrigation system during periods of sufficient moisture. The technology must also be adjustable either by the end user or the professional practitioner of landscape irrigation services. The 1992 Federal Energy Policy Act established manufacturing standards for water efficient plumbing fixtures, including toilets, urinals, faucets, and aerators and is enforced with the City's building permit and inspections department. The City of Hugo provides information on how to improve water use efficiencies by a number of education methods throughout the year. Information is, in general, provided at appropriate times to address peak demands. Emergency notices and educational materials on how to reduce water use are available for quick distribution during an emergency. Table 9-8 summarizes the City's educational programs and the number of times per year the City performs each activity. Billing inserts or tips printed on the actual bill Consumer Confidence Reports Press releases to traditional local news outlets Social media distribution Presentations to community groups Information kiosk at utility and public buildings Marketing rebate programs in City Displays and exhibits: rain gardens with informative signage Staff training of City's conservation goals Facility tours Demonstration projects (landscaping or plumbing) Targeted efforts (letters to high water) Notices of ordinances Emergency conservation notices Conservation tips available on website 3+/year Ongoing 8+/year Ongoing 3+/year Ongoing Ongoing As requested 2+/year 2+/year As needed As needed Ongoing T r _ 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 220 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN O z a 3 c (/ 1005th St N IL iY R y Tower No. 3 I•N ^"'a^ Rd N r 4- 1 S • . `� • Egg o C ®p o 0 } o 170th St N 11 z N Iq D ... z , ' j o abu O 4A„d9 o Y V7— �a'rk�et� = � O I I 64 157th St N r v rp 0 �- lYl`,1 152nd St N o 147th St N Q 0 Z C ° Gr- a o�� c z ��WWW MW Oe N a z, n — = N 0000 0000. �. laiste Z No � 0 s � School ` S ti 132nd St N Tower 47 -29' Well No. 2�� a n 130th St N South C ,. chool �•. , , �� o �� ction Flay Rtl N z • \ a � z •i a g D d •a' z 6 �, Q! a Sunset > a Well No. 6 L- 0 125th St N A • _ r c o -0 od-StN Bald Eagle�i w ) �t LU � � � Y TTT ? 00 Round/ Q� 120th St N CA—FC)F= PST. if]OR National Wetland Inventory Map National Wetland Inventory Water Tower 1110 0 Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve ® Interconnection Watermain Diameter 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 24" Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Streams and Ditches Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Map 9-4 )RAFT Dec14-17 for review only 2040 Water Supply System Proposed Water System Improvements The City of Hugo's Water CIP includes a number of improvements to ensure adequate water storage and supply. These improvements are shown in Map 9-5. The City's maximum day demand is expected to increase to 6,200 gpm (8.95 MGD) by the year 2040. The system's existing firm capacity is 4,225 gpm (6.08 MGD). Assuming that future production wells will have a production capacity of approximately 1,200 gpm and that the maximum day demand is supplied over 20 hours, three additional wells will be required by 2040. A well siting study will be required to determine the locations of these future wells. The City's average day demand is expected to increase to 2,400 gpm (3.44 MGD) by the year 2040. The City's total existing storage capacity is 2.0 MG. The City plans to construct a new 1.5 MG water tower that will be located beside existing Well No. 6 in the future. Once this new water tower is constructed, the existing Tower No. 2 will be taken out of service, leaving the City's total future storage capacity at 3.0 MG. Based on a supply and storage analysis through the year 2040, this future storage capacity will satisfy the City's storage and fire fighting requirements through that time. To serve the eastern portion of the City that is currently outside of the City's 2040 MUSA, the trunk water distribution system will need to be extended to the east, in addition to the construction of supply and storage infrastructures within that part of the City. Distribution, supply, and storage requirements will be dependent on the expected population and land use of the areas where service is extended. } 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 222 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN 2040 System Pressures and Velocities A map of the 2040 build -out steady state system pressures calculated by the model, with the tower levels set to the lowest level seen during maximum day demand, is shown in Map 9-6. As with the existing system, under maximum day demand, none of the pipes in the 2040 model indicate velocities greater than 5 fps. The greatest calculated velocities, from 3-5 fps, again occur primarily in the watermain connecting the production wells and water towers to the network. 2040 Fire Flow Capacities A map of the 2040 build -out available fire flows, with the tower levels set to the lowest level seen during 2040 maximum day demand, is shown in Map 9-7. The areas that exhibit lower available fire flows in the 2040 model are diminished compared to the existing system, and are still the low density residential areas in the east -central part of the system near Goodview Avenue North. The available flows in this area still satisfy ISO requirements for low density residential development. } 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 223 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 m — — J— — I 1 1 1 N G/ 1 1 1 1 1 z m ::165th a> = 3 d {` Plaisted LL 1 1 1 1 1 1 a 1 Tower No. 3 m 40` Flay Rd N m 1g�th St N , Vllell No. 5 Horseshoe - -- z v a> 0 X ka 157th St N Rice 1 Egg 1 MVV/ z 1 o � r d m — — J— — I c a N G/ a c E O L y 1 140th St N = {` Plaisted Tower No. 2 Cl em 4" Well Nod - -- z v a> 0 X ka 157th St N Rice z 1 Egg m > MVV/ a 1 o � r m — — J— — I c N G/ a E O L y 140th St N {` Plaisted Tower No. 2 Cl em 4" Well Nod Section Flay Rd N m 132nd St N _ , z > z ¢ Tower No. 4., a • C ¢ r o 611' o. 6 "a ; `� 125th St N Bald Eagle I a, W ♦ School Section ♦ Il\ oSunset z z m > � a a o T a m c 147th St N Z a d z N G/ a E O L y 140th St N {` Plaisted North School Section 132nd St N 130th St N .South School Section z oSunset Long 1 andStN Round 120th St N z r J DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only I YF 2040 Water Supply System Map Loyr Water Tower `le Proposed Water Tower o Well Proposed Watermain ► Pressure Reducing Valve Diameter ® Interconnection 8" Watermain — — ' 12" Diameter — — 16" 6" — — • 24" — 8" Future Well Location 10" Future Tower Location 12" 16" 24" Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Map 9-5 i 1 i , Horseshoe Z d a , _ T 3 � N I Z Z LL 165th St N —_ J _ _ _ — _ Q a Z a a' �m off, LL 0ka 1 157th St N _ — I • 1 s�th St N ;I 1 1 152nd St N .I 147th St N 147th St N I Frenc ��a^RdN i IRice Bark Round 120th St N � I - I ------------------ �--------------------- rsm. innF 2040 Water System Pressure Map Pressure 50-60 psi Z d - 60-70 psi 70-80 psi Egg n v Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve ® Interconnection a Z d Proposed Watermain Municipal Boundary N O Q Parcels I Street L 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH O _ — 140th St_N )RAFT Dec14-17 for review only i Plaisted 1 North School Section Ca 132nd St N 3 , 130th St N South School �1I: Flay Rd Section ff N z Z z a d d a Sunset a Long Q �% 125th St N x ' o c7 122^dStN 3 ` s Round 120th St N � I - I ------------------ �--------------------- rsm. innF 2040 Water System Pressure Map Pressure 50-60 psi 60-70 psi 70-80 psi Water Tower `Oj Proposed Water Tower v Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve ® Interconnection Watermain Proposed Watermain Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Ma[ )RAFT Dec14-17 for review only 1 I 1 1 1 � - 1 1 � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Horseshoe 1 1 1 d _ 1 z 1 C C y 3 1 I0 LL 4 1 1 1 0 1 ,4.- 1 v 1 ' a ° 1 LL 1 x - � - - '� 0 ka 1 157th St N is th St N 1 _ y- 1 Rice ► Egg 147th St N a Barke Plaisted r North School Section 132nd St N 130th St N South — School Section Flay Rd N Z I a d 3 I a Sunset s Long d,gtN •0 125th St N z i �� II - , 122�i 5 Round 120th St N --- - - - --- — -------j r CITY (DF 2040 Water System Fire Flows Map Available Fire Flow - Below 1,500 gpm 1,500-3,500 gpm Above 3,500 gpm Water Tower Proposed Water Tower l Well ► Pressure Reducing Valve N Interconnection Watermain Proposed Watermain Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Open Water Parcels Street 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/6/2017 Map 9-7 2040 Comprehensive Water Supply Guiding Principles Growth of the trunk water distribution system will be consistent with the Growth Management Policies outlined in the Comprehensive Plan. The timing of future trunk watermain improvements will be influenced by several parameters, including development within specific areas, regulatory requirements, availability of funds, etc. As a result, it is difficult to accurately predict the timing of future improvements, especially those which may occur far in the future. Therefore, the Capital Improvement Plan is intended to serve as a guide only for future fiscal planning and should be reviewed on a regular basis as more current planning and cost data becomes available. The following items are general guiding principles to be considered when reviewing and/or revising the City's water system fee structure: Design and Maintenance The City promotes design for public buildings that allows for future expansions or accessory uses and encourages multi -use functions in public buildings to provide for economy in government and make the most efficient use of these facilities. The City will maintain the existing infrastructure to maximize cost efficiencies in development of public projects and will work with the State, County and/or neighboring communities to coordinate public infrastructure improvements and services. The City discourages leapfrog development. Oversizing Trunk oversizing, as defined by the City and installed as part of development projects, will be credited using the differential of pipe costs between the larger and the minimum pipe size required for the development. The City shall determine if a credit will be given for a project. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 227 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Storage and Supply Facilities Trunk storage and supply facilities are defined as the City supply wells and water storage facilities. Improvements to these facilities are financed by the City via the trunk water fees described above. All storage and supply systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with City standards. Existing Developed Unserviced Properties There are a number of existing developed areas that do not receive water service within the City limits. The trunk system has been designed to accommodate the existing developed unserviced properties within the City, but it is not the policy of the City to force individual property owners to connect to City service. If an individual property owner or group of neighboring property owners wishes to connect to City service where it is not yet available, the City will review whether or not it is an economically viable alternative to provide services to the area at the time of the request for connection. Existing developed unserviced residential properties will be required to pay connection fees as required by City Code. Existing Non -Residential Unserviced Properties Existing unserviced commercial/ industrial or other non-residential properties wishing to expand or connect to municipal utilities shall be treated the same as new development and will be required to pay all connection fees as required by the City Code. } 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 228 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Capital Improvement Plan The City of Hugo's Water CIP is presented in Table 9-9. This table includes trunk system improvements for service areas added within the 2040 MUSA, and also includes water storage and well source improvements within the 2040 MUSA. To serve the eastern portion of the City that is currently outside of the City's 2040 MUSA, the trunk water distribution system will need to be extended to the east and will include the construction of additional supply and storage within the eastern portion of the City. Distribution, supply, and storage requirements will depend on the expected population and land use of the areas where service is extended. Utility Fee Structure The City's current water fee structure is provided in Appendix 9-9. Fees consist of water use rates, water availability charges (WAC), and water trunk fees. Utility usage fees are charged to both residential and non-residential users based on the actual water usage metered during the particular billing period. The purpose of the user charges is to fund the operation, maintenance, and replacement costs of the existing distribution system. User charges are primarily based on the actual DRAFT Dec 14-17 for review only costs of operations, maintenance, and replacement of all water system facilities. WAC fees provide a funding mechanism for asset costs, while water trunk fees provide funding for the construction of major infrastructure improvements needed to develop and expand the system. The City of Hugo has established that growth should be funded and paid for by those in need of the facilities. The development creating the need for additional water distribution system improvements are expected to pay for new trunk facilities and expansion of existing facilities through the water trunk fees. Both the WAC fees and water trunk fees are calculated based upon the Metropolitan Council's SAC Procedure Manual, which includes SAC unit calculations for non-residential properties. New development within the 2040 MUSA with municipal infrastructure available is required to connect to the municipal system. Existing development is not currently required to connect to the City's water distribution system. Developments and redevelopments desiring service will be responsible for all connection charges per City Code. Table 9-9 Water S m Capital Improvements Plan 2018-2020 Install New 1.5 MG Water Tower No. 4 Well Maintenance and Repair Install New 1.5 MG Water Tower No. 4 2020-2025 Well Maintenance and Repair Trunk Watermain Expansion (Phased with Development) Install New Well No. 7 2025-2030 Well Maintenance and Repair Trunk Watermain Expansion (Phased with Development) Install New Well No. 8 2030-2035 Well Maintenance and Repair Trunk Watermain Expansion (Phased with Development) Install New Well No. 9 2035-2040 Well Maintenance and Repair Trunk Watermain Expansion (Phased with Development) 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 229 _ AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Emergency Response Procedures Water emergencies can occur as a result of vandalism, sabotage, accidental contamination, mechanical problems, power failures, drought, flooding, and other natural disasters. The purpose of emergency planning is to develop emergency response procedures and to identify actions needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of a municipality, these procedures should be in support of, and part of, an allhazard emergency operations plan. } 0-awC 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 230 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Federal Emergency Response Plan Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act as amended by the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (Public Law 107-188, Title IV — Drinking Water Security and Safety) requires community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people to prepare an Emergency Response Plan. The City of Hugo has completed a Federal Emergency Response Plan and submitted the required certification to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The following information supplements and summarizes the information contained in that document and this information is specific to the City's existing water system, including the allocation and demand reduction procedures and enforcement. The current contact information for these personnel is: Emergency Response Lead: Scott Anderson Phone: (651) 755-6468 Email: sanderson@ci.hugo.mn.us Alternate Emergency Response Lead: Mike Loeffler Phone: (651) 248-4683 Email: mloeffler@ci.hugo.mn.us HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE As contained in the Federal Emergency Response Plan, the emergency response lead is to be the City's Public Works Director and the alternate emergency response lead will be designated by the Public Works Director. Operational Contingency Plan An operational contingency plan that describes measures to be taken for water supply mainline breaks and other common system failures, as well as routine maintenance, is recommended by the State Department for all utilities. The City of Hugo's water utility currently has an operational contingency plan. A contact list for contractors and suppliers is included in a water emergency telephone list included in Appendix 9-5. Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 231 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Water Supply Plans, as required by the Department of Natural Resources and the Metropolitan Council, must include procedures to address emergencies and the sudden loss of water due to line breaks, power failures, sabotage, etc. During periods of limited water supply, public water suppliers are required to allocate water based on the priorities established in Minnesota Statutes 103G.261. These priorities are defined as follows: • The first priority water use category includes domestic water supply only and excludes industrial and commercial uses of municipal water supply. The first priority also includes uses for power production that meet contingency requirements. Domestic use is defined by MN Rules 6115.0630, Subp. 9, as use for general household purposes for human needs such as cooking, cleaning, drinking, washing, and waste disposal, and uses for onfarm livestock watering excluding commercial livestock operations which use more than 10,000 gallons per day or one million gallons per year. • The second priority water use category includes uses involving consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day. • The third priority water use category includes uses for agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products. • The fourth priority water use category includes uses for power production in excess of the use provided for in the contingency plan under first priority. • The fifth priority water use category includes uses, other than agricultural irrigation, processing of agricultural products, and power production. • The sixth priority water use category includes nonessential uses. These uses are defined by Minnesota Statutes 103G.291 as lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other nonessential uses. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Water used for human needs at hospitals, nursing homes and similar types of facilities are designated as a high priority to be maintained in an emergency. Local allocation priorities will address water used for human needs at other types of facilities such as hotels, office buildings, and manufacturing plants. The volume of water and other types of water uses at these facilities will be carefully considered. After reviewing the data, common sense will dictate local allocation priorities to protect domestic requirements over certain types of economic needs. Table 9-10 lists the priority ranking, average day demand and demand reduction potential for each customer category in the City. Table 9-10 Water Use Priorities Residential 1 720,000 - Institutional 2 0 Commercial 3 36,600 Industrial 4 22,200 Agricultural/Irrigation 5 219,000 Wholesale 7 0 Non -Essential 6 N/A Total NA N/A 245,000* GPD — Gallons per Day *It is estimated that the City's use increases by approximately 490,000 gallons per day in the summer. Therefore, on average, the short-term reduction potential is 245,000 gallons per day (half of the increased summer use). It should be noted that this reduction potential will be significantly lower in the winter months. )RAFT Dec 14-17 HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 232 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Triggers for allocation and demand reduction actions are defined by the City of Hugo for implementing emergency responses, including supply augmentation, demand reduction, and water allocation. Examples of triggers can include the water demand in excess of 100% of storage capacity, the water level in the City's wells below a certain elevation, etc. Each trigger should have a quantifiable indicator and actions can have multiple stages such as mild, moderate and severe responses. The following are triggers that the City of Hugo has identified and are used for implementing emergency responses: • Excessive Water Demand • Storage Capacity (demand exceeding capacity) • Well Pumps, or Wells Out of Service • Loss of Production • Water Main Break • Governor's Executive Order — Critical Water Deficiency (required by Statute) Table 9-11 presents the primary quantitative triggers for implementing water emergency procedures and the actions to be taken. System failures are not included in the outlined triggers. Triggers may be adjusted if equipment failures occur. In addition, the potential for Vi�r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE water availability problems during the onset of a drought are almost impossible to predict. Significant increases in demand should be balanced with preventative measures to conserve supplies in the event of prolonged drought conditions. Notification procedures as designated by the City of Hugo include methods that will be used to inform customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions. Customers should be aware of emergency procedures and responses that the City may need to implement. The City's Public Works Director or his designee shall be responsible for media notification and distribution of public notices for a Public Works emergency. Other emergencies that involve multiple agencies will be handled per the City's Emergency Operations Plan. The City website and billing inserts will notify consumers of conservation measures. Enforcement Minnesota Statutes require public water supply authorities to adopt Table 9-11 Demand Reduction Procedures Condition Trigger(s) The City has a mandated odd/even lawn watering restriction. During Stage I (Mild) During all lawn watering seasons. When water demand exceeds 110% of well firm Stage 2 (Severe) capacity or when stage 2 does not keep demand below 100% and/or Tower Levels below fire/ seasonal lawn watering restrictions, monitoring and enforcement is increased. A total watering ban is announced and enforced. reserve level. Critical Water Stage 1: Restrict lawn watering, vehicle washing, golf course and park Deficiency (M.S. Executive Order by Governor and as provided in irrigation and other non-essential uses. 103G.291) above triggers. Stage 2: Suspend lawn watering, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation and other non-essential uses. DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 233 for review only AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN and enforce water conservation restrictions during periods of critical water shortages. As stated in Minnesota Statutes 103G.291, Subdivision 1, regarding public water supply appropriation during deficiency, if the governor determines and declares by executive order that there is a critical water deficiency, public water supply authorities appropriating water must adopt and enforce water conservation restrictions within their jurisdiction that are consistent with rules adopted by the commissioner. The restrictions must limit lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other nonessential uses, and have appropriate penalties for failure to comply with the restrictions. The City of Hugo has authorized the Public Works Director to have standing authority to implement water restrictions, which increases response times for dealing with water emergencies. The Mayor or City Administrator, in conjunction with the Public Works Director, is responsible for providing overall direction and control of City Government resources involved in the response to a disaster. Typically, the Public Works Director will implement seasonal watering restrictions. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 234 0-awC AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendices Appendix 9-1 Water Supply Plan 4PUrG, 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 235 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-2 Well Records and Maintenance Summaries ,I [J� 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 236 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-3 Water Level Monitoring Plan 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 237 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-4 Water Level Graphs 4NXT ' 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 238 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-5 Capital Improvement Plan ,I [J� 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 239 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-6 Emergency Telephone List A PUG 0 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 240 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-7 Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services 4PUrG, 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 241 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-8 Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance 4PUrG, 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 242 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-9 Water Demand by Customer Category 4PUrG, 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 243 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-10 Water Rate Structure 4NXT ' 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 244 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-11 Water Conservation Regulations A PUG 0 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 245 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Appendix 9-12 Implementation Checklist 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER SUPPLY 246 AND DISTRIBUITION PLAN Chapter 10 f% OW& ww% &4% ONO% 6 0% W% ff JV% The City of Hugo's Water Resource Management Plan (plan, City plan, local plan, WRMP) is a local management plan that meets the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 103B.235, Minnesota Rules 8410, the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) Watershed Management Plan, the Brown's Creek Watershed District (BCWD) Fourth Generation Watershed Management Plan, the Carnelian -Marine -St. Croix Watershed District (CMSCWD) Watershed Management Plan, and Washington County Groundwater Plan. jH �4' 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec14-17 A for review only Minnesota Statute 1036.201 states that the purposes of the water management programs are to: • Protect, preserve, and use natural surface and groundwater storage and retention systems; • Minimize public capital expenditures needed to correct flooding and water quality problems; • Identify and plan for means to effectively protect and improve surface and groundwater quality; • Establish more uniform local policies and official controls for surface and groundwater management; • Prevent erosion of soil into surface water systems; • Promote groundwater recharge; • Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreational facilities; and • Secure the other benefits associated with the proper management of surface and groundwater. } 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE COMPREHENSIVE WATER 248 0-awC DRAFT Dec14-17 RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN for review only Background Lakes, wetlands, streams, and drainage ways dominate the landscape. These natural features play an extensive role in the way in which the community is currently developed, and will develop into the future. There are nine lakes in the City classified as protected waters and three lakes which are classified as wetlands by the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources. Hardwood Creek, Clear Water Creek and a number of judicial ditches also traverse the City. There are three separate watershed districts in the City of Hugo. The majority of the City is within the Rice Creek Watershed District except for small portions of eastern Hugo that are within the Carnelian -Marine -St. Croix Watershed District and the Brown's Creek Watershed District. There are also approximately 944 acres of protected wetlands in the City of Hugo. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Content The Hugo Water Resource Management Plan is divided into six sections: • Section 1.0 Executive Summary provides background information and summarizes the plan contents. • Section 2.0 Land and Water Resource Inventory presents information about the topography, geology, groundwater, soils, land use, public utilities, surface waters, hydrologic system and data, impaired waters, and the drainage system. • Section 3.0 Agency Cooperation describes local organizations and other governmental controls and programs that affect water management. • Section 4.0 Assessment of Problems and Issues presents the City's water management related problems and issues. • Section 5.0 Goals and Policies outlines the City's goals and policies pertaining to water management. • Section 6.0 Implementation Program presents the program elements and discusses the responsibilities, priorities and financial considerations associated with the implementation program. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only COMPREHENSIVE WATER 249 RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN Goals The goals and policies outlined in the WRMP are grouped by their relationship to the key issues listed below: • Section 5.2 — Volume Management • Section 5.3 — Water Quality • Section 5.4 — Runoff Management and Flood Control • Section 5.5 — Wetlands • Section 5.6 — Erosion and Sediment Control • Section 5.7 — Groundwater • Section 5.8 — Recreation, Habitat and Shoreland Management • Section 5.9 — Education and Public Involvement • Section 5.10 — Public Ditch System A general goal of the City is to cooperate, collaborate, and partner with other entities, such as the Watershed Districts and the MPCA. Cooperation, collaboration, and partnering results in projects that are less likely to conflict with the goals of the affected entities, are better able to meet long-term goals, and are generally more cost-effective. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Strategies Hugo pursues a reduce, reuse, and replenish philosophy through its stormwater management policies. Hugo's policies are designed to: • Reduce stormwater runoff to prevent the damage that occurs to lakes, streams, and wetlands from urbanization. • Reduce reliance on groundwater by encouraging projects that reuse stormwater for irrigation. Favor a regional approach to preserve and replenish underground drinking water supplies. This regional approach substitutes surface water for groundwater where possible and seeks to replenish groundwater supplies by active regional management of existing appropriations and by consideration of an aquifer recharge and storage program. DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only COMPREHENSIVE WATER 250 RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN rft , 7". Chapter 11 F� - _T :-_ 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE %a- r4-- DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only rl The City of Hugo, located in Washington County, has experienced population growth in recent years and anticipates growth to continue. To accommodate the projected population, the City initiated an update to its Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan in accordance with Minnesota Statute 473.513. The purpose of this study is to provide the City with an updated plan to serve future development and to identify existing system facilities and deficiencies. 0 Scope The plan incorporates the population projections from the Metropolitan Council (MCES) overall system statement to project sanitary sewer flows for the City of Hugo through the year 2040. The potential 2040 service area was defined as areas that can be feasibly served by sanitary sewer in the future and was based on the 2040 Land Use Plan. The 2040 service area for the City is considered to be the full build -out of the proposed 2040 urban service area, generally defined as the western half of the community. Based on the 2040 service area, sanitary Sewer Districts and Sub -districts were defined. Existing sanitary sewer flow rates were calculated based on the existing number of SAC units and per capita flows designated by MCES for each Sub -district. Future sanitary sewer flow rates were calculated for each Sub -district based on the respective land uses and assumed per acre flow rates. The eastern portion of the City was also evaluated for future sanitary sewer service beyond 2040. Projected sanitary sewer flow rates were used to analyze the existing trunk system capacity and to size future trunk system facilities. Future trunk improvements were defined with the intention that the trunk system would serve the 2040 service area in addition to the eastern portion of the City outside the 2040 MUSA. An approximate layout of potential 2040 trunk system improvements is provided, which include capacity considerations for ultimate flows from the eastern half of the City. Future improvements were incorporated into a Sanitary Sewer Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE for review only Data Available In preparing this report, the following sources of information were utilized: • Existing Sanitary Sewer GIS Information prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc. • Sanitary Sewer as-builts provided by the City of Hugo • City of Hugo Comprehensive Sewer Policy Plan, dated 2008 • MCES Metering Data • MCES Sanitary Sewer Design Peaking Factors • MCES System Statement for the City of Hugo COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri Existing Sanitary Sewer System Sanitary Sewer Service Area Typically, sanitary sewer systems consist of two elements: collection and treatment. Collection systems include sewer services, trunk sewer pipe, lateral sewer pipe, manholes, lift stations, and forcemains which collect the sewer flows from private residential, commercial, and industrial properties within the city. Treatment systems include the biological or chemical treatment in order to remove targeted contaminants from the wastewater. The City of Hugo's existing sanitary sewer system is a collection system only; the Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) provides treatment for Hugo's sanitary sewer flows. MCES is also responsible for major trunk facilities conveying wastewater across City boundaries to regional treatment facilities. All wastewater flows from the City of Hugo enter the MCES Interceptor system and are conveyed to the MCES Metropolitan Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) located in the City of St. Paul, directly adjacent to the Mississippi River. The sanitary sewer service area is defined as the area from which wastewater flows are collected by the City's sewer system. The existing service area within the City of Hugo is comprised of approximately 3,600 gross acres which includes the lakes, wetlands, open park land, and road right-of-ways. This existing service area is shown in Map 10-1. Nineteen sanitary sewer service districts were developed within the City boundaries based on the connection points to the MCES Interceptor. These districts are further subdivided into smaller Sub -districts based on trunk gravity service and lift station service areas that were used to develop design flows and size trunk facilities. The existing service area is partially developed within several districts. The Sewer Districts and Sub -districts are shown in Map 10-2. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only Land Use Breakdown Lift Stations The current and 2040 land use plan for the City of Hugo is described in Chapter 4 of this Comprehensive Plan. This plan was developed by The City of Hugo's sanitary sewer system includes ten lift stations the City and separates the planning area into 11 different land use categories. Land use is a critical factor in determining future sanitary sewer with pumping capacities that range between 90 gallons per minute alignments and sizes because different land uses generate different wastewater flow rates. Table 11-1 presents the current City land use (gpm) and 515 gpm. The lift station capacities vary depending on the breakdown and the associated abbreviations. demand within and size of their associated service area. Gravity Sanitary Sewer The City of Hugo's gravity sanitary sewer system is in good condition overall and consists of 8- to 18 -inch diameter vitrified clay pipe (VCP), acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), ductile iron pipe (DIP), and polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic sewer pipe. The original sanitary sewer system was constructed in the 1970's and included two lift stations. Following the initial construction, the majority of the system has been constructed within the past 30 years. The gravity sanitary sewers are directed to several connection points to the MCES interceptors described in Section 4 that conveys wastewater to the Metropolitan WWTP. The existing gravity sanitary sewer collection system (8 -inch diameter and larger) and the MCES interceptors are shown in Map 11-1. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE I0]:�11AIRN E115h for review only The locations of the existing lift stations are shown in Map 10-1, and Table 10-2 summarizes capacity information for each of the lift stations. Table 11-1 Land Use Summary Agricultural Business Park Commercia Industrial Very Low Density Residentia Low Density Residential Medium Density Residential High Density Residential Large Lot Residential Mixed Use Public/Quasi-Public AG BP COM IND VLD LD MD HD LL MIX PQ COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri 2 11CFF C)F= PST. 1.90R Existing Sanitary Sewer System Map Gravity Main ® Lift Station Diameter Forcemain MCES Forcemain — ► 101, —� MCES Gravity Main 12° Sewer Sub -District —� 15• Sewer District —� 18" Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary —� 2T• Parcels — ► 36" Open Water —� 42" 0 0.25 0.5 1 (t Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 Map 11-1 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Existing Sanitary Sewer Districts and Sub -Districts Map Sewer Sub -District Boundary Sewer District Boundary Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water — Street 12/14/2017 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Sanitary Sewer Districts To develop the future sanitary sewer trunk system, the ultimate potential service area was divided into major service areas or districts and then divided into Sub -districts. Generally, the selection of these larger district areas is governed by existing topography and/or other existing features such as roadways. The ultimate potential service area for Hugo is divided into twenty-two major sanitary Sewer Districts designated A through V. Map 11-2 shows the major sanitary Sewer Districts and the Sub -districts. The following sections describe the major sanitary Sewer Districts; future improvements to serve the undeveloped districts will be discussed in in the Future Sanitary Sewer System section. It should be noted that the acreage of each district presented below includes both existing developed and future developable acreage. District A Sanitary Sewer District A consists of approximately 320 acres of land divided into three Sub -districts: Al, A2, and A3. Sanitary Sewer Sub -district Al is located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61 and south of 122nd Street North. In 2010, an 8 -inch sanitary trunk system was installed along Everton Ave to serve existing residential homes that previously had private septic systems. �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Sanitary Sewer Sub -district A2 is approximately 100 acres of developable land and is located south of 122nd Street on the west side of TH 61 and south of 1251" Street on the east side of TH 61. Sanitary Sub -district A3 is approximately 190 acres of developable land, is also located south of 125th Street, and is east of Sub -district A2. Both Sub - districts A2 and A3 are currently not served by a sanitary sewer trunk system and all existing residential homes have private septic systems. Sub -district A3 includes the Oneka Ridge Golf Course. District B Sanitary Sewer District B consists of approximately 65 acres of land and divided into two Sub -districts: B1 and B2. Both sanitary sewer Sub -districts, B1 and B2, are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61 and south of 125th Street North. The districts are currently fully developed and served by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer that connects to the MCES interceptor at connection point B1 on 124th Street North. The sub -districts are not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 8 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. It :�11AIRNME115h for review only District C Sanitary Sewer District C consists of approximately 190 acres of developable land and divided into two Sub -districts: C1 and C2. Both sanitary sewer Sub -districts, C1 and C2, are located on the Table 11-2 Existing Lift Station Information 1 1973,2009 380 2009 2009 2 1973 400 1973 1973 'c3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1998, 2009 2000 2003 2004 2006 2006 2007 2007 190 350 100 120 100 200 515 90 2009 2000 2003 2004 2006 2006 2007 2007 2009 2000 2003 2004 2006 2006 2007 2007 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61 and south of 127' Street North. Sub -district C1 is currently fully developed, and is serviced by an 8 -in sanitary sewer. Before 2008, all the existing residential homes in Sub- district C1 had private septic systems. Sub -district C2 is serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer that connects directly to the MCES interceptor at connection point C1 on 126th Street North. The Sub -district is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 8 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. District D Sanitary Sewer District D consists of approximately 135 acres of land divided into two Sub -districts: D1 and D2. Both sanitary sewer Sub -districts, D1 and D2, are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61. Sub -district D1 is located north of 129th St N along Elmcrest Avenue and is currently developed as large lot residential and is not serviced by a sanitary sewer trunk system. All existing residential homes in Sub -district D1 currently have private septic systems. Sub -district D1 may re -develop in the future to low density residential which will require an extension of sanitary sewer service. Sub -district D2 is serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer and two City lift stations, Lift Station No. 3 and Lift Station No. 10. This Sub -district is directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point D1 east of Fairbanks Avenue. Sub -district D2 is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 8 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. District E Sanitary Sewer District E consists of approximately 490 acres of land divided into seven Sub -districts: E1, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, and E7. Sanitary Sewer Sub -districts E1 and E2 are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61 and Sub -districts E3, E4, E5, E6, and E7 are located on the east side of TH 61. Sub -district E1, E2, and E3 are all currently fully developed. Sub -district E5 is partially developed; the eastern portion of the district serviced by sewer lines and the western portion has private septic systems. E1 and E5 are serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer trunk system and E2 is serviced by a 12 -inch sanitary sewer trunk system. The majority of Sub -district E3 is serviced by an 8 -inch sewer system, and E3 also includes the existing Lift Station No. 4 and a 12 -inch and 18 -inch sewer trunk line. These Sub - districts are directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point E1 on Fenway Boulevard. All four Sub -districts are not expected to develop further and the capacity of both the 8 -inch, 12 -inch, and 18 - inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. Sub -districts E4, E6, and E7 are currently undeveloped and all existing residential homes in these sub -districts currently have private septic systems. Sub -districts E4 through E7 may develop in the future which will require an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service. District F Sanitary Sewer District F consists of approximately 23 acres of land and is not subdivided further into Sub -districts. Sanitary Sewer District F1 is located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61 and is south and east of Europa Court. District F1 is currently fully developed and is serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer trunk system. This district is directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point F1 on Fenway Boulevard. This district is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 8 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. District G Sanitary Sewer District G consists of approximately 132 acres of land divided into two Sub -districts: G1 and G2. Both sanitary sewer Sub -districts, G1 and G2, are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61. Sub -district G1 is located north of Europa Trail and south of Sub -district G2. G1 is currently undeveloped and is not serviced by a sanitary sewer trunk system. All existing residential homes in Sub -district G1 currently have private septic systems. Sub -district G1 may develop in the future which will require an extension of sanitary sewer service from G1. HC�,t 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only Sub -district G2 is serviced by 8 -inch and 10 -inch sanitary sewer lines and one City lift station, Lift Station No. 6. This sub -district is directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point G1 on Fenway Boulevard. Sub -district G2 is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 10 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. District H Sanitary Sewer District H consists of approximately 45 acres of land divided into two Sub -districts: H1 and H2. Both sanitary sewer Sub -districts, H1 and H2, are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61. Sub -district H1 is located along Europa Court. H1 is currently developed residential and serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer system. This Sub -district is directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point H1 on Fenway Boulevard. Sub -district H1 may develop further to the west and north in the future which will require an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from within this district. The capacity of the 8 -inch sanitary sewer within this sub -district is sufficient. Sub -district H2 is located along Fenway Boulevard Circle and is serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer. This Sub -district is directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point H2 on Fenway Boulevard. Sub -district H2 is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 8 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE if District I Sanitary Sewer District I consists of approximately 610 acres of developable land divided into six Sub -districts: 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16 Sanitary Sewer Sub -districts 11, 12, and 13 are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61. Sub -district 11 is located south of 140th Street North and is currently only developed adjacent to Fenway Boulevard. There are approximately 150 developable acres in 11 that are currently undeveloped and will require an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service. Sub -districts 12 is serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer, and 13 is serviced by both an 8 -inch and 18 -inch sanitary sewer. Sub -district 12 includes the City Lift Station No. 5 and Sub -district 13 includes the City Lift Station No. 2. These Sub -districts are directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point 11 on Fenway Avenue. Sub -districts 12 and 13 are fully developed and are not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 8 -inch and 18 - inch sanitary sewer is sufficient Sanitary Sewer Sub -districts 14, 15, and 16 are located on the east side of TH 61. Sub -district 14 is located south of 142nd Street North and is currently fully developed and serviced by 8 -inch, 10 -inch, and 15 -inch trunk sanitary sewer. The sanitary sewer flows from this Sub -district is directed to the City's Lift Station No.2 in Sub -district 13. Sub -district 14 is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the 15 -inch sanitary sewer is sufficient. 1�1:7_11AIRN E111 f for review only 14 1 Sub -districts 15 and 16 are currently undeveloped and may develop in the future. When these two Sub -districts develop, an extension of sanitary sewer service from district 14 will be required. District J Sanitary Sewer District J consists of approximately 385 acres of developable land divided into five Sub -districts: J1, J2, J3, J4, and J5. All sanitary sewer Sub -districts within district J are located on the west side of Trunk Highway (TH) 61 and south of Frenchman Road. Sub -district J1 is fully developed medium density residential and commercial and is serviced by an 8 -inch and 12 -inch sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point J1. Sub -district J2 is fully developed medium and low density residential and is serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point J2. Sub -district J3 is fully developed medium density residential and commercial and is serviced by an 8 -inch and sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point J3. Sub -district J4 is fully developed low density residential and commercial and is serviced by 8 -inch to 10 -inch sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point J4. Sub -district J4 also includes the City Lift Station No. 9. Sub -district J5 has a small region of low density residential developments, which are serviced by an 8 -inch sanitary sewer that COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri connects to Sub -district J4. The remainder of properties within Sub- district J5 are undeveloped and not connected to sanitary sewer lines For district J, the capacity of the existing trunk sanitary sewer system is sufficient. District K Sanitary Sewer District K consists of approximately 1,195 acres of developable land divided into seven Sub -districts: K1, K2, K3, K4, K5, K6, and K7. Sanitary Sewer Sub -district K1 is located west of TH 61 along Frenchman Road. The majority of the Sub -district is located north of Frenchman Road and is developed both mixed use and medium density residential. Sub -district K1 is primarily developed to the east, and is serviced by 8 -inch to 18 -inch sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point K1. Sub -districts K2, K3, K4, K5, K6, and K7 are located east of TH 61 primarily along 147th Street and Oneka Lake Boulevard. Sub -districts K2, K3, and K4 are fully developed mixed use, low density residential and medium density residential. All three sub -districts are serviced by 8 -inch to 15 -inch sanitary sewer that is directed to the 18 -inch trunk sanitary sewer located in Sub -district K1. Sub -district K2 also includes the City's Lift Station No. 1. All three of these Sub -districts are not expected to develop further with the exception of minor re - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE development in the future. The capacity of the existing trunk sanitary sewer system in K2 and K3 is sufficient to accommodate existing flows and also minor redevelopment within zoning requirements; however, the trunk sanitary sewer within K4 will need to be upgraded to 12 -inch sewer main with the development of K6 which will be directed to the K4 trunk sanitary sewer. Sub -district K5 is located west of TH 61 and south of Oneka Lake Boulevard. This Sub -district is primarily developed with existing low density residential. Sub -district K5 is serviced by 8 -inch to 12 -inch sanitary sewer and also includes the City's Lift Station No. 7. The district is directly connected to the 15 -inch trunk sanitary sewer located in Sub -district K2. Sub -district K6 is located east of Sub -district K4 along Oneka Lake Boulevard. K6 is currently undeveloped and may develop to low density residential in the future. When this development occurs, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from Sub -district K4 will be required. District L Sanitary Sewer District L consists of approximately 90 acres of developable land divided into three sub -districts: L1, L2, and L3 All three sub -districts are located west of TH 61, north of Frenchman 1�1:7_11AINIML5if for review only Road, and border the City's west boundary line. Sub -district L1 is fully developed medium density residential and commercial and is serviced by 8 -inch and 12 -inch sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point L1. Sub -district L1 is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the existing 12 -inch trunk sanitary sewer system is sufficient. Sub -districts L2 and L3 are partially developed and zoned for commercial and medium density residential. The developed regions are serviced by 8 -inch sanitary sewer, with Sub -district L2 connecting to Sub -district L1 and Sub -district L3 connecting to the MCES interceptor sewer along Frenchman Rd. District M Sanitary Sewer District M consists of approximately 200 acres of developable land divided into three Sub -districts: M1, M2, and M3. Sanitary sewer Sub -district M1 is located west of TH 61 and north of Frenchman Road along Oneka Parkway. The sub -district is fully developed medium density residential and is serviced by 8 -inch, 10 -inch, and 15 -inch sanitary sewer directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point M2. This sub -district is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the existing trunk sanitary sewer system is sufficient to accommodate existing flows. COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri Sub -district M2 and M3 are located directly south and east of Sub- district M1, respectively. The sub -districts are currently undeveloped and zoned for future commercial and medium density residential. When each of these sub -districts develop, an extension of sanitary sewer service from Sub -district M1 will be required. District N Sanitary Sewer District N consists of approximately 995 acres of developable land divided into nine Sub -districts: N1, N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7, N8, and N9. Sub -districts N1, N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, and N7 are located west of TH 61 and south of 159th Street North, with the exception of N1 which is located south of 165th Street North and bordering the City's west boundary line. Sanitary Sewer Sub -districts N2, N4, N5, and N6 are fully developed low density residential and medium density residential and are serviced by 8 -inch to 15 -inch sanitary sewer. Lift Station No. 8 is located within Sub -district N2 and serves a limited number of residential homes on Empress Avenue. Sub -districts N2, N4, and N6 are directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point N1, and Sub -district N5 is directly connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point N2. These sub -districts are not expected to develop further and the capacity of the existing trunk sanitary sewer system is sufficient to accommodate existing flows. The eastern half of Sub -district N3 is developed as low density HC�,t 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE residential and served by 8 -inch sanitary sewer which connects to Sub -district N2. Sub -districts N1 and N7 are currently undeveloped and zoned for future low density residential and medium density residential, respectively. When N1 develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from Sub -district N4 will be required, and when N7 develops, an extension of sanitary sewer service from Sub -district N6 will be required. Sub -districts N8 and N9 are located east of TH 61 and south of 159th Street North. Sanitary sewer Sub -district N9 is fully developed industrial, commercial, low density residential, and public/quasi- public and is serviced by 8 -inch to 12 -inch sanitary sewer. The sanitary sewer within Sub -district N9 is directed to Sub -district N6 and eventually is connected to the MCES interceptor at connection point N1. This sub -district is not expected to develop further and the capacity of the existing trunk sanitary sewer system is sufficient to accommodate existing flows. Sub -district N8 is currently undeveloped and zoned for future low density residential and commercial. When this sub -district develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from Sub -districts N6 and N9 will be required for review only District 0 Sanitary Sewer District 0 consists of approximately 930 acres of developable land divided into four sub -districts: 01, 02, 03, and 04. Sub -districts 01, 02, and the western portion of Sub -district 03 are located west of TH 61 and south of 170'" Street North. The eastern portion of Sub -district 03 and Sub -district 04 are located east of TH 61 and south of 170th Street North. All four districts are currently undeveloped. Sub -district 01 is zoned for future industrial and medium Sub -districts 01 and 02 are both zoned for future industrial and medium density residential, with also a high density residential zone located in the northeastern portion of Sub -district 02. Sub -district 03 is zoned for future industrial, medium density residential, high density residential, mixed use, and low density residential, and Sub -district 04 is zoned for future low density residential. When each of these sub - districts develop, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from the MCES interceptor sewer at connection point 01 will be required. District P Sanitary Sewer District P consists of approximately 470 acres of developable land. The Sewer District was not further subdivided into sub -districts. COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN Fj District P1 is located west of TH 61 bordering the City's west boundary line along 170th Street North and the district is currently undeveloped. District P1 is zoned for future business park, mixed use, medium density residential, and industrial. When this district develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from the MCES interceptor sewer at connection point P1 will be required. District Q Sanitary Sewer District Q consists of approximately 1,415 acres of developable land divided into four sub -districts: Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4. Sub -districts Q1 and the western portion of Sub -district Q3 are located west of TH 61 along 170th Street North. The eastern portion of Sub- district Q3 and Sub -districts Q2 and Q4 are located east of TH 61 and north of 1701h Street North. All four districts are currently undeveloped. Sub -district Q1 is zoned for business park, mixed use, medium density residential, and high density residential development. Sub -district Q3 is zoned for future mixed use, medium density residential and low density residential development. Sub -district Q2 is zoned for future mixed use and low density residential and Sub -district Q4 is zoned for future low density residential development. When each of these sub - districts develop, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from the MCES interceptor sewer at connection point Q1 will be required. HC� 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE District R Sanitary Sewer District R consists of approximately 140 acres of developable land divided into two sub -districts: R1 and R2. Both sub -districts, R1 and R2, are located west of TH 61 and south of 180th Street North and are currently undeveloped. Sub -district R1 is zoned for future low density residential, and Sub -district R2 is zoned for future low density residential, medium density residential, and high density residential. When each of these sub -districts develop, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from the MCES interceptor sewer at connection point R1 will be required. District S Sanitary Sewer District S consists of approximately 125 acres of developable land and was not divided into further sub -districts. District S1 is located west of TH 61 and south of 1801h Street North and is currently undeveloped. District S1 is zoned for future mixed use, medium density residential, and high density residential development. When this sub -district develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from the MCES interceptor sewer at connection point R1 will be required. District T Sanitary Sewer District T consists of approximately 1,900 acres of developable land and was not divided into further sub -districts. This 1�1:7_11AINIML5if for review only district is located in the northern portion of the City outside of the existing 2030 MUSA and is currently undeveloped. When this district develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from Sub - District Q4 will be required. District U Sanitary Sewer District U consists of approximately 4,210 acres of developable land and was not divided into further sub -districts. This district is located in the central portion of the City outside of the existing 2030 MUSA and is currently undeveloped. When this district develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from Sub - District 04 will be required. District V Sanitary Sewer District V consists of approximately 6,560 acres of developable land and was not divided into further sub -districts. This district is located in the south portion of the City outside of the existing 2030 MUSA and is currently undeveloped. When this district develops, an extension of trunk sanitary sewer service from Sub - District E7 will be required. COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN N Peak Flow Factors The sanitary sewer collection system must be capable of accommodating not only average flows, but also the anticipated peak flows. These peak flows can be expressed as a variable ratio applied to average flow rates. This variable ratio, called the peak flow factor, has been found to decrease as the average flow increases. The peak flow factors applied in this study were based on typical MCES peaking factors. They are generally considered conservative, and are widely used for planning in municipalities throughout the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. Table 11-3 below lists the peaking factors used for this study. �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table l l -3 MCES Peak Flow Design Factors 0.00-0.11 4.0 1.90-2.29 2.8 0.12-0.18 3.9 2.30-2.89 2.7 0.19-0.23 3.8 2.90-3.49 2.6 0.24-0.29 3.7 3.50-4.19 2.5 0.30-0.39 3.6 4.20-5.09 2.4 0.40-0.49 3.5 5.10-6.39 2.3 0.50-0.64 3.4 6.40-7.99 2.2 0.65-0.79 3.3 8.00- 10.39 2.1 0.80-0.99 3.2 10.40 - 13.49 2.0 1.00-1.19 3.1 13.50 - 17.99 1.9 1.20-1.49 3.0 18.00 - 29.99 1.8 1.50-1.89 2.9 Over 30.00 1.7 for review only COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN Existing System Analysis and Deficiencies The existing sanitary sewer system capacities to convey existing system wastewater flows to the MCES collection system were analyzed by considering the land use designations within the Sewer Districts shown in Map 11-2 and typical MCES flow assumptions per capita. Existing system as -built information was used to determine pipe capacities. Average day flows were calculated by determining the acreages of each land use designation in each district, assuming a typical flow generated per capita, and scaling the flows to coincide with MCES flow data. All trunk sanitary sewer mains exhibited adequate capacity for the existing system flows. Table 11-4 summarizes the existing average and peak system flows by Sewer Sub -District. The flows reported below do not include flow from upstream Sub -Districts. However, cumulative flows from upstream Sub -Districts were considered in the capacity analysis of existing trunk sewer and lift stations. As detailed in the following table, all of the City's existing lift stations have sufficient capacity to accommodate additional growth. Table 10-5 shows existing lift station pump capacity and existing peak flow information. . Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table 11-4 Existing Sanit tem Flows Al 0.0008 4.0 0.0033 B1 0.0007 4.0 0.0029 B2 0.0008 4.0 0.0034 C1 0.0026 4.0 0.0103 C2 0.0028 4.0 0.0111 D2 0.0083 4.0 0.0331 E1 0.0057 4.0 0.0229 E2 0.0133 4.0 0.0531 E3 0.0226 4.0 0.0904 E5 0.0099 4.0 0.0395 F1 0.0058 4.0 0.0230 G2 0.0202 4.0 0.0806 H1 0.0030 4.0 0.0121 H2 0.0072 4.0 0.0288 11 0.0210 4.0 0.0840 12 0.0024 4.0 0.0096 13 0.0063 4.0 0.0251 14 0.0617 4.0 0.2466 11 0.0169 4.0 0.0676 J2 0.0104 4.0 0.0415 I0]:�11AIRN E115h for review only J3 0.0053 4.0 0.0213 J4 0.0125 4.0 0.0500 J5 0.0204 4.0 0.0817 K1 0.0715 4.0 0.2860 K2 0.0249 4.0 0.0996 K3 0.0074 4.0 0.0295 K4 0.0301 4.0 0.1204 K5 0.0161 4.0 0.0643 L1 0.0134 4.0 0.0534 L2 0.0104 4.0 0.0416 L3 0.0071 4.0 0.0286 M1 0.0433 4.0 0.1731 N2 0.0184 4.0 0.0735 N3 0.0083 4.0 0.0331 N4 0.0389 4.0 0.1554 N5 0.0194 4.0 0.0777 N6 0.0225 4.0 0.0902 N9 0.0250 4.0 0.1001 Total Existing 0.617 3.4 2.098 System Flows COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN rj Individual Sewage Treatment Systems (ISYS) The City currently has 1,078 ISTS within its boundary that are constructed and maintained privately. Washington County monitors and inspects these systems. The areas are primarily located in the districts in the northern and eastern parts of the City. The existing septic systems are scattered within the existing and proposed urban service area. The locations of the ISTS are featured in Map 10-3. Table 11-5 Existing Lift Station Analysis 1 380 66 314 2 400 189 211 3 190 38 152 4 350 59 291 5 100 20 80 6 120 56 64 7 100 11 89 8 200 74 126 9 515 91 424 10 90 15 75 �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only • . . . . . . . . .0. • •. . .. . . .. .. •0 . 0 0. • .' • . � \. • . 0.•00.0 • 0• 0 0 . • • 0 0 0 0 0000 0 . • • .. • is , . . • • •� • • ;orses e 152nd St N • • • . . . . • • • • ' • • ' • • • ' > • 170th St N • m • /s • • • • • • • . 147th St N • • Frerychman Rd • • N • i • •• a' . Rice • . • . Zo • z 165th STN ••• . • •• ' • • • ¢ • a T ... Egg .. ,. ... > , • a • , , z o Y • • , . • . • • , .• . • • • y . . • • • z' • • _ • • ' a • • ' >' • • ' �ar)ke • . • • • • • . • m 3 , , . ' ' • • • 0 ka • : ' • . No School . • ' • • a • • • 0000• •• f� - / • ••• • • . •• ' •0 + S ti , 157th St N • ro . . � , • , • l s>th St � ' 11 • • • 00000 • ' • • � � • • • 4 • • , • • • • • • • • • , , • • 130th St • .South • , • • • • ' • ; . • • . • ' : • • chool • ction , • , Flay Rd N z • • , • • • • • • , • • • s .Z, 0000. > •' • • a • • rz• .>' • 0 • 0 • • •' I • ! 04> •� d • • • , , , �o; t� Sunset • .. , . • 11c •• % • 125th St N � ' • •' S: • • • • ' Bald Eagle �LU , • . • . • , , • • ,2� . • . • .. • . • • , • • 152nd St N • • 147th SfN • • . 147th St N • • Frerychman Rd • • N • i • •• a' . Rice • . • . • • z • • T Egg > , • a • , , z • Y • y • • (12 • _ • • ' • 1_4Oth St N • • • • • • . • . • • • • • . • laiste , , . ' ' • • • ' : • ; • • • No School • • a • • • 0000• •• f� - / • ••• • • . •• ' S ti • • • ro . . • ••, • 132nd St N . , • , • • 3 ' ' • 00000 • ' • *N • • 4 • • , • • • • • • • • • , , • • 130th St • .South • , • • • • ' • ; . • • . • ' : • • chool • ction , • , Flay Rd N z • • , • • • • • • , • • • s .Z, 0000. > •' • • a • • rz• .>' • 0 • 0 • • •' I • ! 04> •� d • • • , , , �o; t� Sunset • .. , . • 11c •• % • 125th St N � ' • •' S: • • • • ' Bald Eagle �LU , • . • . • , , • • ,2� . • . • .. • . • , . , , • • • • . • • .w ' ' • ' . ' • • • • Round ' • • • • • ... • • •• • • • • . •. • • • • ,� , :•• 0000 • • • • ... • • • , • • 4120th St N • • • . • • • , z z U J CI_VC)F FST. 1"01: Individual Sewage Treatment Systems Map • Individual Sewage Treatment System Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels F_ Open Water Street 0 0.25 0.5 12/14/2017 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only MCES Sanitary Sewer System All of the wastewater generated within the City of Hugo ultimately discharges to one MCES interceptor sewer identified as the Forest Lake Interceptor (7029). } 0-awC 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY for review only SEWER PLAN N Forest Lake Interceptor The Forest Lake Interceptor (7029) is a combination forcemain and gravity sewer interceptor, which flows southward from Forest Lake, through Hugo, White Bear Lake, North Oaks, and Vadnais Heights before entering MCES Interceptor 7132. There are several lift stations along the length of the interceptor, two of which are in Hugo. MCES Lift Station No. 2 is located on the City of Hugo's north border at 180th Street North. MCES Lift Station No. 3 is located adjacent to CSAH 8 at Oneka Parkway. The capacity of MCES Lift Station No. 2 is 2,600 gpm or 3.74 MGD, and the capacity of MCES Lift Station No. 3 is 3,400 gpm or 4.90 MGD. The interceptor enters the City of Hugo and MCES Lift Station No. 2 as a 36 -inch reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) gravity sewer. The interceptor exits MCES Lift Station No. 2 with approximately 3,500 feet of 18 -inch ductile iron pipe (DIP) forcemain before transitioning back to 36 -inch RCP gravity sewer. The 36 -inch RCP increases in size to a 42 -inch RCP gravity sewer near 170th Street North and remains 42 inches in diameter through the City of Hugo except for approximately 2,350 feet of 24 -inch DIP forcemain between MCES Lift Station No. 3 and the 42 -inch interceptor on 142nd Street North. MCES has identified an extensive Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) related to the Forest Lake Interceptor in response to growth within the region. There are improvements programmed for the facilities between Hugo and the MCES WWTP over the next ten years. There are currently projects that are under construction or in the planning stages consistent with the CIP. Interceptor 76-51 (The Centerville Interceptor) intersects with and flows into the Forest Lake Interceptor near MCES Lift Station No. 3 in Hugo. This interceptor collects flows from the Cities of Hugo, Lino Lakes, and Centerville. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only 2040 Sanitary Sewer System Growth Projections The City of Hugo experienced stable growth between 1900 and 1960; however, it grew at a high rate between 1960 and 2000 with approximately 44% growth between 1990 and 2000. Although the city's population doubled from 2000 to 2010, its growth has slowed to approximately 10% growth since 2010. Recent historical growth data for the study area from the Minnesota State Demographer's office and projections determined by the Metropolitan Council are included in Table 11-6. Table 11-7 shows the assumed population growth and sewered population in the year 2040. These values are based on the City's 2030 Comprehensive Plan, and they are greater than the values listed in the City's 2040 MCES System Statement. As described in the 2040 Land Use Plan, service allocation will be managed through the City's Growth Management Policy, and projections for 2020 and 2030 are not listed. All sewered population growth within the City of Hugo through the year 2040 will be served by the MCES Forest Lake Interceptor (7029) and metered at MCES Meter M041. It is assumed that as development occurs within the urban service area, sanitary sewer service will be extended to the new development. Sanitary sewer service will also be extended to current developments within the urban service area based on need such as specific property owner request. �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE I0]:�11AIRN E115h for review only Table 11-6 Historical Population 2000 6,363 2,125 1,768 2005 9,440 3,344 1,871 * 2010 13,332 4,990 1,973 2015 14,352 5,404 2,287* 2016 14,605 5,569 2,349* Interpolated values Table 11-7 Projected Population Total Population Sewered Population Unsewered Population Total Households Sewered Households Unsewered Households Total Employees Sewered Employees Unsewered Employees 40,000 37,000 3,000 15,600 14,400 1,200 4,500 4,500 0 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri CI—FC)F Y.ST. 009 2040 Sanitary Sewer System Map Existing Sanitary Sewer Diameter 8" 10" 12" 18" —� 24" —� 27" —� 36" —� 42" m Existing Lift Station Existing Forcemain MCES Forcemain —� MCES Gravity Main Sewer Sub -District Sewer District Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels Open Water Future Sanitary Sewer Diameter - 8" 10" 12" - 15" — - 24" - 27" 30" — - 33" — - 36" 42" ® Future Lift Station 0 0.25 0.5 1 (t Miles NORTH 12/14/2017 Map 11-4 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only 2040 Sanitary Sewer Districts District A Additional trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the connections of all the existing homes in Sub -districts Al and A2 that are currently on private septic systems. Additional improvements will also be required if the Oneka Ridge Golf Course is re -developed in the future. Trunk system improvements will include the extension of a 12 -inch trunk sanitary sewer from the MCES Interceptor Sewer to the east to serve Sub -district A2 by gravity main. Trunk system improvements for Sub -district A3 include the construction of Trunk Lift Station A3 with a minimum pumping capacity of 425 gpm and the extension of a 10 -inch trunk sanitary sewer from Sub -district A2. District D No additional trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the connections of all the existing homes and possible redevelopment of Sub -district D1 that are currently on private septic systems. However, system improvements required will include the extension of an 8 -inch sanitary sewer to the northwest to serve Sub- district D1 by gravity main. This sanitary sewer main will be directed to the existing Lift Station No. 10 prior to entering Sub -district D2 and, ultimately, the MCES interceptor at connection point D1. HC�,t 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE District F Trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the possible development of Sub -district E4 and additional sanitary sewer improvements will be required following the development of Sub - districts E5, E6, and E7 that are currently not serviced by the trunk sanitary sewer system. Trunk system improvements will include the construction of new 8 -inch sanitary sewers to serve Sub -district E4, as well as the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewers within Sub -district E5 which will be directed to the existing sewer within Sub -district E3. Additional sanitary sewer improvements for Sub -districts E6 and E7 will include the installation of 8 -inch sanitary sewer directed to Lift Station No. 4 located in Sub -district E7 prior to entering Sub -district E3 and eventually entering the MCES interceptor at connection point E1. The development and expansion of sewer service into District E will require flows from Sub -districts E4, E6, and E7 to be serviced by Lift Station No. 4. The peak flows generated from these districts are projected to be within the current capacity of Lift Station No. 4. At such a time that development occurs in District V outside of the 2040 MUSA, the trunk sewer main within District E2 along 130th St N would need to be reconstructed to a 42 -inch diameter trunk main from Highway 61 to the MCES interceptor. Lift Station No. 4 would need to be reconstructed to a capacity of 9,600 gpm with the addition of a forcemain from the existing lift station location to Highway 61. 1�120r.10IRIME"ErA for review only District G No additional trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the possible development of Sub -district G1 that is currently not serviced by the trunk sanitary sewer system. To expand sewer service into Sub -district G1, system improvements will be required and include the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewers to the west and south from Sub -district G2 to serve Sub -district G1 by gravity main, which will then outlet to the MCES interceptor at connection point G1. COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri District I Additional trunk system improvements following the development of Sub -District 11 include the extension of a 10 -inch trunk main to the service area. No additional trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the possible development of Sub -districts 15 and 16 that are currently not serviced by the sanitary sewer system. However, system improvements will be required and include the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewers within each sub -district to serve each by gravity main. A portion of Sub -district 11 wastewater flows will be directed to Sub -district 12 and eventually outlet to the MCES interceptor at connection point 11. Sub -district 15 wastewater flows will be directed to Sub -district 14. The extension of sanitary sewer to Sub -districts 15 and 16 would result in the total peak flows entering Lift Station No. 2 exceeding the capacity of the lift station. Thus, the capacity of Lift Station No. 2 pumps would need to be upgraded from 400 gpm to at least 420 gpm before total sewer service expansion into Sub -districts 15 and 16. Sub -district 16 sanitary sewer improvements will consist of the extension of an 8 -inch sanitary sewer and the construction of Lift Station 16 with a minimum pumping capacity of 115 gpm. Wastewater flows from this lift station will then be directed to Sub -district 14 prior to entering the MCES interceptor at connection point 11. District J To serve the future commercial and low density residential in Sub- district J5, the extension 8 -inch sanitary sewers will be required, which can connect to the existing 10 -inch trunk sewers in Sub -districts J2 and J4. District K An 8 -inch sanitary sewer will be expanded to serve the future medium density residential Sub -district K3. This district's flows will be connected to and flow into existing extension sewer lines in Sub- district K2. To serve the future low density residential Sub -district K6, the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewer will be required from Sub -district K4. District L No additional trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the possible development of Sub -districts L2 and L3 that is currently not serviced by the trunk sanitary sewer system. However, system improvements will be required and include the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewers to the east from Sub -district L1 to serve Sub- district L2 by gravity main. Sub -district L3 improvements will include the extension of an 8 -inch sanitary sewer from the MCES Interceptor Sewer. District Iv. No additional trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the possible development of Sub -districts M2 and M3, currently not serviced by the trunk sanitary sewer system. However, system improvements will be required and include the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewers to the south and east from Sub -district M1 to serve the districts by gravity main. District N Trunk sanitary sewer main improvements will be required following the possible development of Sub -district N1 and additional sanitary sewer improvements will be required following the development of Sub -district N7, currently not serviced by the trunk sanitary sewer system. Trunk system improvements for Sub -district N1 will include the construction of Lift Station N1 with a minimum pumping capacity of 220 gpm and the extension of a 10 -inch trunk sanitary sewer from Sub -district N4. System improvements will include the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewers to the north to serve the eastern portion Sub -district N3 by gravity main which will be directed to the existing Lift Station No. 8 located within Sub -district N2. Additional sanitary sewer improvements for Sub -district N7 will include the installation of 8 -inch sanitary sewer directed to Sub -district N6 prior to entering the MCES interceptor at connection point N1. Service to Sub -district N8 will be accomplished through the extension of 8 -inch sanitary sewer from Sub -districts N6 and N9. HC� 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only District 0 To serve the future Sub -district 01 which is zoned for future industrial and medium density residential; Sub -district 02 which is zoned for future industrial, medium density residential, and high density residential; Sub -district 03 which is zoned for future industrial, medium density residential, mixed use, and low density residential; Sub -district 04 which is zoned for future low density residential; and to accommodate flows from the future District U outside of the 2040 MUSA, 33 -inch to 36 -inch sanitary sewer will need to be extended from the MCES interceptor sewer. Trunk system improvements will also include the construction of Lift Station 04 with an approximate pumping capacity of 6,700 gpm in Sub -district 04 to direct the future flows in District U outside the MUSA to Sub -district 03 and eventually enter the MCES Interceptor at connection point 01. District P District P1 which is zoned for future low density residential, business park, mixed use, medium density residential, and industrial will require trunk sanitary sewer improvements prior to the development of this district. Trunk sanitary sewer improvements will consist of the extension of a 15 -inch trunk sanitary sewer from the MCES Interceptor Sewer at connection point P1. The construction of Lift Station P1 with a minimum pumping capacity of 985 gpm will also be required in order to serve the entire District P1. �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE District Q To serve the future Sub -districts Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4, and to accommodate flows from the future District T outside of the 2030 MUSA, 12- to 30 - inch trunk sanitary sewer will need to be extended from the MCES Interceptor Sewer. Trunk system improvements will also include the construction of Lift Stations Q2 and Q4 with minimum pumping capacities of 470 and 660 gpm in Sub -district Q2 and Q4, respectively, to direct the flows to Sub -district Q3 and eventually enter the MCES Interceptor at connection point Q1. Sub -districts Q1 and Q3 will be directed by gravity sanitary sewer to the MCES interceptor at connection point Q1. District R To serve the future low density residential Sub -districts R1 and R2, a 10 -inch trunk sanitary sewer will need to be extended from the MCES Interceptor Sewer. Trunk system improvements will also include the construction of Lift Station R1 with a minimum pumping capacity of 235 gpm in Sub -district R1 to direct the flows to Sub -district R2 and eventually enter the MCES Interceptor at connection point R1. 1�120r.10IRIME"ErA for review only District S To serve the future medium and high density residential Sub -district S1, a 10 -inch trunk sanitary sewer will need to be extended from the MCES Interceptor Sewer. Trunk system improvements will include the construction of the sanitary sewers to direct the flows to Sub -district S1 directly to the MCES interceptor at connection point R1. COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN Fj Standard Flow Rates Table 10-8 below summarizes the wastewater flow assumptions for each land use designation that were used to calculate future flows. The density values listed are from the 2040 Land Use Plan. These densities were multiplied by 180 gallons per unit per day, a MCES standard value for residential wastewater production, to provide the design wastewater flows for the residential land uses. A MCES standard value for non-residential wastewater production of 800 gallons per acre per day was assumed for the business park, commercial, and industrial land use types. .r Vifto 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Table 11-8 Wastewater Flow Calculation Assumptions Agricultural Business Park - - 800 Commercial - - 800 Industrial - - 800 Very Low Density Residential 0.5 180 90 Low Density Residential 3 180 540 Medium Density Residential 5.5 180 990 High Density Residential 9 180 1,620 Large Lot Residential 0.1 180 18 Mixed Use* 10 - 1,300 Public/Quasi-Public** - - 0 *The design wastewater flow for Mixed Use is based on 50% residential development at a density of 10 units/acre and 50% commercial development. For the remaining non-residential land use classifications, the MCES flow estimates were used. **Since the City of Hugo has many bogs and ponds throughout the city, it was assumed that most of the Public/Quasi-Public land designations include these bogs and other parks that do not produce wastewater flows. Therefore, the design wastewater flow for Public/Quasi-Public is zero. for review only COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN rj Wastewater Flow Projections Wastewater flow projections were generated for each sanitary Sewer District within the 2040 MUSA and corresponding sub -districts based on the gross developable acreage available, anticipated land uses, and wastewater flow generation rates. The wastewater flow generation rates for the various land uses found Table 10-8 were used to project the future wastewater flows for the service area. Wastewater flow projections for the eastern portions of the City outside of the 2040 MUSA were calculated on an average wastewater flow generation rate per gross acre of 900 gallons per day average as land use and population projections for this portion of the City are not available. The MCES Peak Flow Design Factors are summarized in Table 10- 3. Estimated peak hour flows are not totaled as the peaking factor is dependent upon the average day flow rate. Summing the projected peak hour flow rates would produce a flow rate higher than the peak hour flow rate for the entire City. Therefore, the following existing, 2040 MUSA, and ultimate peak hour flows were calculated by multiplying the total average flows by the appropriate MCES peaking factor. Table 10-9 below presents the existing, projected 2040, and projected ultimate flows for each sanitary Sewer District. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE T ■ ■ II A AA IA •�I . . r■ A r\• . • � A 0.0008 0.0033 0.209 0.794 0.209 0.794 B 0.0016 0.0062 0.002 0.006 0.002 0.006 C 0.0053 0.0213 0.005 0.021 0.005 0.021 D 0.0083 0.0331 0.026 0.103 0.026 0.103 E 0.0514 0.2058 0.183 0.714 0.183 0.714 F 0.0058 0.0230 0.006 0.023 0.006 0.023 G 0.0202 0.0806 0.040 0.160 0.040 0.160 H 0.0102 0.0408 0.016 0.065 0.016 0.065 1 0.0913 0.3653 0.215 0.817 0.215 0.817 J 0.0655 0.2620 0.140 0.545 0.140 0.545 K 0.1500 0.5849 0.409 1.430 0.409 1.430 L 0.0309 0.1236 0.056 0.223 0.056 0.223 M 0.0433 0.1731 0.091 0.362 0.091 0.362 N 0.1325 0.5167 0.338 1.218 0.338 1.218 0 0.590 2.008 0.590 2.008 P 0.405 1.418 0.405 1.418 0 1.017 3.152 1.017 3.152 R 0.170 0.662 0.170 0.662 s 0.116 0.454 0.116 0.454 T 1.71 4.96 U 3.79 9.48 V 5.90 13.57 Total System 0.617 2.098 4.03 10.08 15.43 29.32 Note: Existing, projected 2040, and projected ultimate peak hour flows equal the total average flow multiplied by peaking factors per MCES. The sum of the existing peak hour flow does not equal the sum of the peak discharges from each district since the peaking factor decreases as the average flow increases. Peaking factors were taken from MCES factors included in Table 10-3. for review only COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN N 2040 Trunk System Analysis Existing sanitary sewer as-builts for pipe diameter and slopes were utilized to determine the ability of the existing trunk system to convey future wastewater flows. Future trunk mains and lift stations will be extended to accommodate future development, which in turn will increase the flows conveyed to the existing trunk system. These future 2040 trunk mains and lift stations are included in Map 10-4. The MCES interceptor was not analyzed in this report. As discussed in Section 10.2, all City lift stations have sufficient capacity for additional growth in sanitary sewer flows. As shown in the following table, Lift Station 2 will require an upgrade to accommodate the 2040 peak flows; all other existing lift stations have sufficient capacity for 2040 peak sanitary sewer flows. Table 10-10 below shows existing and proposed lift station pump capacity as compared to future 2040 peak flow. To accommodate ultimate future flows from the eastern Districts, trunk connections will need to be installed into the existing system. Flows from District V will be directed to the existing Lift Station 4, and Lift Station 4 would need to be reconstructed to accommodate ultimate flows of 9,600 gpm. Flows from District U will be directed to the future Lift Station 04, and Lift Station 04 would need to be constructed to accommodate ultimate flows of 6,700 gpm at the time required to serve the ultimate development. It should be noted that, in addition to trunk lift stations, local lift stations may be necessary as development occurs. All local lift stations will be constructed and financed privately. �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE for review only Table 11-10 Future 2040 Trunk Lift Station Analvsis 1 Existing 380 314 66 2 Existing 400 411 -11 3 Existing 190 77 113 4 Existing 350 321 29 5 Existing 100 44 56 6 Existing 120 102 18 7 Existing 100 40 60 s Existing 200 75 125 9 Existing 515 295 220 10 Existing 90 49 41 A3 Proposed - 425 - 16 Proposed - 115 - N1 Proposed - 220 - 04 Proposed - 240 - P1 Proposed - 985 - Q2 Proposed - 470 - Q4 Proposed - 660 - R1 Proposed 235 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN rj Guiding Principles Growth of the trunk sanitary sewer system will be consistent with the Growth Management Policies outlined in the Comprehensive Plan. The timing of future trunk sanitary sewer improvements will be influenced by several parameters including development in specific areas, failing on-site septic systems, regulatory requirements, availability of funds, etc. As a result, it is difficult to accurately predict the timing of future improvements, especially those which may occur far into the future. Therefore, the Capital Improvement Program is intended to serve only as a guide for future fiscal planning and should be reviewed on a regular basis as more current planning and cost data becomes available. The following items are general guiding principles to be considered when reviewing and/or revising the City's sanitary sewer fee structure: Design and Maintenance The City promotes design for public buildings that allows for future expansions or accessory uses and encourages multi -use functions in public buildings to provide for economy in government and make the most efficient use of these facilities. The City will maintain the existing infrastructure to maximize cost efficiencies in development of public projects and will work with the State, County and/or neighboring communities to coordinate public infrastructure improvements and services. The City discourages leapfrog development. Overdepth and Oversizing The costs of additional depth shall be defined by differences in cost for the depth required by the development and the depth required for trunk facilities. Trunk oversizing as defined by the City and installed by the developer will be credited using the differential of pipe costs between the larger and the minimum pipe size required for the development. The City shall determine if a credit will be given for a project. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only Lift Stations Trunk lift stations will be defined as those included as part of the Comprehensive Sewer Plan. The cost of trunk lift stations will be financed by the City via the City's trunk funds, which are collected as part of development projects. Lift stations that do not fit the definition for a trunk lift station will be constructed and financed privately as needed to serve individual developments. All lift stations will be designed and constructed in accordance with City standards. Sewer Service The City will provide sanitary sewer service within the 2040 MUSA. In order to protect the local environment and water supply, the City encourages the installation, maintenance, and monitoring of individual sewage treatment systems (ISTS) for those properties not served by the City system. Existing Developed Unserviced Properties There are a number of existing developed areas that do not receive sewer service within the City limits. The trunk system has been designed to accommodate all existing developed unserviced properties within the City. Existing developed unserviced residential properties are required to connect to the City sewer system within 12 months after such sewer service becomes available to the property and will be required to pay all connection fees as required by the City Code. If an individual property owner or group of neighboring property owners wish to connect to City services where it is not yet available, the City will review whether or not it is an economically viable alternative to provide services to the area at the time of the request. Existing Non -Residential Unserviced Properties Existing unserviced commercial/industrial or other non-residential properties wishing to expand or connect to municipal utilities shall be treated the same as new development and will be required to pay all connection fees as required by the City Code. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only Capital Improvements Program A Capital Improvement Plan based on estimated trunk sewer construction is presented in Table 10-11. This table includes trunk sanitary sewer and lift station improvements within the 2040 MUSA service areas in order to accommodate both the projected 2040 MUSA wastewater flows and also the ultimate wastewater flows generated by the three districts T, U, and V located outside of the 2040 MUSA. The projected 2040 sanitary sewer trunk system was broken down into improvements based on flow districts. All trunk main and lift station installations and all lift station upgrades will be phased with development. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Utility Fee Structure Sanitary sewer fees consist of sewer user fees, City sewer access charges (City SAC), sewer trunk fees, and MCES sewer access charges (MCES SAC). The City's current sewer fee structure is provided below: Utility usage fees are charged to both residential and non-residentia users based on the actual water usage metered during the winter quarter. The purpose of the user charges is to fund the operation, maintenance, and replacement costs of existing collection systems. User charges are primarily based on the actual costs of operations, maintenance, and replacement of all wastewater system facilities. City SAC fees provide a funding mechanism for asset costs, while sewer trunk fees provide a funding mechanism for construction of the major infrastructure improvements needed to serve growth. The City of Hugo has established that growth should be funded and paid for by those in need of the facilities. The development creating the need for additional sanitary sewer system improvements are expected to finance new trunk facilities and expansion of existing facilities through the sewer trunk fees. Both the SAC fees and sewer trunk fees are calculated based upon the Metropolitan Council's SAC Procedure Manual, which includes SAC unit calculations for non-residential properties. The City also collects MCES SAC fees on behalf of MCES to fund treatment and conveyance within the MCES system. Table 11-11 Sanitary Sewer Capital Improvement Plan A2 12 -inch Trunk Mains A A310 -inch Trunk Mains Trunk Lift Station A3 E E2 42 -inch Trunk Main Upgrade 11 10 -inch Trunk Mains I Trunk Lift Station 16 Lift Station 2 Upgrade N N1 10 -inch Trunk Mains Trunk Lift Station N1 02 36 -inch Trunk Mains 0 03 33 -inch Trunk Mains 04 33 -inch Trunk Mains Trunk Lift Station 01 P P1 15 -inch Trunk Mains Trunk Lift Station P1 Q1 30 -inch Trunk Mains Q2 12 -inch Trunk Mains Q Q3 27 -inch Trunk Mains Q4 24 -inch Trunk Mains Trunk Lift Station Q2 Trunk Lift Station Q4 R2 10 -inch Trunk Mains R Trunk Lift Station R1 S S1 10 -inch Trunk Mains DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only Inflow and Infiltration (1/1) Inflow is water, typically stormwater, which enters the sewer system through broken manhole covers, sewer cleanouts, sump pumps, foundation drains, and rain leaders. Infiltration is water, typically groundwater, which leaks into the sewer system through cracks in the sewer mains, laterals, joints, and manholes. Water from inflow and infiltration (1/1) can consume available capacity in the wastewater collection system and increase the flow into treatment facilities. In extreme cases, the added flow can cause bypasses or overflows of raw wastewater. This extra flow also requires a larger capacity in the city's collection and treatment components, which results in increased capital, operation and maintenance, and replacement costs. As a sewer system ages and deteriorates, I/1 can become an increasing burden on a City's system. Therefore, it is imperative that I/1 be reduced whenever it is cost effective to do so. The MCES has established 1/1 goals for each community discharging wastewater into the Metropolitan Disposal System (MDS) based on average day flows and allowable peaking factors. In February 2006, the MCES began an 1/1 Surcharge Program which requires communities within their service area to eliminate excessive I/1 over a period of time. Now, communities that exceed their wastewater flow program year goals for the period of January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017 will be required to complete an 1/1 mitigation assignment to be implemented in 2019. Historically, the City of Hugo has not been identified by the MCES as having excessive 1/I. During the development of the 1/1 Surcharge Program, the City was not charged for wastewater generation based on actual metering data, but rather on estimated wastewater flows based on connections added per year. MCES began billing the City of Hugo based on metering data in 2013, using data available beginning in 2011. An analysis of recent metering data as it relates to 1/1 is included below. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only 1/1 Analysis The City of Hugo's sanitary sewer system is relatively new compared to other cities in the Metro Area. All of the lift stations and a majority of the sewer lines were constructed from the 1970s onward. Approximately 8% of the residential housing in the City was constructed before 1970, and none of the pre -1970 era private services have been evaluated for 1/1. However, the City televises its sanitary sewer lines in conjunction with its street and utility improvement projects, at which time potential issues with private services are identified. A comparison of the dry weather flow versus average annual flow for Hugo's Metershed region from 2012-2016 is given in Table 10-12 below Dry weather flow is calculated as average flow during the months of December through February. The purpose of this comparison is to give a general indication of the extent of 1/1 in the region. Based on the difference between average and dry weather flow, averaged over 2012-2016, the estimated amount of clearwater entering the system is approximately 36,000 gallons per day. The percent increase from dry weather to average annual flows in the City of Hugo was less than 10% in every year except for 2016. A slight increasing trend is indicated by the metering data from the last five years; the City will continue to monitor this data to see whether or not this trend continues. The City's strategies, standards, and investments for reducing 1/1 are listed in the next section. �r r - 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE I0]:�11AIRN E115h for review only Table 11-12 Dry Weather Flow vs. Average Annual 2012 0.61 0.62 1.75% 2013 0.64 0.66 3.78% 2014 0.56 0.60 6.89% 2015 0.55 0.60 8.75% 2016 0.54 0.60 10.40% COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY SEWER PLAN ri 1/1 Reduction The City's strategy for preventing excess 1/1 includes requiring all development to conform to City standards. Hugo requires sump pump and private sewer disconnection during public sewer expansions, and requires suitable conditions of existing lines before a dry connection to the public sewer system is made. Furthermore, the City clearly articulates that the discharge of any non -wastewater into the public sewer system, especially stormwater, is prohibited. Excerpts from the Hugo City Code that pertain to 1/1 reduction are included below: Sec. 82-107. - Construction requirements. (b) Approved materials ... No inter -connection of the existing private sewage disposal system shall remain upon connection to the public system. If a sewer service connection is such that gravity flow can be had to the public sewer main and a sump pump is presently used, said sump pump shall be disconnected, discontinued, and removed from sewer service. (d) Existing lines and systems to be approved. Existing building service lines or systems may require replacement. Such lines claimed to be in good condition and approved material shall be subject to an air test or other suitable tests approved by the city engineer and/or plumbing inspector. Any system will be subject to retesting. Cost of testing shall be paid by the owner. Any system failing to meet a satisfactory test shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the city engineer and/or city inspector. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only (e) Connection restrictions. No connection of any building sewer to any sewer service line shall be made by any person other than an employee of the city, or a licensed sewer installer, and all such connections shall be made under dry conditions, either naturally occurring or by dewatering, and in the presence of the city inspector. (Prior Code, § 230-120) Sec. 82-108. - Abnormal and prohibited discharges. (1) Stormwater. No stormwater, surface water, groundwater, or run-off, subsurface drainage, cooling water or unpolluted industrial process waters shall be discharged or caused to be discharged into said sanitary sewer system. (2) Roof and surface water. No roof or surface water drains shall be connected or directed to drain into the sanitary sewer system. (Prior Code, § 230-130) In addition, as mentioned previously, the City televises its sanitary sewer mains in conjunction with its street and utility improvement projects. As issues are identified by the televising, corrective measures are initiated for the affected sewer or with the affected property owner. The City of Hugo will continue to review its metering data as more becomes available and will begin to evaluate the sources of 1/1 in its system and target areas for 1/1 reduction projects. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE DRAFT Dec 14-17 COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY A SEWER PLAN for review only Chapter 12 Public Facilities Plan The purpose of this chapter is to evaluate the need for City -owned facilities. This chapter will not include facilities that are covered in other plan chapters such as park facilities, water treatment plants or water towers. Facilities owned by the City and other government agencies provide vital services to the community. These facilities vary in size, function and condition and are maintained by their operating body. In order to understand how these facilities serve the community, the City undertook an inventory to identify their current function and condition. This inventory was completed with the assistance of those that maintain each of these facilities. Although this inventory includes public facilities owned by other governmental units and semi-public facilities, such as churches and schools, the City did not evaluate the future needs for those facilities. k z k" 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE A 2040 Public Facilities Guidinq Principles 1. Plan and provide public facilities in an orderly and economic manner. Objectives: • Maintain the existing infrastructure to maximize cost efficiencies in • development of public projects. • Encourage multi -use functions in public buildings to provide for economy in • government and make the most efficient use of these facilities. • Promote good design for public buildings that will allow for future expansions • or accessory uses. • Work with the State, County and/or neighboring communities to coordinate • public infrastructure improvements and services. • Protect the local environment and water supply through installation, • maintenance and monitoring of on-site sewer systems. • Provide sanitary sewer service within the Urban Service Area as outlined in the • Comprehensive Plan. • Provide a City water distribution system to meet City needs in • compliance with State standards. • Discourage leapfrog development. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE PUBLIIC FACILITIES 285 I r CF ��• -F �R�H"" � i. � -� r . • Imo, r . _ .- .� � _ � �' ._ �, � •tel -• � • , Existing Public Facilities Inventory Map 12-A (City Owned Buildings and Land) identifies all City -owned buildings and land. Hugo City Hall 14669 Fitzgerald Avenue North The Hugo City Hall is located in the heart of downtown across from Lions Park. The facility was built in 2002 and is approximately 11,000 square feet in size. The facility includes office space for most of the city departments, including administration, community development, finance and engineering. City Hall also includes the Council Chambers and a community gathering space known as the Oneka Room. Hugo City Hall has additional space within the facility reserved for future employees. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Public Works Building/Rice Lake Community Center 6900 137th Street North The Public Works Facility was built in 2005. It is approximately 25,000 square feet in size and serves as the headquarters for the City's public works operations. The building is made up of office space, a large garage for the City's vehicle fleet and heavy equipment, and also includes a large public facility known as the Rice Lake Community Center. Hanifl Shelter 7032 137th Street North Hanifl Shelter was built in 2010 and is made up of 1,900 square feet of indoor building space and a 1,400 square foot outdoor pavilion. The shelter is located within Hanifl Fields Athletic Park, which began construction in 2008. The shelter provides a variety of amenities such as indoor and outdoor gathering spaces, rest rooms, a concession stand, and storage for the park. i Hugo Fire Hall 5323140th Street North The Hugo Fire Hall is centrally located in the City next to the Bald Eagle Industrial Park. The facility was built in 1999 and is approximately 10,000 square feet in size. This building provides storage space for fire equipment and vehicles and also includes office space for fire department and police staff. The Hugo Fire Hall serves all areas within Hugo City limits. Walker Cemetery Walker Cemetery (formerly called Brisson Cemetery) is a 0.21 -acre site in eastern Hugo. The cemetery was established prior to 1900 an is believed to be the final resting place of at least one, and possibly three, Civil War veterans. PUBLIIC FACILITIES 286 C17Y OF E -ST, 190$ DRAFT City Owned Buildings and Land Map - City Owned Buildings City Owned Land Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels COpen Water Streams and Ditches Street 1. Public Works Facility 2. City Hall 3. Fire Hall 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 1211112017 Map 12-1 17 Tth x orseshoe e fi a to ❑ 165 JgE ark La T S _ One k Lake - 158n / 15 th 155th e m E m 3 3 re - 1st d — L77� 81h ' � ^b0 P; ,47th � V cbrhman h Rice Egg Lake LL ose - 23 r; (Lake x a � 141s d sted ®® 7thj Z �a lake � 136th �a 1351h �a Sch e wayeo�le�a( �� 1 tion Lake ble Sou School e ction Lak ❑ 130th a �m LL Udh r- �;) Sunsef Lake r o g a w allivan Bald Foxr 125th Eagle °�d -- Lake 12 nd 1 2nd Round 1S 9 J Ne �� LakeEll 1 er Heap _ C17Y OF E -ST, 190$ DRAFT City Owned Buildings and Land Map - City Owned Buildings City Owned Land Municipal Boundary 2040 MUSA Boundary Parcels COpen Water Streams and Ditches Street 1. Public Works Facility 2. City Hall 3. Fire Hall 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 1211112017 Map 12-1 Other Government The Schools, Churches, Public and Semi -Public Buildings Map shows the location of all other public facilities, including schools, churches, gun clubs and cemeteries. Hugo Post Office 5615 150th Street The Hugo Post office was built in 1997 and is approximately 4,500 square feet. The post office currently serves 7,134 customers. The post office representative did not indicate whether the facility has adequate capacity to serve the projected increasing in the number of households in the community. HUG 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE Schools Four independent public school districts serve City of Hugo residents (see Map 12-C — School District Boundaries and Public Facilities). These districts are the White Bear Lake School District (#624), the Stillwater School District (#278), the Forest Lake School District (#879) and the Mahtomedi School District (#883). Only two school districts, White Bear Lake and Stillwater, have school facilities within the City of Hugo. These facilities are Hugo Elementary, Oneka Elementary and Withrow Elementary. Hugo Elementary (White Bear Lake School District) 14895 Francesca Avenue Hugo Elementary, located a few blocks from downtown, was constructed in 1961 and renovated in 2007. After the renovation, the school is able to serve 550 pre-school, kindergarten and 1st grade students. Oneka Elementary (White Bear Lake School District) 4888 Heritage Parkway North Oneka Elementary school was constructed relatively recently on parkland in the Waters Edge development. It opened for the 2006- 2007 school year and served 630 pre-school — 5th grade students in its first year. The facility has the capacity for 750 students and includes a super -sized gymnasium which is used by both the school district and the City of Hugo for recreational activities. Withrow Elementary (Stillwater School District) 10158 122nd Street Withrow Elementary school is located in the southeast portion of the City. The school was constructed in 1955 was expanded in 1997 to include a new gymnasium, new classrooms and an expanded library and office. The school has capacity to serve 300 students. This school was closed by the school district in 2017. PUBLIIC FACILITIES 288 DRAFT Dec14-17 for revi, .,,,7 i cm � C -TY OF EST. 1130+J DRAFT Schools, Churches, Public and Semi-public Buildings Map - Public Facilities 1. Hugo Elementary School 2. Public Works Facility 3. Withrow Elementary School 4. Oneka Elementary School 5. St. John's Cemetary 6. City Hall 7. Fire Hall 8. Post Office 9. New Life Church 10. St John the Baptist Church 11. Christ Lutheran Church 12. Compost Site 13. Hanifl Shelter 14. Walker Cemetary 1 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 1211112017 Map 12-2 0000 L PTTFr 165 17 th orseshoe e fi i80th 1, 0 _t ark La T _ One Lake (F� 158th` 15 th V155th m711 e F - G m 3 3 re �J �0000 ear b� p � 147th V cbrhman 146th Egg Rice �- Lake d Lake Y c 743r a _ I I y P _ - f � 1 to LLted � ca ake 1 7th Z 136111 ' 135th SCh e wayeo�te�at tion Lake ble Sou I School - ction Lak ON ❑ 13 fi �❑Tm 1 �ut0 ,, J� F 16th Sunset Lake _ a Z Gallivan Bald 125th Eagle Lake o12nd 12 nd Round 1s 9 Ne d� Lake er Head _ � 1 DRAFT Dec14-17 for revi, .,,,7 i cm � C -TY OF EST. 1130+J DRAFT Schools, Churches, Public and Semi-public Buildings Map - Public Facilities 1. Hugo Elementary School 2. Public Works Facility 3. Withrow Elementary School 4. Oneka Elementary School 5. St. John's Cemetary 6. City Hall 7. Fire Hall 8. Post Office 9. New Life Church 10. St John the Baptist Church 11. Christ Lutheran Church 12. Compost Site 13. Hanifl Shelter 14. Walker Cemetary 1 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 1211112017 Map 12-2 DRAFT School District Boundary and Public Facilities Map School District Boundaries I M Public Facilities 1. Hugo Elementary School 2. Public Works Facility 3. Withrow Elementary School 4. Oneka Elementary School 5. St. John's Cemetary 6. City Hall 7. Fire Hall 8. Post Office 9. New Life Church 10. St John the Baptist Church 11. Christ Lutheran Church 12. Compost Site 13. Hanifl Shelter 14. Walker Cemetary 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 12-3 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only ISD #831 Forest Lake - ISD #832 Mahtomedi ISD #834 Stillwater Area ISD #624 White Bear Lake I M Public Facilities 1. Hugo Elementary School 2. Public Works Facility 3. Withrow Elementary School 4. Oneka Elementary School 5. St. John's Cemetary 6. City Hall 7. Fire Hall 8. Post Office 9. New Life Church 10. St John the Baptist Church 11. Christ Lutheran Church 12. Compost Site 13. Hanifl Shelter 14. Walker Cemetary 0 0.25 0.5 1 O Miles NORTH 12/11/2017 Map 12-3 DRAFT Dec14-17 for review only Needs Assessment The addition of a new Fire Hall/Public Safety building in northern Hugo Financing Building Improvements would provide more comprehensive coverage for the City and would allow the City to: Facilities Needed to Serve Expanding Population The City of Hugo is expected to grow to a population of approximately 40,000 by 2040. The existing City Hall, Public Works Facility and Fire Hall were all designed to accommodate additional growth with building expansions. These building expansions have not been scheduled for construction, but may be required prior to 2040. The City should monitor the needs of these facilities and include improvements in the Capital Improvements Program (CIP) as needed. It was assumed that the City will continue to operate with a volunteer fire department and contract with Washington County for police service. However, with the growth of population in the northern portion of the City, as discussed in the Land Use chapter, an additional Fire Hall/Public Safety building may be required in northern Hugo to provide good response time for existing property owners and new residents and businesses in the 2040 Land Use expansion areas. The existing Fire Hall on 140th Street serves the entire City of Hugo. Ambulance service is provided by North Memorial. They are able to provide service to the City for the foreseeable future and have the capacity to serve Hugo's growing population. 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE • Improve the response time to homes and businesses in northern Hugo. • Meet the demand for increased services due to increased growth in the City. • Provide back up to the existing Fire Hall. In addition to serving as the Public Works Facility and City Hall, these existing buildings also office the contracted police staff from Washington County. With the growth of the City, an expansion of the existing Public Works Facility building may be required. The City should consider partnering with Washington County as expansions are needed for the Public Works Facility and City Hall. The City of Hugo should prepare a comprehensive needs assessment to determine when expansions to the Public Works Facility and City Hall are necessary and to ensure that the location of the new Fire Hall/ Public Safety building would be in a location that would best serve the needs of the community. The City should plan for building renovations, expansions and replacements based on the useful life of the facility. The city should monitor the facility needs and include improvements in the CIP as needed. PUBLIIC FACILITIES 291 Chapter 13 Implementation 10 ANXT 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE A 2040 Guiding Principles 1. Provide for efficient and effective administrative services which will meet the needs of the City of Hugo. Objectives: • Provide adequate staff to administer the City's statutory requirements. • Maintain the use of professional consultants to provide specialized services, until such services are deemed ineffective or are no longer cost-effective. • Encourage innovative and creative approaches to planning, engineering, and City governance. • Support the development and testing of alternative solutions to typical engineering and planning problems. • Implement the Comprehensive Plan though the subdivision ordinance, zoning ordinance, building code and other City documents. • Promote a sound financial planning program for capital improvements and relating those improvements to need, location and proper timing. • Maintain open communication for problem solving between staff, decisionmakers and the public to find the best solution to planning and engineering issues within the community. • Encourage staff to monitor land planning approaches in other communities and government bodies for innovative solutions facing the City. • Prevent unnecessary cost, duplication and inefficiency in providing needed facilities and services. • Provide cost effective services to minimize impacts to taxpayers. 2. Work with adjacent jurisdictions and regulating agencies to promote acollaborative approach to planning. Objectives: • Include and invite participants from surrounding jurisdictions in planning activities that also have implications for their future. • Continue to explore and actively pursue opportunities to share services withsurrounding jurisdictions to improve efficiency, reduce costs and avoid unnecessary duplication. HUGO 2040 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN UPDATE 3. Provide opportunities for community and resident involvement in all aspects of the planning process. Protect the health and safety and welfare of the residents of Hugo through efficient and effective public safety systems. Objectives: • Continue to monitor the contract for police protection to ensure it meets the needs of the residents with the City's fiscal capacity. • Continue to monitor the effectiveness of the volunteer fire department to ensure it meets the needs of the residents within the City's fiscal capacity. • Explore City ownership of police equipment and employment of police personnel only if the contractual police protection is deemed ineffective or is not cost-effective. • Maintain the program for vehicle replacement and reconditioning for fire department operations. • Encourage continuing education for volunteer fire department personnel. Strategies: Inform residents and community members of important community events through publication in the local newspaper, or other forms of media. Encourage participation at all community meetings, including Planning Commission, Parks Commission, Economic Development Authority, and City Council. Hold community events that focus on the City's decision-making, particularly as it relates to land use and development. CHAPTER TITLE 293